This is a modern-English version of The influence of the stars : a book of old world lore, originally written by Baughan, Rosa.
It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling,
and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If
you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.
Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.

THE INFLUENCE OF THE STARS
The Power of the Stars
PLYMOUTH
WILLIAM BRENDON AND SON
PRINTERS
PLYMOUTH
WILLIAM BRENDON AND SON
PRINTING

WHEEL OF PYTHAGORAS. FACSIMILE FROM AN OLD WOODCUT
DATE. 1657.
WHEEL OF PYTHAGORAS. REPRODUCTION FROM AN OLD WOODCUT
DATE. 1657.
Frontispiece and Cover.
Cover Page and Front Design.
THE INFLUENCE OF THE STARS
A Book of Old World Lore
A Book of Ancient Wisdom
BY
BY
ROSA BAUGHAN
ROSA BAUGHAN
AUTHOR OF "THE HANDBOOK OF PALMISTRY"; "CHARACTER IN HANDWRITING"; ETC., ETC.
AUTHOR OF "THE HANDBOOK OF PALMISTRY"; "CHARACTER IN HANDWRITING"; ETC., ETC.
IN THREE PARTS
IN THREE PARTS
Part I. Astrology.
Part II. Chiromancy
Part III. Physiognomy
Part I. Astrology.
Part II. Palmistry
Part III. Facial Analysis
TO WHICH ARE ADDED
TO WHICH ARE ADDED
CHAPTERS ON THE SIGNIFICANCE OF THE MOLES OF THE BODY ASTROLOGICALLY CONSIDERED,
CHAPTERS ON THE IMPORTANCE OF BODY MOLES FROM AN ASTROLOGICAL PERSPECTIVE,
THE MYSTICAL WHEEL OF PYTHAGORAS AND THE METHODS OF WORKING IT
THE MYSTICAL WHEEL OF PYTHAGORAS AND HOW TO WORK WITH IT
Fourth Edition,
Revised and Enlarged by the Author
Fourth Edition,
Updated and Expanded by the Author
ILLUSTRATED WITH TEN PLATES
ILLUSTRATED WITH TEN IMAGES
LONDON
KEGAN PAUL, TRENCH, TRÜBNER & CO., Ltd.
DRYDEN HOUSE, GERRARD STREET, SOHO
1904
LONDON
KEGAN PAUL, TRENCH, TRÜBNER & CO., Ltd.
DRYDEN HOUSE, GERRARD STREET, SOHO
1904
"Ye stars which are the poetry of Heaven!
"Hey stars that are the poetry of Heaven!
If, in your bright leaves we read the fate
If, in your bright leaves, we see the future
Of men and empires—'tis to be forgiven,
Of men and empires—it's to be forgiven,
That in our aspirations to be great,
That in our efforts to be great,
Our destinies o'erleap this mortal state
Our destinies exceed this earthly existence.
And claim a kindred with you; for ye are
And claim a connection with you; for you are
A beauty and a mystery and create
A beauty and a mystery and create
In us such love and reverence from afar,
In us, there’s a love and respect from a distance,
That Life, Fame, Power, and Fortune have named themselves a star."
That life, fame, power, and fortune have called themselves a star.
Byron.
Byron.
CONTENTS
Part I. | ||
ASTROLOGY | ||
CHAPTER | PAGE | |
I. | Astrology | 4 |
II. | The Alphabet of Astrology | 12 |
III. | Concerning the Signs of the Zodiac | 17 |
IV. | Of the Natures of the Seven Planets and of their Essential and Accidental Dignities | 23 |
V. | Of the Influences of the Seven Planets | 34 |
VI. | Concerning the Twelve Houses of Heaven and their Powers | 50 |
VII. | An Explanation of Various Terms used in Astrology | 54 |
VIII. | Of the Figure of the Heavens | 59 |
IX. | Of the Influences of the Fixed Stars | 65 |
X. | Of the Effect of each Planet in each of the Twelve Houses | 70 |
XI. | On Forming a General Judgment on a Nativity | 76 |
XII. | Concerning Directions and Horary Questions | 92 |
XIII. | Solar Horoscopes | 103 |
XIV. | Aphorisms culled from the Works of Ptolemy and other Ancient Astrologers | 120 |
PART II. | ||
CHIROMANCY | ||
XV. | Chiromancy and its Origin | 125 |
XVI. | Concerning the Principal Lines in the Hand and the Mounts | 129 |
XVII. | The Line of Life | 137 |
XVIII. | The Line of Heart and Line of Head | 143 |
XIX. | The Saturnian Line | 150 |
XX. | The Line of the Sun and Line of Health | 155 |
XXI. | On the Ring of Venus, the Wrist Lines and the Letter M to be seen in most Hands | 160 |
XXII. | Concerning Chance Lines; that is, Lines which are sometimes—but only rarely—seen on any Hand | 166 |
XXIII. | Concerning the Fingers and Thumb and Nails | 169 |
XXIV. | Of the Various Marks to be seen on the Hand | 177 |
XXV. | The Triangle, the Quadrangle and the Happy Hand | 182 |
Part III. | ||
PHYSIOGNOMY | ||
XXVI. | Physiognomy | 185 |
XXVII. | The Forehead and Eyebrows | 194 |
XXVIII. | The Eyes and Eyelashes | 201 |
XXIX. | The Nose | 211 |
XXX. | The Mouth, Teeth, Jaw and Chin | 221 |
XXXI. | The Hair and Ears | 231 |
XXXII. | The Signatures of the Planets | 237 |
XXXIII. | The Moles on the Face | 246 |
XXXIV. | Moles having no Corresponding Moles on the Face | 254 |
XXXV. | The Zodiacal Marks | 258 |
XXXVI. | Concerning Alfridaries | 263 |
XXXVII. | Concerning the Wheel of Pythagoras and the Method of Working It | 267 |
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
Wheel of Pythagoras | Frontispiece and Cover | ||
The Earth | To face Chapter | VI. | |
Natus. 9th January, 1889 | " | " | VIII. |
Facsimile of a Map of a Horary Question from Lilly's "Astrology" | " | " | XII. |
Principal Lines on the Palm of the Hand | " | " | XVI. |
The Line of Life | " | " | XVII. |
Chance Lines on the Hand | " | " | XXII. |
Various Marks on the Hand | " | " | XXIV. |
The Happy Hand | " | " | XXV. |
The Planets' Places on the Face | " | " | XXVII. |
Alfridary Table | " | " | XXXVI. |
FOREWORD
Of all subjects that have at any time engaged the attention of the world, there is none more ancient than astrology. In the East—where it first arose at a period of very remote antiquity—it still holds sway and in every part of the world (especially among the learned) it reigned supreme until the middle of the seventeenth century. That it not only ruled the daily actions of individuals but swayed the councils of princes, is shown by the records of every nation that has a history (and by none more fully than by that of England); yet the present generation seems never, until quite lately, to have cared to inquire on what basis this belief could have been for so many ages supported. During the past ten years, however—possibly from a reaction growing out of the realism by which we have been so long oppressed—a new interest in these old-world beliefs has sprung up and it is to satisfy that interest that this book (containing the results of many years' study) was written.
Of all the topics that have captured the world's attention, none is older than astrology. In the East—where it originated a long time ago—it still holds influence, and throughout the world (especially among scholars), it was dominant until the mid-seventeenth century. It not only guided people's daily lives but also influenced the decisions of rulers, as shown in the records of every nation with a history (and none more thoroughly than England); however, the current generation seems to have rarely cared to question how this belief was maintained for so many years. In the last decade, though—possibly as a reaction to the realism we've endured for so long—a renewed interest in these ancient beliefs has emerged, and this book (which contains the results of many years of study) has been written to address that interest.
Chiromancy and Physiognomy are both based on astrology and are, therefore, quite in place as the second and third parts of a work treating of the influence of the stars. Many of the modern writers on Chiromancy seem disposed to deny its affinity to astrology, with which it is, however, inseparably connected. Dr. Saunders, in the preface to his exhaustive work on Chiromancy and Physiognomy, published in 1671, and dedicated to his friend Lilly, the great astrologer, says: "For our more orderly proceeding with the body of this work, it is in the first place necessary to be observed that there are seven planets, named Stellæ Errantes—wandering stars—which have each of them its separate character as they are used in astrologie; the which stars have great power over inferior bodies and do, each of them, govern some part or other of man's body and they especially have their material existence in the hand and without astrology Chiromancy could not subsist and be subservient to true wisdom."
Chiromancy and Physiognomy are both rooted in astrology and are, therefore, fittingly the second and third parts of a work discussing the influence of the stars. Many contemporary writers on Chiromancy seem to downplay its connection to astrology, which is, however, inextricably linked. Dr. Saunders, in the preface to his comprehensive work on Chiromancy and Physiognomy, published in 1671 and dedicated to his friend Lilly, the renowned astrologer, states: "To proceed in an organized manner with this work, it is first essential to note that there are seven planets, called Stellæ Errantes—wandering stars—which each have their own characteristics as used in astrology; these stars have significant power over earthly bodies and each governs some part of the human body, and they especially exist materially in the hand. Without astrology, Chiromancy could not exist or contribute to true wisdom."
Now, why, in the face of this and many other equally forcible words among the old-world authorities, do the modern writers try to force their own crude theories upon us? To drag the time-honoured study of Chiromancy into the turmoil of nineteenth-century existence and—by robbing it of its mysticism—to strain it into unison with the realism of modern thought, strikes the earnest student with the same sense of incongruity as would the hanging of a carnival mask over the mystically calm features of an antique statue.
Now, why, given this and many other compelling statements from traditional authorities, do modern writers insist on pushing their own simplistic theories on us? To pull the respected study of palmistry into the chaos of the nineteenth century and—by stripping it of its mystique—force it to align with the realism of today’s thinking feels to the serious student as inappropriate as hanging a carnival mask over the serene features of an ancient statue.
Rosa Baughan.
Rosa Baughan.
November, 1904.
November 1904.
THE
INFLUENCE OF THE STARS
The
Influence of the Stars
ASTROLOGY
ASTROLOGY
"To doubt the influence of the stars is to doubt the wisdom and providence of God."—Tycho Brahe.
"To question the impact of the stars is to question the wisdom and care of God."—Tycho Brahe.
CHAPTER I.
That a certain power, derived from æthereal nature, pervades the whole earth, is clearly evident to all. Fire and air are altered by the motions of the æther, and these elements, in their turn, encompassing all inferior matter, vary it, as they themselves are varied, acting equally on earth and water, on plants and animals. The Sun, not only by the change of the seasons, brings to perfection the embryo of animals, the buds of plants and the springs of water, but also, by his daily movement, brings light, heat, moisture, dryness and cold.
That a certain power, coming from the nature of the ether, spreads across the entire earth is clear to everyone. Fire and air are changed by the movements of the ether, and these elements, in turn, affect all lower matter, altering it just as they themselves are changed, having the same impact on earth and water, as well as on plants and animals. The Sun, not only through the changing seasons, helps develop the embryos of animals, the buds of plants, and the sources of water, but also, through its daily movement, provides light, heat, moisture, dryness, and cold.
The Moon, being of all the heavenly bodies the nearest to earth, has also much influence, and things animate and inanimate sympathise and vary with her. By her changes rivers swell or are reduced, the tides of the sea are ruled by her risings and settings, and animals and plants are influenced as she waxes or wanes. The stars also produce in the ambient [1] many impressions, causing heats, winds and storms, to the influence of which earthly things are subjected. The force of the Sun, however, predominates, because it is more generally distributed; the others either co-operate with his power or diminish its effects. The Moon more frequently does this at her first and last quarter; the stars act also in the same way, but at longer intervals and more obscurely than the Moon. From this it follows that not only all bodies which may be already in existence are subjected to the motion of the stars, but also that the impregnation and growth of the seeds from which all bodies proceed are moulded by the quality in the ambient at the time of such impregnation and growth. When, therefore, a person has acquired a thorough knowledge of the stars (not of what they are composed, but of the influences they possess), he will be able to predict the mental and physical qualities and the future events in the existence of any one whose actual moment of birth is accurately given to him. But the science of astrology demands great study, a good memory, constant attention to a multitude of different points and much power of deductive judgment; and those persons who undertake to cast horoscopes without possessing these qualities, must necessarily make frequent mistakes in their judgments, which, perhaps, accounts for much of the disbelief which exists as regards the power of astrology; but it is unfair to blame the science for inaccuracies which are only the result of the ignorance of its exponents. No one should attempt to pronounce judgments on the influence of the stars without having first given years of study to the subject; and even then, unless he should have been born under certain influences, [2] he will never become a proficient astrologer.
The Moon, being the closest of all celestial bodies to Earth, also has a significant influence, causing both living and non-living things to react and change with her. Her phases cause rivers to swell or recede, the tides of the sea are governed by her rising and setting, and animals and plants are affected as she grows or diminishes. The stars also create various effects in the surrounding environment, leading to heat, winds, and storms, to which earthly things respond. However, the Sun's power is greater because it is more widely distributed; other celestial bodies either work alongside its force or lessen its impact. The Moon often does this during her first and last quarters; the stars have a similar effect but act less frequently and less obviously than the Moon. This means that not only are all existing bodies influenced by the stars, but also the fertilization and growth of seeds—which give rise to all bodies—are shaped by the conditions present in the environment at the time of their fertilization and growth. Therefore, if someone has a deep understanding of the stars (not in terms of their composition, but in regard to their influences), they can predict the mental and physical traits and future events in the life of anyone whose exact birth moment is known. However, the study of astrology requires extensive learning, a strong memory, ongoing attention to many factors, and a high level of deductive reasoning; those who try to create horoscopes without these skills are likely to make many errors, which may explain much of the skepticism surrounding astrology's power. It’s unjust to blame the discipline for inaccuracies that stem from the ignorance of its practitioners. No one should judge the influence of the stars without years of study, and even then, unless they have been born under certain influences, they will never become skilled astrologers.
The practice of observing the stars began in Egypt in the reign of Ammon (about a thousand years before the Christian era), and was spread by conquest in the reign of his successor into the other parts of Africa, Asia, and Europe; but it appears to have been taught in the earliest ages by oral tradition only, for there is no good evidence of its having been reduced to written rules before some years after the first century of the Christian era, when Claudius Ptolemy (who was born and educated in Alexandria) produced a work called Tetra-biblos, or Quadripartite, being four books of the influences of the stars. In this treatise (translated into English by John Whalley—Professor of Astrology—in the year of 1786) Ptolemy seems to have collected all that which appeared to him of importance in the science. Another translation of the Tetra-biblos, rendered into English from the Greek paraphrase of that work by Proclus, was made in 1822 by J. M. Ashmand and this is, by most people, preferred to the translation made by Whalley. Somewhere between 1647 and 1657, Placidus di Titus, a Spanish monk, published a system of astrology, founded, to a great extent, upon Ptolemy's calculations. This work was printed in Latin and is called the Primum Mobile, or First Mover, and was translated by John Cooper in 1816; other translations have appeared, but his is the best among them.
The practice of stargazing began in Egypt during the reign of Ammon (around a thousand years before Christ) and spread through conquest during the rule of his successor to other parts of Africa, Asia, and Europe. It seems that in the earliest times, this knowledge was shared through oral tradition only, as there's little evidence that it was written down before some years after the first century AD, when Claudius Ptolemy (who was born and educated in Alexandria) created a work called Tetra-biblos, or Quadripartite, which consists of four books about the influences of the stars. In this treatise (translated into English by John Whalley—Professor of Astrology—in 1786), Ptolemy appears to have gathered everything he deemed significant in the field. Another English translation of the Tetra-biblos, based on a Greek paraphrase of that work by Proclus, was done in 1822 by J. M. Ashmand, and this version is generally preferred over Whalley's translation. Between 1647 and 1657, Placidus di Titus, a Spanish monk, published an astrology system heavily based on Ptolemy's calculations. This work, printed in Latin, is titled Primum Mobile, or First Mover, and was translated by John Cooper in 1816; other translations have been made, but his is considered the best among them.
The planetary orbs, which the ancients recognised as having the most powerful influence, were seven in number (now known under the Latin names of the principal deities of the heathen mythology), viz.: Jupiter, Saturn, the Sun, Mercury, Venus, Mars and the Moon.
The planets that the ancients identified as having the strongest influence were seven in total (now known by the Latin names of the main gods from pagan mythology), namely: Jupiter, Saturn, the Sun, Mercury, Venus, Mars, and the Moon.
It may be objected that science has long since revealed to us many more planets than the seven known to the ancients; but, in considering a study so mystical as that of astrology, it is better to adhere to the theories of the old-world writers. In the earliest ages almost all the inhabitants of the earth led pastoral lives—were, in fact, merely shepherds—but amongst these shepherds there naturally arose, from time to time, men of superior intelligence, whose imaginations (purified and strengthened by solitude and the constant communion with Nature which grew out of that solitude) led them to the study of those distant lights which they saw, night after night, appear and disappear in the wide expanse of the heavens above them. Of purer lives and more impressionable than we moderns, they were necessarily more open to the influences of nature; and all their thoughts being given to the study of the mysteries by which they felt themselves surrounded, their intuitive perception is likely to be a safer guide on mystical subjects than the scientific conjectures of our day. Besides, as the results produced by their methods were astoundingly correct, why should we imagine ourselves capable of bettering their theories? Jupiter, Saturn, Mars and Mercury are still the most important planets, whilst the Moon (though so small) has a more subtle influence in consequence of her nearness to us; whilst of the Sun's power over us and the whole creation there can, of course, be no question. Each of these seven planets is in the ascendant once during the space of the twenty-four hours forming the day and night; and according to the junction of two or more planets under which a person is born, his outward appearance, character and fate, will be influenced. The sign of the zodiac, too, under which a child comes into the world, possesses a power to produce a particular form of body and mental inclination, always, however, subject to the influence of the seven planets.
It might be argued that science has uncovered many more planets than the seven known to ancient times; however, when it comes to a subject as mystical as astrology, it's best to stick to the ideas of the old writers. In ancient times, nearly all people lived simple, pastoral lives—essentially as shepherds—but among these shepherds, occasionally, there emerged individuals with greater intelligence. Their imaginations, enhanced by solitude and their regular connection with Nature that came from that solitude, led them to study the distant lights they observed, night after night, appearing and disappearing in the vast sky above them. With lives that were purer and more impressionable than ours today, they were inherently more attuned to the forces of nature; since their thoughts were focused on the mysteries surrounding them, their intuitive insights might serve as a more reliable guide on mystical topics than the scientific theories of our time. Moreover, since the outcomes of their methods were remarkably accurate, why should we think we could improve upon their theories? Jupiter, Saturn, Mars, and Mercury are still the most significant planets, while the Moon (although small) has a more subtle influence due to her proximity to us; as for the Sun's power over us and all creation, that is undoubtedly undeniable. Each of these seven planets ascends once during the twenty-four-hour cycle of day and night; and depending on the alignment of two or more planets at the time of one's birth, one's outward appearance, character, and destiny will be influenced. The zodiac sign under which a child is born also possesses the power to shape a particular body type and mental tendency, always, however, subject to the influence of the seven planets.
It must also be borne in mind that the planets dominating the lives of both parents would, to a certain extent, have an influence not only during the pre-natal period of our existence, but also in arresting or hurrying forward the moment of our advent into life. The father's influence is strong at the moment of conception; the mother's during the whole period of pre-natal existence. In this way we can account for the resemblance between parents and children, and also for the physical and mental qualities which we see constantly reproduced through a long line of ancestry. It is rarely that one planet is the sole influence of a life, for the child at birth may, and more generally does, receive influences from several planets, and some not those of the father or mother; and thus we can account for the innumerable differences of mind and body to be found among members of the same family.
It’s important to remember that the planets that influence both parents can affect not only the prenatal stage of our lives but also the timing of our arrival into the world. The father's impact is significant at the moment of conception, while the mother's influence lasts throughout the entire prenatal period. This helps explain the similarities between parents and children, as well as the physical and mental traits that are often passed down through generations. Rarely is only one planet the sole influence in a person's life; at birth, a child may typically be affected by several planets, some of which may not be linked to either parent. This explains the countless differences in mind and body seen among family members.
For the benefit of those who object that there is too great a leaning to what they would call "the dangerous doctrine of fatalism" in these old-world beliefs, it may be well to quote a few reassuring words from a very able and voluminous writer on these subjects, Dr. Richard Saunders, who modestly styles himself on the title-page of his learned work (published in 1671) student in astrology and physic. "The stars," he says, "have such an influential power over us that we act by them and, though they are but second causes, their influences do so necessitate us that we cannot avoid their fatality, unless we have recourse to the First Cause which governs this all." In other words, though the stars influence us, God rules the stars.
For those who argue that there's too much reliance on what they consider "the dangerous doctrine of fatalism" in these old beliefs, it’s helpful to quote some reassuring words from a knowledgeable and extensive writer on these topics, Dr. Richard Saunders, who modestly calls himself a student of astrology and medicine on the title page of his scholarly work (published in 1671). "The stars," he writes, "have such a powerful influence over us that we act according to them, and although they are just secondary causes, their effects are so compelling that we cannot escape their fatality, unless we turn to the First Cause that governs everything." In other words, while the stars affect us, God is in charge of the stars.
CHAPTER II.
Astrology Basics
The Science of Astrology consists of four branches, namely, Mundane Astrology, which is the art of foreseeing, by the aspect of the stars, at certain periods, the events likely to happen to nations, such as pestilences, wars, inundations and earthquakes; Atmospherical Astrology, which is the art of foreseeing, by the positions of the heavenly bodies, the quality of the weather at any particular time or place; the Casting of Nativities, or the art of foretelling, from the position of the stars at the moment of birth, the fate and character of the native; and Horary Astrology, or the art of foreseeing, by the positions of the heavens at the moment, the result of any business or circumstance.
The Science of Astrology has four branches: Mundane Astrology, which is the skill of predicting, based on the arrangement of the stars, the events likely to occur for nations at certain times, such as plagues, wars, floods, and earthquakes; Atmospherical Astrology, which is the skill of predicting, based on the positions of celestial bodies, the weather conditions at any specific time or location; the Casting of Nativities, or the skill of predicting, from the position of the stars at the moment of birth, the destiny and personality of the individual; and Horary Astrology, or the skill of predicting, based on the positions of the heavens at a specific moment, the outcome of any endeavor or situation.
As the two former branches are treated in the astrological almanacks issued every year by Zadkiel, Raphael, Orion, and others, it is needless to go into them; but as the casting of nativities and the answering of horary questions require individual treatment, the working of these two branches of astrology (after the ancient methods) shall be described as clearly as possible.
As the two previous branches are covered in the astrological almanacs published each year by Zadkiel, Raphael, Orion, and others, there's no need to discuss them here. However, since casting nativities and answering horary questions need to be addressed individually, I'll explain how to work with these two branches of astrology (using the ancient methods) as clearly as I can.
Before the student can do anything in astrology he must master its alphabet—that is, he must make himself thoroughly acquainted with the symbols used to represent the planets, the signs of the zodiac and the aspects.
Before the student can do anything in astrology, they need to master its alphabet—that is, they must become completely familiar with the symbols used to represent the planets, the signs of the zodiac, and the aspects.
The planets recognised by the ancient astrologers are, as we have seen,
seven in number, and are as follows, with their symbols:—Saturn,
; Jupiter,
; Mars,
; Sol,
; Venus,
; Mercury,
; Luna,
.
The planets known to ancient astrologers total seven, as we've seen, and they are listed below with their symbols:—Saturn, ; Jupiter,
; Mars,
; the Sun,
; Venus,
; Mercury,
.
There are also the Dragon's Head, thus symbolised, ; and the
Dragon's Tail,
. These are neither planets nor signs of the
zodiac, nor constellations, but are only the nodes or points where the
ecliptic is crossed by the Moon. One of these points looks northward,
where the Moon begins her northern latitude, and the other points
southward, where she commences her south latitude. The head of the
Dragon is considered of a benevolent nature; the tail of the Dragon is
of evil tendency.
There are also the Dragon's Head, represented here, ; and the Dragon's Tail,
. These are neither planets nor zodiac signs, nor constellations, but are simply the nodes or points where the Moon crosses the ecliptic. One of these points faces north, indicating where the Moon begins her northern path, and the other faces south, marking where she starts her southern path. The Dragon's Head is seen as having a positive influence; the Dragon's Tail is viewed as having a negative influence.
There are also the twelve signs of the zodiac, which are as follows, with their symbols:—
There are also twelve zodiac signs, which are as follows, with their symbols:—
Northern. | Southern. | |||
![]() |
Aries | ![]() |
Libra | |
![]() |
Taurus | ![]() |
Scorpio | |
![]() |
Gemini | ![]() |
Sagittarius | |
![]() |
Cancer | ![]() |
Capricorn | |
![]() |
Leo | ![]() |
Aquarius | |
![]() |
Virgo | ![]() |
Pisces |
Through these twelve signs the planets continually move, and are ever in one or other of them.
Through these twelve signs, the planets are always moving and are constantly in one of them.
They are divided into north and south. The first six, from Aries to Virgo, are northern; the latter six, from Libra to Pisces, are southern; this is because the Sun and planets when in the first six are north of the equator, and when in the last six they are south of that line.
They are divided into north and south. The first six signs, from Aries to Virgo, are northern; the last six, from Libra to Pisces, are southern; this is because the Sun and planets are north of the equator when in the first six and south of that line when in the last six.
Each point of the zodiac rises and sets once every twenty-four hours, occasioned by the earth's revolution on its axis once every day; therefore, when any given point is rising, the opposite point must be setting. [3]
Each zodiac sign rises and sets every twenty-four hours, due to the Earth's rotation on its axis once a day; so, when one point is rising, the opposite point must be setting. [3]
As the zodiac consists of 360 degrees from the first point of Aries until we come to that point again, and as these are divided into twelve portions or signs, they must consist of 30 degrees each.
As the zodiac has 360 degrees from the first point of Aries until we reach that point again, and since these are divided into twelve sections or signs, each must consist of 30 degrees.
The aspects are five in number; they represent certain positions which the planets bear to each other as they move through the signs of the zodiac; they are as follows, with their symbols:—
The aspects are five in total; they represent specific positions that the planets have in relation to each other as they travel through the signs of the zodiac; they are as follows, along with their symbols:—
Conjunction, when two planets are in the same place, viz., in same
degree of the same sign.
A conjunction happens when two planets align, meaning they occupy the same degree in the same sign.
Sextile, when they are 60 degrees or two signs apart.
Sextile occurs when there is a 60-degree angle or when two signs are spaced apart.
Square, when they are 90 degrees or three signs apart.
A square occurs when angles are 90 degrees or three signs apart.
Trine, when they are 120 degrees or four signs apart.
Trine, when they are 120 degrees or four signs apart.
Opposition, when they are 180 degrees or six signs asunder.
Opposition occurs when two things are 180 degrees apart or six signs away from each other.
The conjunction () is rather a position than an aspect, as
planets can hardly be said to aspect each other when they are in the
same place. When Saturn is in the first degree of Aries, and any planet
in the same degree of that sign, they are said to be in conjunction;
this is good or evil, according to the nature of the planets thus
posited.
The conjunction () is more about position than aspect, since planets can’t really be said to aspect each other when they occupy the same spot. When Saturn is at the first degree of Aries and any planet is also at that exact degree of the sign, they are considered to be in conjunction; the outcome is either positive or negative, depending on the nature of the planets involved.
The Trine () is the most powerful of all the good aspects.
The Trine () is the strongest of all the positive aspects.
The Sextile () is favourable.
The Sextile () is positive.
The Square () is evil.
The Square is evil.
The Opposition () is also very evil.
The Opposition () is also very wicked.
There are several other aspects (sometimes called the "modern aspects") invented by Kepler; but as they only appear to complicate what is at best a very intricate study, it is best to ignore them and adhere in this, as in the matter of the planets, to the old methods.
There are several other aspects (sometimes referred to as the "modern aspects") developed by Kepler; however, since they seem to complicate what is already a very complex study, it’s better to disregard them and stick to the traditional methods, just like we do with the planets.
CHAPTER III.
ABOUT THE SIGNS OF THE ZODIAC
The zodiac is a band or belt, measuring about 14 degrees in breadth, but, as Venus sometimes appears to have more than her real latitude, it is more correctly considered to be 18 degrees in breadth. The ecliptic, or path of the Sun, passes exactly through the centre of the zodiac, longitudinally.
The zodiac is a band or belt, about 14 degrees wide, but since Venus sometimes seems to have a higher position than her actual latitude, it’s more accurately seen as being 18 degrees wide. The ecliptic, or the Sun's path, runs straight through the center of the zodiac, lengthwise.
The ancients divided the zodiac into ten signs—Libra being
omitted altogether, Virgo and Scorpio being merged into one, thus:
Virgo-Scorpio. This accounts for the similarity of their symbols,
.
The ancients split the zodiac into ten signs—with Libra left out entirely, and Virgo and Scorpio combined into one, called: Virgo-Scorpio. This explains why their symbols are similar,
.
Ptolemy divides the zodiac into twelve equal parts, of 30 degrees each. He says: "The beginning of the whole zodiacal circle (which in its nature as a circle can have no other beginning or end capable of being determined) is, therefore, assumed to be the sign Aries, which commences at the vernal equinox in March."
Ptolemy splits the zodiac into twelve equal sections, each 30 degrees. He states: "The start of the entire zodiac circle (which, as a circle, has no definite beginning or end) is assumed to be the sign Aries, which begins at the spring equinox in March."
One of the many objections urged against Ptolemy's system of astrology is that the signs are continually moving from their positions; but Ptolemy seems to have been aware of this motion of the signs, and has met this objection by what he says in the twenty-fifth chapter of the first book of the Tetra-biblos, where he makes it clear that the respective influences he ascribes to the twelve signs were considered by him to belong rather to the places they occupied in the ambient than to the stars of which they are composed; and he especially speaks of the ambient as producing the effects attributed to the respective signs of the zodiac when in the ascendant in a nativity; thus his astrology is just as applicable to modern astronomy as it was to his own.
One of the many arguments against Ptolemy's system of astrology is that the signs are always shifting from their positions. However, Ptolemy seemed to be aware of this movement of the signs and addressed this concern in the twenty-fifth chapter of the first book of the Tetra-biblos. He clarified that the influences he associated with the twelve signs were more about the places they occupied in the environment rather than the stars they consist of. He specifically mentioned that the ambient produces the effects attributed to the zodiac signs when they are in the ascendant in a birth chart. Therefore, his astrology is just as relevant to modern astronomy as it was in his time.
The signs have been divided into four triplicities, thus:
fiery ,
,
; earthy,
,
,
; airy,
,
,
; and watery,
,
,
.
The signs are grouped into four triplicities as follows: fire ,
,
; earth,
,
,
; air,
,
,
; and water,
,
,
.
The bicorporal, or double-bodied, signs are ,
, and
the first half of
. The fruitful signs are
,
,
; the barren signs are
,
, and
.
The bicorporal or double-bodied signs are ,
, and the first half of
. The fruitful signs are
,
,
; the barren signs are
,
, and
.
These descriptions are useful in showing the modifications brought to bear (by the sign ascending) on the planet's influence. But, when no planets are in or near the ascendant at birth, the following descriptions of the temperament and form of body produced by each sign ascending at birth should be used.
These descriptions are helpful in demonstrating the changes caused by the ascending sign on the planet's influence. However, when there are no planets in or near the ascendant at birth, the following descriptions of temperament and body type produced by each ascending sign at birth should be applied.
Aries () is a hot and fiery sign and produces a lean body,
spare and strong, large bones, grey eyes, with a quick glance and sandy
or red-coloured hair. The temper is violent. It governs the head and
face; its colour is white.
Aries () is a passionate and energetic sign, leading to a lean, strong physique with prominent bones, gray eyes that capture attention quickly, and sandy or red hair. The temperament is intense. It rules over the head and face; its associated color is white.
Taurus () differs greatly, in its effects, from the preceding
sign; it is cold and dry, and gives a broad brow and thick lips. A
person born under it is melancholy and slow to anger but, when roused,
furious and difficult to be appeased. It governs the neck and throat;
its colour is red.
Taurus () is very different in its effects from the sign before it; it’s cold and dry, and it results in a broad forehead and full lips. A person born under this sign tends to be moody and slow to get angry, but when upset, they can be intense and hard to calm down. It rules over the neck and throat; its color is red.
Gemini () is in nature hot and moist and produces a person of
straight, tall body, sanguine complexion, brilliant eyes and light
brown hair. The temperament of those born under Gemini is lively and
the understanding good. This sign governs the arms and shoulders; its
colours are red and white.
Gemini () is characterized by a warm and humid nature, resulting in individuals with tall and straight bodies, a rosy complexion, bright eyes, and light brown hair. People born under Gemini have an energetic temperament and a sharp understanding. This sign rules over the arms and shoulders, and its colors are red and white.
Cancer () is by nature cold and moist; it produces a native
fair and pale, short in stature, with a round face, sand-coloured brown
hair and grey eyes. Those born under it are phlegmatic, indolent and
gentle tempered. Women born under this sign generally have many
children. It governs the breast and stomach; its colours are green and
russet-brown.
Cancer () is essentially cold and moist; it results in a fair and pale complexion, short stature, a round face, sandy brown hair, and grey eyes. People born under this sign tend to be calm, laid-back, and gentle. Women born under Cancer often have multiple children. It rules the breasts and stomach, and its colors are green and russet-brown.
Leo () is a fiery, hot and dry sign. When it rises at birth
without any planet being near the ascendant, the native will be of tall
stature, with yellow hair, ruddy complexion and oval face, and he will
have a quick glance and a strong voice. It governs the heart, the back
and the neck; its colours are red and green.
Leo () is a dynamic fire sign. When it appears at birth without any planets close to the ascendant, the person will be tall, with yellow hair, a rosy complexion, and an oval face, and they will have a sharp gaze and a powerful voice. It rules over the heart, back, and neck; its colors are red and green.
Virgo () is an earthy, cold, barren, feminine sign. When it
ascends, it shows a well-formed body, slender and tall, straight,
dark-brown hair and a round face. The mind of the native is ingenious,
but rather inconstant. It governs the belly; its colour is black
speckled with blue.
Virgo () is an earthy, cold, barren, feminine sign. When it rises, it displays a well-proportioned body, slender and tall, with straight, dark brown hair and a round face. The mind of the individual is clever, but somewhat unpredictable. It rules the abdomen; its color is black with blue speckles.
Libra () is an aërial, sanguine, masculine, hot and moist sign.
Rising at birth it produces a well-made body, with long limbs, an oval
and beautiful face, sanguine complexion, straight flaxen hair and grey
eyes. Those born under it are courteous, just and honourable. It
governs the loins; and the colours under its rule are black, crimson
and tawny.
Libra () is an airy, lively, masculine, warm, and moist sign. When it rises at birth, it creates a well-proportioned body with long limbs, an oval and attractive face, a rosy complexion, straight blonde hair, and gray eyes. People born under this sign are polite, fair, and honorable. It governs the lower back, and the colors associated with it are black, crimson, and tan.
Scorpio () is a moist, phlegmatic, feminine sign. It gives a
strong, corpulent body, low stature, thick legs, hair growing low on
the forehead and heavy eyebrows. Those born under this sign are
reserved, thoughtful, subtle and malicious. It governs the lower parts
of the body; the colour under its rule is brown.
Scorpio () is a water sign, feminine in nature. It creates a solid, stocky body, shorter height, thick legs, hair that grows low on the forehead, and prominent eyebrows. People born under this sign tend to be reserved, reflective, clever, and a bit spiteful. It rules the lower parts of the body, and its color is brown.
Sagittarius () is a fiery, masculine sign. The person born
under its rule is handsome, with a rather long face and features,
chestnut hair, inclined to baldness and ruddy complexion; the body
strong and active. Those born under this sign are fond of field sports,
are good riders, and are lovers of animals. They are kindly, generous
and careless of danger. This sign governs the thighs and hips, and
rules yellow and green.
Sagittarius () is a fiery, masculine sign. People born under this sign tend to be attractive, with a long face and notable features, chestnut hair that may thin, and a rosy complexion; their bodies are strong and energetic. Those under this sign enjoy outdoor sports, are skilled riders, and love animals. They are friendly, generous, and tend to be a bit reckless. This sign governs the thighs and hips and is associated with yellow and green.
Capricorn () is an earthy, cold, dry, feminine sign. It
produces a person of slender stature, with a long neck, narrow chest
and dark hair. The mind is quick, witty and subtle. It governs the
knees and hams and, in colours, it rules black or dark brown.
Capricorn () is an earth sign that's cold, dry, and feminine. People born under this sign tend to have a slim build, with a long neck, narrow chest, and dark hair. They have a sharp, witty, and subtle mind. It rules the knees and hamstrings, and in terms of colors, it is associated with black or dark brown.
Aquarius () is an airy, moist, masculine sign. In a nativity
where no planets are in or near the ascendant, it would produce a
person of a well-set, strong body, long face and delicate complexion,
with brown hair. It governs the legs and ankles and rules the
sky-colour or blue.
Aquarius () is an airy, moist, masculine sign. In a birth chart where there are no planets in or near the ascendant, it would result in a person with a sturdy, strong build, a long face, and a delicate complexion, often with brown hair. It influences the legs and ankles and is associated with the color of the sky, or blue.
Pisces () is a watery, cold and feminine sign. It produces a
person of short stature and fleshy body, with a rather stooping gait.
Those born under its influence are indolent and phlegmatic. It governs
the feet and toes and presides over the pure white colour. It is
needful to remember the colours belonging to the signs, as they are
especially useful in horary questions.
Pisces () is a water sign that's cool and feminine. People born under this sign tend to be shorter with a heavier build and often walk with a slight stoop. They're usually laid-back and calm. Pisces rules the feet and toes and is associated with the pure white color. It's important to keep in mind the colors linked to each sign, as they can be particularly helpful in horary astrology.
CHAPTER IV.
ABOUT THE NATURES OF THE SEVEN PLANETS AND THEIR ESSENTIAL AND ACCIDENTAL DIGNITIES
Of the seven planets Jupiter and Venus, because of the heat and moisture predominant in them, are considered by the ancients as benefics or causers of good. The Moon is so considered for the same reasons, though in a less degree.
Of the seven planets, Jupiter and Venus are seen by the ancients as bringers of good because of the heat and moisture that dominate them. The Moon is considered beneficial for the same reasons, but to a lesser extent.
Saturn and Mars are causers of evil or malefic; the first from his excess of cold, and the other from his excess of heat. The Sun and Mercury are deemed of common influence—that is, either of good or evil, according to the planets with which they are connected.
Saturn and Mars are sources of negativity or harm; the first due to his extreme coldness, and the second because of his extreme heat. The Sun and Mercury are considered to have neutral influence—that is, either positive or negative, depending on the planets they are associated with.
The planets have particular familiarity with certain places in the zodiac by means of parts designated as their houses, and also by their triplicities, exaltations and terms.
The planets are especially familiar with specific areas in the zodiac through sections known as their houses, as well as their triplicities, exaltations, and terms.
The nature of their familiarity by houses is as follows:—
The nature of their familiarity by houses is as follows:—
Cancer and Leo are the most northerly of all the twelve signs; they approach nearer than the other signs to the zenith of this part of the earth, and thereby cause warmth and heat; they are consequently appropriated as houses for the two principal and greater luminaries; Leo for the Sun, as being masculine; and Cancer for the Moon, as being feminine.
Cancer and Leo are the most northern of all twelve signs; they come closer than the other signs to the highest point in this part of the earth, creating warmth and heat. They are therefore seen as the homes for the two main celestial bodies: Leo for the Sun, representing masculinity, and Cancer for the Moon, representing femininity.
Saturn, since he is cold and inimical to heat, moving also in a superior orbit most remote from the luminaries, occupies the signs opposite to Cancer and Leo; these are Aquarius and Capricorn, and they are assigned to him in consideration of their cold and wintry nature.
Saturn, being cold and unfriendly to heat, moving in a higher orbit far from the stars, resides in the signs opposite to Cancer and Leo; these are Aquarius and Capricorn, and they are linked to him because of their cold and wintry characteristics.
Jupiter has a favourable temperament, and is situated beneath the sphere of Saturn; he, therefore, occupies the next two signs, Sagittarius and Pisces.
Jupiter has a positive temperament and is located below the sphere of Saturn; therefore, he occupies the next two signs, Sagittarius and Pisces.
Mars is dry in nature and beneath the sphere of Jupiter; he takes the next two signs, of a nature similar to his own, viz., Aries and Scorpio, whose relative distances from the houses of the luminaries are injurious and discordant.
Mars is dry by nature and is located beneath Jupiter; he moves through the next two signs that are similar to him, namely Aries and Scorpio, whose distances from the positions of the luminaries are harmful and conflicting.
Venus, possessing a favourable temperament, and, placed beneath the sphere of Mars, takes the next two signs, Taurus and Libra. These are of a fruitful nature and preserve harmony by the sextile distance; this planet is never more than two signs distant from the Sun.
Venus, having a favorable personality, is located under the influence of Mars and takes the next two signs, Taurus and Libra. These signs are nurturing and maintain harmony through the sextile aspect; this planet is never more than two signs away from the Sun.
Mercury never has greater distance from the Sun than the space of one sign, and is beneath all the other planets; hence he is nearest to both luminaries, and the remaining two signs, Gemini and Virgo, are allotted to him.
Mercury never gets further from the Sun than the space of one zodiac sign, and it is below all the other planets; therefore, it is closest to both the Sun and the Moon, and the other two signs, Gemini and Virgo, are assigned to it.
The "houses" of the planets are readily shown by the following table. It is exactly the same as that found in the mummy-case of the Archon of Thebes, in ancient Egypt, as may be seen at the British Museum:
The "houses" of the planets are clearly displayed in the table below. It's identical to what is found in the mummy case of the Archon of Thebes, in ancient Egypt, which can be viewed at the British Museum:
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
|
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
||
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
||
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
||
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
||
![]() |
![]() |
![]() |
It will be seen, at once, from this table that the Sun and Moon have each only one house assigned them. All planets are most powerful in that sign which constitutes one of their houses. Planets receive detriment in the signs opposite to those of their houses. Thus, Saturn would receive detriment in Cancer and Leo, which are the signs opposite to his houses, Capricornus and Aquarius. There are some signs in which the planets are found to be very powerful, though not to the same extent as when in their own houses; these are called the "exaltations" of the planets, and the signs opposite to these are those in which they receive their "fall" when they are considered to be weak in power. Saturn has his exaltation in Libra; his "fall" would therefore be in Aries. He governs the airy triplicity, which is composed of the signs Gemini, Libra and Aquarius by day, and in all the twelve signs he has these degrees (zodiacal signs) allotted him by Ptolemy for his Terms:
It’s clear from this table that both the Sun and Moon each have only one house assigned to them. All planets are strongest in the sign that is their house. Planets are at a disadvantage in the signs opposite their houses. So, Saturn would be at a disadvantage in Cancer and Leo, which are the opposite signs of his houses, Capricorn and Aquarius. Some signs are where the planets are very strong, but not as strong as when they are in their own houses; these are known as the "exaltations" of the planets, and the signs opposite these are where they experience their "fall," meaning they are weaker. Saturn is exalted in Libra; therefore, his "fall" is in Aries. He rules the air triplicity, which consists of the signs Gemini, Libra, and Aquarius during the day, and in all twelve signs, he has these degrees (zodiac signs) assigned to him by Ptolemy for his Terms:
In Aries | 27, 28, 29, 30. |
In Taurus | 23, 24, 25, 26. |
In Gemini | 22, 23, 24, 25. |
In Cancer | 28, 29, 30. |
In Leo | 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. |
In Virgo | 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24. |
In Libra | 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. |
In Scorpio | 28, 29, 30. |
In Sagittarius | 21, 22, 23, 24, 25. |
In Capricornus | 26, 27, 28, 29, 30. |
In Aquarius | 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. |
In Pisces | 27, 28, 29, 30. |
The meaning of which is that if Saturn should rise in any of these degrees it is a sign that he is not void of essential dignities; or, if he is posited in any of the following degrees (which he is allowed for his Face or Decanate) he is still not devoid of dignities. This is to be understood of all the planets.
The meaning here is that if Saturn rises in any of these degrees, it's a sign that he holds some essential dignities; or, if he is positioned in any of the following degrees (which he is assigned for his Face or Decanate), he still has some dignities. This applies to all the planets.
Saturn is allotted for his Face these degrees:
Saturn is assigned these degrees for his Face:
In Taurus | 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30. |
In Leo | 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10. |
In Libra | 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20. |
In Sagittarius | 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30. |
In Pisces | 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10. |
Jupiter has his exaltation in Cancer and his fall in Capricornus. He rules the fiery triplicity, Aries, Leo and Sagittarius, by night.
Jupiter is exalted in Cancer and falls in Capricorn. He rules the fire signs, Aries, Leo, and Sagittarius, at night.
He has these degrees allotted for his Terms:
He has these degrees assigned for his terms:
In Aries | 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. |
In Taurus | 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22. |
In Gemini | 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14. |
In Cancer | 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13. |
In Leo | 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25. |
In Virgo | 14, 15, 16, 17, 18. |
In Libra | 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19. |
In Scorpio | 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14. |
In Sagittarius | 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8. |
In Capricornus | 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19. |
In Aquarius | 21, 22, 23, 24, 25. |
In Pisces | 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14. |
He has for his Face, or Decanate:
He has for his face, or decanate:
Of Gemini | 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10. |
Of Leo | 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20. |
Of Libra | 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30. |
Of Capricornus | 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10. |
Of Pisces | 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20. |
Mars has Aries for his day-house and Scorpio for his night-house. He is exalted in Capricornus, and has his fall in Cancer.
Mars has Aries as his main sign during the day and Scorpio at night. He is strongest in Capricorn and weakened in Cancer.
He governs the watery Triplicity, viz., Cancer, Scorpio and Pisces, and he has these degrees in each sign for his Terms:
He rules the water signs, specifically Cancer, Scorpio, and Pisces, and he has these degrees in each sign for his Terms:
In Aries | 22, 23, 24, 25, 26. |
In Taurus | 27, 28, 29, 30. |
In Gemini | 26, 27, 28, 29, 30. |
In Cancer | 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. |
In Leo | 26, 27, 28, 29, 30. |
In Virgo | 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30. |
In Scorpio | 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. |
In Aquarius | 26, 27, 28, 29, 30. |
In Pisces | 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26. |
He has allotted to him for his Face these degrees:
He has been given these levels for his Face:
In Aries | 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10. |
In Gemini | 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20. |
In Leo | 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30. |
In Virgo | 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10. |
In Pisces | 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30. |
The Sun rules the fiery Triplicity—Aries, Leo and Sagittarius—by day. He is exalted in the sign of Aries, and receives his fall in Libra.
The Sun governs the fire signs—Aries, Leo, and Sagittarius—during the day. He is strong in Aries and is weakened in Libra.
He has no degrees admitted him for his Terms, but in the twelve signs he has the following degrees for his Face:
He has no degrees that qualify him for his terms, but in the twelve signs, he has the following degrees for his face:
In Aries | 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20. |
In Gemini | 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30. |
In Virgo | 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10. |
In Scorpio | 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20. |
In Capricornus | 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30. |
Venus governs the earthy Triplicity—Taurus, Virgo and Capricornus—by day. She is exalted in Pisces, and has her fall in Virgo. She has the following degrees for her Terms:
Venus rules the Earth signs—Taurus, Virgo, and Capricorn—during the day. She is strong in Pisces and weak in Virgo. Her specific degrees for her Terms are as follows:
In Aries | 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14. |
In Taurus | 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8. |
In Gemini | 15, 16, 17, 18, 19. 20. |
In Cancer | 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27. |
In Leo | 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19. |
In Virgo | 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13. |
In Libra | 7, 8, 9, 10, 11. |
In Scorpio | 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21. |
In Sagittarius | 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14. |
In Capricornus | 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. |
In Aquarius | 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20. |
In Pisces | 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8. |
The following degrees are allowed for her Face:
The following degrees are permitted for her face:
In Aries | 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30. |
In Cancer | 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10. |
In Virgo | 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20. |
In Scorpio | 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30. |
In Pisces | 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10. |
Mercury governs the airy Triplicity, viz., Gemini, Libra and Aquarius, by night. He has his exaltation in Virgo, and his fall in Pisces. He has the following degrees for his Terms:
Mercury rules the air signs, specifically Gemini, Libra, and Aquarius, during the night. He is exalted in Virgo and has his fall in Pisces. His Terms correspond to the following degrees:
In Aries | 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21. |
In Taurus | 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15. |
In Gemini | 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7. |
In Cancer | 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20. |
In Leo | 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13. |
In Virgo | 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7. |
In Libra | 20, 21, 22, 23, 24. |
In Scorpio | 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27. |
In Sagittarius | 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20. |
In Capricornus | 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12. |
In Pisces | 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20. |
These degrees are assigned him for his Face:
These degrees are given to him for his appearance:
In Taurus | 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10. |
In Cancer | 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20. |
In Virgo | 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30. |
In Sagittarius | 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10. |
In Aquarius | 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20. |
The Moon governs the earthy Triplicity, viz., Taurus, Virgo and Capricornus, by night.
The Moon rules the Earthy Triplicity, which includes Taurus, Virgo, and Capricorn, during the night.
She is exalted in Taurus, and has her fall in Scorpio. The Sun and the Moon have no terms assigned them.
She is at her best in Taurus and struggles in Scorpio. The Sun and the Moon don’t have any specific limits set for them.
In the twelve signs she has these degrees assigned her for her Face:
In the twelve signs, these degrees are assigned to her for her Face:
In Taurus | 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20. |
In Cancer | 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30. |
In Libra | 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10. |
In Sagittarius | 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20. |
In Aquarius | 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30. |
A planet in his fall is very weak in his influence. The Houses count first in dignity, then the Exaltation; afterwards the Triplicity, the Terms, and the Faces.
A planet in its fall has a very weak influence. The Houses are prioritized first in dignity, then the Exaltation; after that comes the Triplicity, the Terms, and the Faces.
The meaning of this is, if a planet is in any of the signs we call his house or houses, he is essentially strong, and he is allowed five dignities.
The meaning of this is, if a planet is in any of the signs we refer to as its house or houses, it is essentially strong, and it has five dignities.
If he is in the sign in which he is said to be exalted, he is allowed four dignities.
If he's in the sign where he's considered to be elevated, he gets four dignities.
If he should be placed in any of the signs allowed him for his Triplicity, he is allowed three dignities.
If he is placed in any of the signs that are right for his Triplicity, he has three dignities.
If in any of the degrees in the signs which are given as his Terms, he has two dignities.
If in any of the degrees in the signs that are listed as his Terms, he has two strengths.
If in any of the degrees of the sign given to him as his Face, he is allowed one essential dignity. Accidental dignities are when a planet is swift in motion, angular or in sextile aspect with Jupiter or Venus.
If in any of the degrees of the sign assigned to him as his Face, he has one essential dignity. Accidental dignities occur when a planet is fast-moving, angular, or in a sextile aspect with Jupiter or Venus.
There was a great difference between the Arabian, Indian, and Greek methods in the disposing of the degrees of the sign to each planet until the time of Ptolemy. Since then almost all astrologers followed the method he left, which is that which has been given in this chapter.
There was a significant difference between the Arabian, Indian, and Greek approaches to assigning the degrees of the sign to each planet until the time of Ptolemy. Since then, almost all astrologers have followed the method he provided, which is outlined in this chapter.
CHAPTER V.
ON THE INFLUENCES OF THE SEVEN PLANETS
The planet Saturn is the most remote of the seven planetary orbs recognised by the ancient writers on astrology. He is of a pale ash colour, slow in motion, only finishing his course through the twelve signs of the zodiac in 29 years and about 157 days. His greatest north latitude from the ecliptic is 2 degrees 48 minutes; his south latitude is 2 degrees 49 minutes.
The planet Saturn is the farthest of the seven planetary bodies recognized by ancient astrology writers. It has a light gray color and moves slowly, taking about 29 years and 157 days to complete its path through the twelve zodiac signs. Its highest north latitude from the ecliptic is 2 degrees 48 minutes, while its south latitude is 2 degrees 49 minutes.
Those born with this planet well-dignified [4] are studious, grave, economical, prudent, patient and in all their actions sober and somewhat austere. They are not much given to the love of women, but they are persons of much depth of feeling, and, when they do love, they are very constant. They are given to the study of occult matters, [5] and are of a melancholic, suspicious and jealous temperament. In person when well-dignified Saturn gives a rather tall stature and long limbs. The hair is dark, the eyebrows much marked and generally meeting between the eyes, which are dark brown, deep set and close together. The nose is long and generally somewhat bent over the lips and the under jaw slightly protrudes. The complexion is sallow, the ears large and the hands and feet are generally long, but not fleshy.
Those born with this planet well-placed [4] are studious, serious, frugal, sensible, patient, and generally act with restraint and some seriousness. They are not particularly fond of relationships with women, but they have deep feelings, and when they do love, they are very loyal. They tend to study mystical subjects, [5] and have a melancholic, suspicious, and jealous nature. In terms of appearance, when well-placed Saturn gives a rather tall stature and long limbs. Their hair is dark, their eyebrows are prominent and often meet between the eyes, which are dark brown, deep-set, and close together. The nose is long and often slightly curved over the lips, and the lower jaw tends to protrude slightly. The complexion is sallow, the ears are large, and the hands and feet are usually long but not chunky.
Those born under the potent aspect of Saturn are generally slow of speech and their voices are harsh; when Saturn rises in a horoscope devoid of dignities, the native is envious, covetous, malicious, subtle, untruthful and of a discontented disposition. In person frequently deformed, with long and irregular features, the eyes and hair dark and the skin yellow and harsh.
Those born under the strong influence of Saturn tend to speak slowly and have harsh voices; when Saturn is prominent in a horoscope lacking strengths, the person is envious, greedy, spiteful, cunning, dishonest, and generally discontented. Often physically deformed, they have long and uneven facial features, dark eyes and hair, and their skin is yellow and rough.
In man's body this planet rules the spleen, the right ear, the lips and the teeth. In illness he gives ague, palsy, ruptures (especially should he rule in the sign of Scorpio), jaundice, toothache and all affections of the sight, of the ear, of the teeth and jaws and of the legs.
In a person's body, this planet governs the spleen, the right ear, the lips, and the teeth. When someone is ill, it causes fever, paralysis, hernias (especially if it rules in the sign of Scorpio), jaundice, tooth pain, and any issues related to the sight, ear, teeth, jaws, and legs.
The herbs he governs are the hemlock, hellebore, burdock, sage, henbane, rue, nightshade and mandrake.
The herbs he manages are hemlock, hellebore, burdock, sage, henbane, rue, nightshade, and mandrake.
The trees under his rule are the willow, the yew, the cypress, the box-tree and the pine.
The trees under his control are the willow, the yew, the cypress, the boxwood, and the pine.
The beasts he governs are the elephant, the wolf, the bear, the dog,[6] the basilisk, the crocodile, the scorpion, the serpent, the rat, the mouse and all manner of creeping things; among birds, the crow, the cuckoo, the raven, the owl and the bat.
The creatures he oversees include the elephant, the wolf, the bear, the dog, the basilisk, the crocodile, the scorpion, the snake, the rat, the mouse, and all kinds of creepy crawlies; among birds, there's the crow, the cuckoo, the raven, the owl, and the bat.
Of fish he rules the eel, the tortoise and all shell fish.
Of fish, he rules the eel, the turtle, and all shellfish.
The minerals he governs are lead and the dross of all metals.
The minerals he oversees are lead and the waste of all metals.
His stones are jet, onyx and all dark stones which are incapable of polish. The colour he rules is black.
His stones are jet, onyx, and all dark stones that can’t be polished. The color he controls is black.
He rules Saturday—the first hour after sunrise, and the eighth hour of the same day. His number is 55. In gathering the herbs under his rule the ancients were particular to do so in his hours, as this rendered the medicament more powerful. This is to be observed regarding the herbs ruled by all the planets.
He governs Saturday—the first hour after sunrise and the eighth hour of the same day. His number is 55. When gathering the herbs under his rule, the ancients made sure to do it during his hours, as this made the medicine more effective. This applies to the herbs ruled by all the planets.
Saturn's orb is nine degrees before and after any aspect; that is, his influence begins to operate when either he applies to any planet or it applies to him within nine degrees of his perfect aspect, and his influence continues in force until he is separated nine degrees from the aspect. His angel is Cassiel. His friends are Jupiter, Venus, Mercury and the Moon; his enemies are Mars and the Sun.
Saturn’s influence works nine degrees before and after any aspect. This means his effect starts when he approaches any planet or when that planet approaches him within nine degrees of the exact aspect, and it remains active until he is nine degrees away from it. His angel is Cassiel. His allies are Jupiter, Venus, Mercury, and the Moon; his adversaries are Mars and the Sun.
Jupiter is the next planet below Saturn and is of a bright, clear, azure colour. He much exceeds Saturn in motion, as he finishes his course through the twelve signs in twelve years. His greatest north latitude is 1 degree 38 minutes, and his greatest south latitude 1 degree 40 minutes. When he rises at birth well-dignified he gives an erect, tall stature, sanguine complexion, oval face, large grey eyes, thick brown hair, full lips and good teeth. In temperament those born under the good influence of this planet are honourable, generous and hospitable, but loving material pleasures, kind and affectionate to wife and family, charitable, desiring to be well thought of and hating all mean and sordid actions. The voices of those born under Jupiter are clear and sonorous. When this planet rises devoid of dignities the native will be gluttonous, profligate, vain, and boastful, of mean abilities and shallow understanding, easily seduced to extravagance and a tyrant to those of his family and household.
Jupiter is the next planet after Saturn and has a bright, clear blue color. He moves much faster than Saturn, completing his journey through the twelve zodiac signs in twelve years. His highest northern latitude is 1 degree 38 minutes, and his highest southern latitude is 1 degree 40 minutes. When Jupiter is rising at birth in a strong position, he gives a tall, upright stature, a rosy complexion, an oval face, large gray eyes, thick brown hair, full lips, and good teeth. People born under the positive influence of this planet are honorable, generous, and welcoming, but they also enjoy material pleasures and are kind and loving to their spouses and families. They are charitable, want to be well-regarded, and dislike any mean or sordid behavior. Those born under Jupiter have clear and resonant voices. When this planet rises without strong aspects, the individual may become gluttonous, reckless, vain, and arrogant, with mediocre skills and superficial understanding, easily lured into extravagance and tyrannical towards their family and household.
In man's body he rules the lungs and the blood, and of diseases he gives apoplexy, gout, inflammation of the lungs, pleurisy and all illnesses proceeding from corruption of the blood.
In the human body, he controls the lungs and the blood, and he causes diseases like strokes, gout, lung inflammation, pleurisy, and all illnesses that come from blood corruption.
The herbs he governs are cloves, mace, nutmeg, gilliflower, marjoram, mint, borage and saffron.
The herbs he oversees are cloves, mace, nutmeg, gillyflower, marjoram, mint, borage, and saffron.
Of trees, he rules the mulberry, the olive, the vine, the fig, the beech and the pear-tree.
Of trees, he rules the mulberry, the olive, the vine, the fig, the beech, and the pear tree.
Of beasts, the sheep, the hart, the ox and all those animals that are useful to man.
Of animals, the sheep, the deer, the ox, and all those creatures that are beneficial to humans.
Of birds, the stork, the snipe, the lark, the eagle, the pheasant, the partridge and the peacock.
Of birds, the stork, the snipe, the lark, the eagle, the pheasant, the partridge, and the peacock.
Of fishes, the whale, the dolphin and the sword-fish.
Of fish, the whale, the dolphin, and the swordfish.
His metal is tin.
His material is tin.
His stones are the sapphire, the amethyst and the emerald.
His gems are the sapphire, the amethyst, and the emerald.
Of colours he rules red mixed with green.
Of colors, he rules red mixed with green.
His day is Thursday and he rules the first hour after sunrise and the eighth hour. His number is 78.
His day is Thursday, and he governs the first hour after sunrise and the eighth hour. His number is 78.
His orb is 9 degrees before and after any aspect.
His orb is 9 degrees before and after any aspect.
All the planets except Mars are his friends.
All the planets except Mars are his buddies.
His angel is Zadkiel.
His angel is Zadkiel.
Mars in order succeeds Jupiter. He appears of a red colour, and finishes his course through the zodiac in 1 year 321 days. His greatest north latitude is 4 degrees 31 minutes. His south latitude is 6 degrees 47 minutes. When he is well-dignified in a horoscope, the native is courageous, confident, loving war and all that belongs to it, jealous of honour, hot-tempered and a great lover of field-sports. In person he will be of middle stature, broad-shouldered and with big bones; the complexion of a red fairness; the hair is crisp or curly and also red, but this varies slightly according to the sign rising at birth; in watery signs the hair is not so red, and in earthy signs it is more chestnut; the eyes are grey and have a bold, fixed glance like that of a hawk.
Mars comes after Jupiter in the order of planets. He has a red appearance and completes his journey through the zodiac in 1 year and 321 days. His maximum northern latitude is 4 degrees 31 minutes, while his southern latitude is 6 degrees 47 minutes. When he is well-positioned in a horoscope, the person is courageous, confident, passionate about war and everything related to it, jealous of honor, hot-tempered, and a big fan of outdoor sports. Physically, he tends to be of average height, broad-shouldered, and has larger bones; his complexion is a reddish fairness; his hair is crisp or curly and also red, but this can vary a bit depending on the sign rising at birth; in water signs, the hair is less red, and in earth signs, it tends to be more chestnut; his eyes are grey and have a bold, steady gaze like that of a hawk.
When he is ill-dignified at birth, the native is turbulent, cruel, boastful, a promoter of sedition, ungracious in manners and unscrupulous in his actions, with no fear of either God or man. He rules the head and face, the gall, the throat and intestines; and the diseases he gives are fevers, carbuncles, smallpox, all throat affections, all hurts to the head and face (especially by iron), and all diseases which arise from too much heat of blood; also accidents from four-footed beasts.
When someone is born with unfavorable astrological influences, they are restless, cruel, arrogant, incite rebellion, are rude, and act without morals, having no fear of God or people. They govern the head and face, gallbladder, throat, and intestines; the illnesses they cause include fevers, carbuncles, smallpox, all throat issues, injuries to the head and face (especially from metal), and all diseases stemming from excessive blood heat, as well as injuries from animals.
The herbs over which he rules are the nettle, the thistle, onions, scammony, garlic, horehound, cardamons, mustard and all herbs giving heat.
The herbs he controls are nettle, thistle, onions, scammony, garlic, horehound, cardamom, mustard, and all herbs that produce heat.
Of trees, all those which are of a prickly nature, such as the holly, the thorn and the chestnut.
Of trees, all those that are prickly, like holly, thorns, and chestnuts.
Of beasts, all fierce animals—the tiger, the panther, the wolf, the horse, the leopard, the wild ass and the bear.
Of all fierce animals—tigers, panthers, wolves, horses, leopards, wild donkeys, and bears.
The dog is sometimes assigned to Mars on account of its courage and combativeness. This delightful animal is probably ruled by both Saturn and Mars; the former giving it the quality of fidelity which it possesses in a degree beyond all other creatures.
The dog is sometimes associated with Mars because of its bravery and fighting spirit. This charming creature is likely influenced by both Saturn and Mars; Saturn granting it the loyalty that it has to a greater extent than any other animal.
Of fish, the pike, the barbel and the sword-fish.
Of fish, there's the pike, the barbel, and the swordfish.
Of birds, the hawk, the vulture, the kite, the eagle, the magpie and the cock, all of which are combative.
Of birds, the hawk, the vulture, the kite, the eagle, the magpie, and the rooster, all of which are aggressive.
The metal he rules is iron. The colour he rules is red.
The metal he controls is iron. The color he controls is red.
The stones, the carbuncle, the ruby and the blood-stone.
The stones, the garnet, the ruby, and the bloodstone.
His orb is 7 degrees before and after any aspect.
His orb is 7 degrees before and after any aspect.
He governs Tuesday—the first hour after sunrise, and the eighth. His number is 39.
He rules Tuesday—the first hour after sunrise and the eighth hour. His number is 39.
His friend among the planets is Venus, all the others are his enemies.
His friend among the planets is Venus; all the others are his enemies.
His angel is Samael.
His angel is Samael.
The Sun passes through all the twelve signs of the zodiac in one year and a few hours over the 365 days which constitute the year. He has no latitude.
The Sun moves through all twelve signs of the zodiac in a year, plus a few extra hours beyond the 365 days that make up the year. It has no latitude.
When the Sun rises at a birth well-dignified, the native is of an honourable disposition, but always desiring to rule, loving pomp, yet affable, speaking with gravity and without too many words and possessing much self-reliance and dignity of manner. In person he will be tall, well made, with golden hair, yellowish skin, large and piercing eyes and long, straight and well-formed features.
When the Sun rises at a well-dignified birth, the person has an honorable nature but always wants to be in charge. They enjoy grandeur, yet are friendly, speaking seriously and not saying too much, with a lot of self-confidence and a dignified manner. In appearance, they will be tall and well-built, with golden hair, light-colored skin, large and intense eyes, and long, straight, well-proportioned features.
When ill-aspected the native is arrogant, boastful, a spendthrift, proud, yet in poverty hanging on other men's charity, very loquacious, restless and without judgment.
When poorly aspecting, the person is arrogant, boastful, a spender, proud, yet in poverty relying on others’ charity, very talkative, restless, and lacking judgment.
He governs the heart, the brain, the right eye and the arms; and the diseases he causes are all illnesses of the heart, such as swoons, palpitations, cramps, also diseases of the mouth, the brain, and the eyes.
He controls the heart, the brain, the right eye, and the arms; and the issues he causes are all problems related to the heart, like fainting, rapid heartbeat, cramps, as well as issues with the mouth, the brain, and the eyes.
Of colours he rules the yellow and orange colour.
He rules the colors yellow and orange.
The plants subject to the Sun are all those of pungent odours, such as the marigold, heliotrope, rosemary, balsam, peony, spikenard, musk, St. John's wort, and ginger.
The plants exposed to the Sun include all those with strong scents, like marigold, heliotrope, rosemary, balsam, peony, spikenard, musk, St. John's wort, and ginger.
Of trees he rules the palm, the laurel, the cedar, the orange-tree and the citron-tree.
Of trees, he reigns over the palm, the laurel, the cedar, the orange tree, and the citron tree.
Of beasts, the lion, the ram, the goat.
Of animals, the lion, the ram, the goat.
Of birds, the eagle, the cock, the buzzard.
Of birds, the eagle, the rooster, the buzzard.
Of fish, the star-fish, the crab-fish and the sea-fox.
Of fish, the starfish, the crab, and the sea fox.
He governs Sunday. His number is 34.
He rules Sunday. His number is 34.
Of metals, gold.
Gold.
Of colours he rules the yellow.
Of colors, he rules the yellow.
Of stones, the topaz, amber, chrysolite and all yellow stones.
Of stones, the topaz, amber, chrysolite, and all yellow stones.
His orb is 15 degrees before any aspect, and as many after separation.
His orb is 15 degrees before any aspect and the same after separation.
His friends are all the planets except Saturn and Mars.
His friends are all the planets except for Saturn and Mars.
His angel is Michael.
His angel is Mike.
After the Sun the planet Venus succeeds in order; she is of a bright shining colour. Her greatest north or south latitude is 2 degrees and 2 minutes. When she rises well-dignified in a nativity the person born will be of middle stature, rather inclining to shortness, with a beautiful complexion, light brown hair, the eyes large, of a blue or grey colour and with a slow and rather languishing movement, red lips, and dimples in the cheeks, chin and about the mouth. In disposition, gracious, very tender, inclined to love-making; easy of belief and not given to labour about anything; fond of music, plays, and all sorts of merry-makings.
After the Sun, the planet Venus comes next; she has a bright, shining color. Her maximum north or south latitude is 2 degrees and 2 minutes. When she rises strongly in a natal chart, the person born will be of average height, leaning slightly towards being short, with a beautiful complexion, light brown hair, large blue or gray eyes, and a slow, somewhat languid movement. They will have red lips and dimples in their cheeks, chin, and around the mouth. In terms of personality, they are gracious, very tender, inclined towards romance; they are easy to believe and not prone to hard work; they enjoy music, plays, and all kinds of festivities.
When ill-dignified at birth Venus causes the native to be over-fat, with thick lips, and much flesh about the chin and cheeks. In disposition, sensual, riotous and immoral.
When poorly positioned at birth, Venus makes the person overweight, with thick lips and a lot of flesh around the chin and cheeks. In temperament, they are sensual, indulgent, and immoral.
Venus governs the lower parts of the body, and the illnesses she gives are cancer and all affections of the womb.
Venus rules the lower parts of the body, and the health issues she causes include cancer and all conditions affecting the womb.
All the herbs she governs have a sweet smell and, generally, have smooth leaves and white flowers, such as the lily, both white and yellow, and the lily of the valley, also the water lily, the myrtle, maidenhair, violets and roses.
All the herbs she controls have a sweet scent and usually have smooth leaves and white flowers, like the lily in both white and yellow, the lily of the valley, the water lily, myrtle, maidenhair, violets, and roses.
The trees she rules are the walnut, the almond, the apple-tree, the box-tree, the sycamore, the ash and myrtle.
The trees she governs are the walnut, the almond, the apple tree, the box tree, the sycamore, the ash, and the myrtle.
Of beasts, the hart, the rabbit, the calf and all small cattle.
Of animals, the deer, the rabbit, the calf, and all small livestock.
Of birds, the dove, the sparrow, the nightingale, the swan, the pelican and the swallow.
Of birds, the dove, the sparrow, the nightingale, the swan, the pelican, and the swallow.
Her metal is copper.
Her metal is copper.
Her stones, white and red coral, rubies, the beryl, turquoise and lapis lazuli, because it expels melancholy.
Her stones, white and red coral, rubies, beryl, turquoise, and lapis lazuli, because they drive away sadness.
Her colours are white and purple.
Her colors are white and purple.
Her orb is 7 degrees before and after any aspect.
Her orb is 7 degrees before and after any aspect.
Her day of the week is Friday, of which she rules the first and eighth hour after sunrise. Her number is 45.
Her day of the week is Friday, when she rules the first and eighth hour after sunrise. Her number is 45.
Her friends are all the planets, but Saturn is the least sympathetic to her.
Her friends are all the planets, but Saturn is the least understanding of her.
Her angel is Anael.
Her angel is Anael.
Mercury is of a soft silver colour. His greatest north latitude is 3 degrees 33 minutes. His greatest south latitude is 3 degrees 33 minutes.
Mercury has a soft silver color. Its highest latitude in the north is 3 degrees 33 minutes. Its highest latitude in the south is also 3 degrees 33 minutes.
When he rises well-dignified at a birth the native is a person of subtle intellect, an excellent logician, and possessing much eloquence in his speech; sharp and witty, of admirable memory, curious in occult knowledge, given to divination, and, if he should turn his attention to trade, no man would exceed him in the invention of new ways to gain wealth.
When he stands dignified at birth, the person is someone with a sharp mind, a great logician, and a lot of eloquence in their speech; clever and witty, with an impressive memory, interested in hidden knowledge, inclined toward fortune-telling, and if he decides to focus on business, no one would be better at coming up with new ways to make money.
In person, when Mercury rises well-dignified, the native is of rather small stature, but elegantly formed, very active and supple in his limbs, and with long arms; he will have a long, narrow face, a high forehead, rather swelling at the temples, grey eyes with brown spots in them, delicate mouth, straight eyebrows, a skin of a pale yellow or olive colour, the hair of a red-brown, commonly called auburn.
In person, when Mercury is in a strong position, the individual is of relatively short height, but is elegantly shaped, very active and flexible in their limbs, with long arms; they will have a long, narrow face, a high forehead that slightly bulges at the temples, gray eyes with brown flecks, a delicate mouth, straight eyebrows, skin that is a pale yellow or olive tone, and hair that is a reddish-brown, often referred to as auburn.
When ill-dignified at birth Mercury gives a person of very small stature, with small, insignificant features and very small and quickly-moving eyes; and in character he is shifty, a boaster, foolishly loquacious and a great liar.
When poorly positioned at birth, Mercury results in a person of very short height, with small, unremarkable features and tiny, fast-moving eyes; in terms of personality, they tend to be deceitful, boastful, overly talkative, and a significant liar.
He rules the liver, the tongue and the nerves, and the illnesses he gives are epilepsy, giddiness, dry cough, any affection of the tongue, and all nervous affections.
He controls the liver, the tongue, and the nerves, and the illnesses he causes include epilepsy, dizziness, dry cough, any condition affecting the tongue, and all nerve-related issues.
The herbs attributed to him are generally those having a subtle smell, and having effect on the tongue, brain, lungs, or memory; they are vervain, adder's-tongue, aniseed, dragon-wort, and the reed.
The herbs linked to him typically have a delicate scent and impact the tongue, brain, lungs, or memory; these include vervain, adder's-tongue, aniseed, dragon-wort, and reed.
The trees are the elder and the filbert-tree.
The trees are the elder and the hazel tree.
The animals are the squirrel, the weasel, the spider, the greyhound, the fox, the ape and all cunning and quickly-moving creatures.
The animals include the squirrel, the weasel, the spider, the greyhound, the fox, the ape, and all clever and fast-moving creatures.
The birds, the parrot, the magpie, the crane, the linnet and the swallow.
The birds: the parrot, the magpie, the crane, the linnet, and the swallow.
Of fish, the jack-fish and the mullet.
Of fish, the jackfish and the mullet.
His metal is quicksilver.
His metal is mercury.
His stones all those of divers colours, white and red carnelian and marcasite, or fire-stone.
His stones were all different colors: white and red carnelian, marcasite, or fire-stone.
In colours he rules azure, and all light blue colours.
In colors, he dominates blue and all light blue shades.
His orb is 7 degrees before and after any aspect.
His orb is 7 degrees both before and after any aspect.
He governs Wednesday—the first hour and the eighth after sunrise. His number is 114. The Moon, Venus, Jupiter, the Sun and Saturn are his friends; Mars is his enemy.
He rules Wednesday—the first hour and the eighth hour after sunrise. His number is 114. The Moon, Venus, Jupiter, the Sun, and Saturn are his friends; Mars is his foe.
His angel is Raphael.
His angel is Raphael.
The Moon is the nearest to the earth of all the seven planets. She finishes her course through the whole twelve signs in 27 days 7 hours and 36 seconds. Her greatest north latitude is 5 degrees and about 17 minutes, her greatest south latitude 5 degrees and 12 minutes.
The Moon is the closest to Earth of all seven planets. She completes her journey through all twelve signs in 27 days, 7 hours, and 36 seconds. Her highest north latitude is 5 degrees and about 17 minutes, and her highest south latitude is 5 degrees and 12 minutes.
When she rises well-placed in a horoscope, she signifies a person of soft and gentle manners, timid, imaginative, loving pleasure and ease, yet fond of moving from place to place, rather capricious, but of a poetic and romantic turn of mind. In person, those born under good aspects of the Moon are of middle height, with a round head and face, pale, soft skin, large light eyes, usually one a little larger than the other. The whole body inclined to be fleshy, the lips full, and the hair of a dull, light colour, but not at all inclined to gold.
When she appears favorably in a horoscope, she represents someone with gentle and soft manners, shy, imaginative, who enjoys pleasure and comfort, but also likes to travel from place to place, a bit unpredictable, yet with a poetic and romantic mindset. Generally, those born under favorable Moon aspects are of average height, with a round head and face, pale, soft skin, and large light eyes, often with one slightly larger than the other. Their bodies tend to be on the fuller side, with full lips, and their hair has a dull, light color, but it doesn't have a golden hue.
When the Moon is ill-aspected at birth the native is indolent, sometimes a drunkard and vagabond, generally a liar, and, as Lilly puts it, "a muddling creature."
When the Moon is in a bad position at birth, the person is lazy, often a drunk and a wanderer, usually dishonest, and, as Lilly puts it, "a muddling creature."
The Moon governs the left side and the bladder. She gives dropsy, all cold and rheumatic diseases, colds or hurts in the eyes, convulsive fits, hysteria, and feminine weaknesses.
The Moon controls the left side of the body and the bladder. She causes edema, all cold and rheumatic illnesses, colds or pain in the eyes, seizures, hysteria, and female-related issues.
The plants she governs are all those which have soft, juicy leaves, such as the lettuce, the melon, the gourd, the poppy, mushroom, cabbage and colewort. Of trees, all those which have round, spreading leaves, such as the lime-tree and the sycamore.
The plants she manages are all those with soft, juicy leaves, like lettuce, melon, gourd, poppy, mushroom, cabbage, and colewort. As for trees, she oversees those with round, spreading leaves, such as the lime tree and the sycamore.
The beasts she rules are those which love the water, as the otter and the seal.
The animals she commands are those that love the water, like the otter and the seal.
She rules all sea fowl and also the goose, the duck and the night owl.
She rules all seabirds, as well as the goose, duck, and night owl.
Of fish, the oyster, the cockle and the lobster.
Of fish, the oyster, the clam, and the lobster.
Her colours are light greenish-blue mixed with white.
Her colors are a light greenish-blue blended with white.
Her metal is silver.
Her metal is silver.
Her stones, pearls, diamonds, opals, crystals and selenite.
Her gemstones, pearls, diamonds, opals, crystals, and selenite.
Her orb is 12 degrees before and after any aspect.
Her orb is 12 degrees before and after any aspect.
Her day is Monday; the first hour and the eighth after sunrise are hers. Her number is 45.
Her day is Monday; the first hour and the eighth after sunrise belong to her. Her number is 45.
Her friends are Venus, Jupiter, the Sun, Saturn and Mercury.
Her friends are Venus, Jupiter, the Sun, Saturn, and Mercury.
Her enemy among the planets is Mars.
Her enemy among the planets is Mars.
Her angel is Gabriel.
Her angel is Gabriel.
CHAPTER VI.
ABOUT THE TWELVE HOUSES OF HEAVEN AND THEIR POWERS
The ancient astrologers divided the heavens into twelve houses.
The ancient astrologers split the sky into twelve houses.
The First House.—This is called the Ascendant, and the planet rising therein—whether well or ill-dignified—will materially affect the mind, bodily appearance and fate of the native through his whole existence. This house is masculine, and governs the head and face of man and, if the planet Mars be in this house at the time of birth, there will always be some blemish or mole in the face of the native; if a few out of the degrees have ascended the scar or blemish is, without fail, on the upper part of the head; if the middle part of the sign ascends the mark is in the middle of the face; if the latter part of the sign is ascending the mark is near the chin. This house represents the head, the tongue and the memory, and it governs in colours white.
The First House.—This is known as the Ascendant, and the planet that rises there—whether it's strong or weak—significantly influences the person's mind, physical appearance, and destiny throughout their life. This house is masculine and rules over the head and face of a person. If the planet Mars is in this house at the time of birth, there will always be some kind of blemish or mole on the individual's face. If certain degrees are rising, the scar or blemish will, without fail, be on the upper part of the head; if the middle part of the sign is rising, the mark will be in the middle of the face; if the latter part of the sign is ascending, the mark will be near the chin. This house represents the head, the tongue, and memory, and it is associated with the color white.
The Second House.—This house has signification of the native's wealth and worldly goods. The house is feminine, ruling the neck, and the colour is green.
The Second House.—This house represents the person's wealth and possessions. It is feminine, governs the neck, and its color is green.
The Third House.—This governs brothers and sisters, short journeys, neighbours, letters and writings. It is masculine and governs the hands, arms and shoulders; its colours are red and yellow mixed.
The Third House.—This represents siblings, short trips, neighbors, letters, and writing. It is associated with the masculine energy and governs the hands, arms, and shoulders; its colors are a mix of red and yellow.
The Fourth House.—This rules the father, inheritances or property of the native, and shows his condition at the close of life. It is feminine, and rules the stomach, breast and lungs; its colour is red.
The Fourth House.—This governs the father, inheritances, or the native's property, and indicates his situation at the end of life. It is associated with femininity and relates to the stomach, breasts, and lungs; its color is red.
The Fifth House.—This signifies the children of the native, also his success in speculation and hazardous games, the pleasures he enjoys and the wealth of the father. It rules the heart, back and liver, is masculine, and represents in colour black and white mixed.
The Fifth House.—This represents the native's children, as well as their success in investments and risky games, the enjoyment of pleasures, and the father's wealth. It governs the heart, back, and liver, is considered masculine, and is symbolized by a mix of black and white.
The Sixth House.—This concerns the native's servants, sheep, goats and small cattle. It also signifies the father's kindred. This house is feminine. It rules the belly and intestines and its colour is black.
The Sixth House.—This relates to the native's servants, sheep, goats, and small livestock. It also represents the father's relatives. This house is feminine. It governs the belly and intestines, and its color is black.
The Seventh House gives judgment of marriage and describes the man or woman in all love questions. It is masculine, it rules the haunches, and its colour is black.
The Seventh House judges marriage and describes the person involved in all matters of love. It is masculine, governs the hips, and its color is black.
The Eighth House argues of death, of legacies and wills, also of the kind of death a man shall die; it is a feminine house. It rules the lower parts of the trunk of the body; its colours are green and black.
The Eighth House discusses death, legacies, and wills, as well as the nature of a man's death; it is a feminine house. It governs the lower parts of the body's trunk; its colors are green and black.
The Ninth House gives judgment on voyages and long journeys, and also on events happening to the wife's kindred. It rules the hips and thighs. It is a masculine house; its colours are green and white.
The Ninth House evaluates travels and long trips, as well as occurrences impacting the wife's relatives. It governs the hips and thighs. It is a masculine house; its colors are green and white.
The Tenth House is called the Mid-heaven, and is feminine. This concerns the native's mother, and also his calling. It rules the knees and hams, and its colours are red and white.
The Tenth House is known as the Mid-heaven, and it's considered feminine. This is related to the individual's mother, as well as their career. It governs the knees and thighs, and its colors are red and white.
The Eleventh House represents friends and friendship. It is masculine and rules the legs.
The Eleventh House symbolizes friends and friendship. It is associated with masculinity and governs the legs.
The Twelfth House.—This house is often called the Evil Dæmon, for it is the house of sorrow, self-undoing, enemies and imprisonment. It governs great cattle. It is feminine, and rules the feet and toes, and in colour it governs green.
The Twelfth House.—This house is often referred to as the Evil Dæmon, because it represents sorrow, self-destruction, enemies, and imprisonment. It also governs large livestock. It is feminine and rules the feet and toes, with green being its associated color.
The strongest houses are the first (the Ascendant) and the tenth (the Mid-heaven). The first, fourth, seventh, and tenth are called Angular Houses, and represent the four cardinal points of the compass; thus the first is east, the seventh west, the fourth is north, and the tenth south. The second, fifth, eighth, and eleventh houses are called Succedent Houses; the third, sixth, ninth, and twelfth houses are termed Cadent Houses (see plate 1). Any planet posited in a Cadent House is regarded as weak in its effects on the native. It is necessary to have thoroughly mastered the influences of the twelve houses, as well as those of the seven planets, and of the signs of the zodiac, before attempting to cast a nativity or to work a horary question.
The strongest houses are the first (the Ascendant) and the tenth (the Mid-heaven). The first, fourth, seventh, and tenth are known as Angular Houses and represent the four cardinal points of the compass; so the first is east, the seventh is west, the fourth is north, and the tenth is south. The second, fifth, eighth, and eleventh houses are called Succedent Houses; the third, sixth, ninth, and twelfth houses are known as Cadent Houses (see plate 1). Any planet located in a Cadent House is considered weak in its influence on the person. It’s essential to have a solid understanding of the influences of the twelve houses, the seven planets, and the signs of the zodiac before trying to create a natal chart or address a horary question.
CHAPTER VII.
AN EXPLANATION OF DIFFERENT TERMS USED IN ASTROLOGY
Ascension, Right.—The distance any body or point in the heavens is from the beginning of the ecliptic or first point of Aries. It is measured in degrees and minutes of a degree. It is thus abbreviated, A. R.
Ascension, Right.—The distance of any body or point in the sky from the start of the ecliptic or the first point of Aries. It is measured in degrees and minutes of a degree. It is abbreviated as A. R.
Ascension, Oblique.—If a star be not on the equator, it will, when it rises, form an angle with that part of the equator which is rising at the same time, and this is called its
Ascension, Oblique.—If a star isn’t on the equator, when it rises, it will create an angle with the part of the equator that is also rising at that moment, and this is known as its
Ascensional Difference.—This, added to its right ascension (A. R.) if it have south declination, but subtracted from it if it have north declination, gives its oblique ascension.
Ascensional Difference.—This is added to its right ascension (A.R.) if it has south declination, but subtracted from it if it has north declination, to give its oblique ascension.
Application signifies the approach of two planets and is of three kinds: first, when a planet, swift of motion, applies to one of slower progress: for example, we will suppose Mercury posited in 16 degrees of the sign Gemini, and Mars in 21 degrees of the same sign (both being in direct motion), Mercury being swifter would overtake and form a conjunction with Mars, which is termed a direct application. The second kind of application is formed by two retrograde planets: thus we will suppose Mercury in 16 degrees of Gemini and Saturn in 15 degrees of the same sign, both retrograde. Mercury being the swiftest planet, applies to Saturn, a more ponderous planet, by retrogradation, and this is called a retrograde application. The third kind of application is when one planet, being direct in motion, meets another which is retrograde: for instance, we will suppose Mercury retrograde in 16 degrees of Gemini, and Saturn direct in motion in 12 degrees of the same sign; here Mercury, being the higher planet, applies to a conjunction of Saturn by a retrograde motion. These two last are considered evil applications. It should also be remembered that the superior planets, Saturn, Jupiter and Mars, never apply to the inferior planets, Venus, Mercury and the Moon, except by retrograde motion; but the inferior planets apply in both ways.
Application refers to the alignment of two planets and can be categorized into three types: first, when a faster-moving planet approaches a slower one. For example, let’s say Mercury is at 16 degrees in Gemini and Mars is at 21 degrees in the same sign (both moving direct); since Mercury moves faster, it would catch up to Mars and form a conjunction, which is called a direct application. The second type involves two retrograde planets: imagine Mercury at 16 degrees in Gemini and Saturn at 15 degrees in the same sign, both retrograde. Since Mercury is the fastest planet, it approaches Saturn, which is slower, through retrogradation, and this is called a retrograde application. The third type occurs when one direct-moving planet meets another that is retrograde: for instance, suppose Mercury is retrograde at 16 degrees in Gemini, and Saturn is direct at 12 degrees of the same sign; here, Mercury, as the higher planet, applies to a conjunction with Saturn through retrograde motion. The last two types are considered evil applications. It’s also important to note that the superior planets, Saturn, Jupiter, and Mars, only approach the inferior planets, Venus, Mercury, and the Moon, through retrograde motion; however, the inferior planets can approach in both directions.
Besieging signifies a planet situated between the two malevolent planets, Saturn and Mars: thus, if Saturn were in the 12th degree of Aries, Jupiter in the 14th, and Mars in the 16th, Jupiter would then be besieged by the two malefic planets, Saturn and Mars. This is, of course, an evil position.
Besieging refers to a planet that is positioned between two hostile planets, Saturn and Mars. For example, if Saturn is at the 12th degree of Aries, Jupiter at the 14th, and Mars at the 16th, then Jupiter would be besieged by the two malefic planets, Saturn and Mars. This is clearly a negative position.
Cazimi.—A planet is said to be in cazimi when it is in the heart of the Sun: that is, only 17 minutes before or after the Sun. All astrologers agree that a planet is fortified by this position, but a planet when combust is very evil in its influences.
Cazimi.—A planet is considered to be in cazimi when it’s right in the heart of the Sun: specifically, just 17 minutes before or after the Sun. All astrologers agree that a planet in this position is strengthened, but a planet that is combust has very negative effects.
Direct motion signifies that a planet is moving on its natural course, according to the succession of the signs of the zodiac: thus a planet is direct in motion when it moves from Aries to Taurus, or from Taurus to Gemini.
Direct motion means that a planet is moving along its natural path, following the order of the zodiac signs: so a planet is direct in motion when it moves from Aries to Taurus, or from Taurus to Gemini.
Frustration means the approach of a swift planet to an aspect with one of slower motion; but before it can approach near enough to join that aspect the more weighty planet is joined to some other, by which the first aspect is frustrated.
Frustration refers to the situation where a fast-moving planet comes close to aligning with a slower-moving one; however, before it gets close enough to connect with that alignment, the heavier planet becomes involved with another one, causing the initial alignment to be disrupted.
Hayz is when a masculine diurnal planet is situated above the horizon in the daytime, or when a feminine nocturnal planet is placed below the horizon in the night-time; this is fortunate in its influence.
Hayz is when a masculine daytime planet is positioned above the horizon during the day, or when a feminine nighttime planet is located below the horizon at night; this is considered lucky in its effects.
Node.—That part of the ecliptic where a planet passes out of north into south latitude is its south node; that where it goes into north latitude is its north node.
Node.—That part of the ecliptic where a planet moves from north to south latitude is its south node; the point where it shifts into north latitude is its north node.
Oriental and Occidental.—A planet, when oriental, rises before the Sun; when occidental sets after him and is seen above the horizon when the Sun is down; consequently, when a planet is oriental it is posited in the east, and when occidental, in the west.
Eastern and Western.—A planet is considered eastern when it rises before the Sun; when it is western, it sets after the Sun and can be seen above the horizon after the Sun has gone down; therefore, when a planet is eastern, it is located in the east, and when western, in the west.
From the fourth house eastward to the tenth is oriental and from the
tenth westward to the fourth is occidental. But or
are oriental between the first and tenth and its
opposite quarter and are occidental between the tenth and
seventh and its opposite quarter.
From the fourth house east to the tenth is eastern, and from the tenth west to the fourth is western. But or
are eastern between the first and tenth and their opposite quarter, and are westerly between the tenth and seventh and their opposite quarter.
Void of course is when a planet is separated from another planet, and does not, during its continuance in the same sign, form any aspect with any other planet. This most usually happens with the Moon. The effect of this is
Void of course is when a planet is distanced from another planet and, while in the same sign, doesn’t make any aspect with any other planet. This most often occurs with the Moon. The effect of this is
CHAPTER VIII.
OF THE SHAPE OF THE HEAVENS
This was formerly termed a horoscope, but is now more generally called a figure of the heavens. It is simply a scheme, or plan, representing an accurate picture of the heavens—that is, of the positions of the Sun, Moon, and planets, and, in some instances, of the fixed stars also, for the moment at which a child is born. In horary questions the figure is drawn for the required time, which may be the moment of the propounding of a question to an astrologer, or of the occurrence of any event of the result of which astrological information is desired.
This used to be called a horoscope, but it's now more commonly referred to as a figure of the heavens. It's basically a diagram or layout that gives an accurate representation of the heavens—specifically, the positions of the Sun, Moon, and planets, and sometimes even the fixed stars—at the time a child is born. For horary questions, the figure is created for the specific moment needed, whether that's when a question is asked to an astrologer or when an event occurs for which astrological insights are sought.
This map, which contains the twelve divisions already described as the twelve houses of heaven, may be drawn in either a square or circular form. Lilly and other mediæval writers use both forms indiscriminately; but as the latter is more easily understood, the diagram (plate 2) is drawn up in that manner. It will be seen that it is formed of three circles. In the centre space the date, time and place of the event of a horary question are entered, and in a nativity the name, sex and moment of birth of the native. The next space (divided into twelve equal parts for the houses) is reserved for the planets and in the outer space are placed the signs of the zodiac, with the number of their degrees, on the cusp of each house. The cusps of the Houses are represented by that line between each house. Having obtained an Ephemeris, or astrological almanack [7] for the year required, we must find the Sidereal Time for the day and month of the birth, or question; then, if the time of the event be before noon we must deduct the difference between the given time and noon from the Sidereal Time of the day; for example, on the day of the event (the 9th January, 1889), the Sidereal Time at noon is shown by the Ephemeris to be 19 hours 16 minutes 51 seconds, if the birth had been at 9 a.m. The difference between 9 a.m. and noon is 3 hours. We should, therefore, have to deduct 3 hours from 19 hours 16 minutes 51 seconds, which gives 16 hours 16 minutes 51 seconds, the Sidereal Time required.
This map, which shows the twelve sections known as the twelve houses of heaven, can be created in either a square or circular format. Lilly and other medieval writers use both styles interchangeably; however, since the circular format is easier to understand, the diagram (plate 2) is presented that way. You'll notice it consists of three circles. In the center space, you'll enter the date, time, and location of a horary question, while in a natal chart, you'll include the name, gender, and time of birth of the individual. The next section, divided into twelve equal parts for the houses, is designated for the planets, and the outer area holds the zodiac signs along with the degree numbers at the beginning of each house. The edges of the houses are represented by the lines between each house. After obtaining an Ephemeris or astrological almanac for the specified year, we need to find the Sidereal Time for the day and month of the birth or question. Then, if the event occurs before noon, we must subtract the difference between the given time and noon from the Sidereal Time for that day. For example, on the day of the event (January 9, 1889), the Ephemeris indicates that the Sidereal Time at noon is 19 hours 16 minutes 51 seconds, if the birth took place at 9 a.m. The gap between 9 a.m. and noon is 3 hours. Therefore, we need to subtract 3 hours from 19 hours 16 minutes 51 seconds, resulting in 16 hours 16 minutes 51 seconds, which is the required Sidereal Time.
As the event is supposed to happen at 3 in the afternoon, we must add the difference between noon and the time given to the Sidereal Time of the day. The difference between noon and 3 p.m. is 3 hours, and, as the Sidereal Time on the 9th January, 1889, is 19 hours 16 minutes 51 seconds, we add 3 hours to this amount, which gives 22 hours 16 minutes 51 seconds, the Sidereal Time required.
As the event is set to happen at 3 in the afternoon, we need to add the difference between noon and the specified time to the Sidereal Time of the day. The difference between noon and 3 p.m. is 3 hours, and since the Sidereal Time on January 9, 1889, is 19 hours 16 minutes 51 seconds, we add 3 hours to this, resulting in 22 hours 16 minutes 51 seconds, the required Sidereal Time.
We must now proceed to place the signs for 3 p.m. on the 9th January,
1889, which is thus done: We turn to the "Table of Houses" (which will
be found at the end of the Ephemeris), and having found (under the
column headed "Sidereal Time") the nearest time to 22 hours 16 minutes
51 seconds, which in this case is 22 hours 16 minutes 48 seconds for the
latitude of London, we see in the next column (headed 10) the sign
(Pisces), and the number 3° opposite our Sidereal Time,
showing that the third degree of Pisces is on the cusp of the 10th
house, In the next column (headed 11) we see
, and the number
7°; we therefore place 7°
on the cusp of the 11th
house, next 24°
on the 12th; then 7° 5′
on the
Ascendant (or first house), 23°
on the 2nd and 10°
on the 3rd; for the remaining houses we place the signs in
order opposite to those already given, keeping the same number of
degrees to each corresponding house and sign. The opposite house to the
10th is the 4th, and the opposite sign to
is
; we
therefore place 3°
on the cusp of the 4th house, and so on
of the rest. It will, however, now be seen that the two signs
and
are missing; these signs are "intercepted," which means that
they lie between two houses without occupying the cusp of either; they
must, therefore, be placed in their order between the cusps of
the houses. This is, of course, not always the case, and some horoscopes
will have no intercepted signs.
We need to place the signs for 3 p.m. on January 9, 1889. Here’s how it’s done: We refer to the "Table of Houses" (found at the end of the Ephemeris) and locate the nearest time to 22 hours 16 minutes 51 seconds, which in this case is 22 hours 16 minutes 48 seconds for London’s latitude. In the next column (labeled 10), we find the sign (Pisces), with the number 3° next to our Sidereal Time, indicating that the third degree of Pisces is on the cusp of the 10th house. In the following column (labeled 11), we find
, with the number 7°; thus, we place 7°
on the cusp of the 11th house, then 24°
on the 12th; next, we place 7° 5′
on the Ascendant (or 1st house), 23°
on the 2nd, and 10°
on the 3rd. For the remaining houses, we place the signs in order opposite to those already mentioned, keeping the same number of degrees for each corresponding house and sign. The house opposite the 10th is the 4th, and the sign opposite
is
; therefore, we place 3°
on the cusp of the 4th house, and so forth for the rest. However, it's important to note that the two signs
and
are missing; these signs are "intercepted," meaning they are situated between two houses without occupying the cusp of either one. They must be placed in their order between the cusps of the houses. This isn't always the case, and some horoscopes will not have any intercepted signs.
HOW TO PLACE THE PLANETS.
How to Position the Planets.
In the Ephemeris the longitudes of the planets are given daily for mean
noon; so, to find the exact place of a planet for a given time,
we must note the difference of longitude between the previous noon and
noon of the day for drawing the map for a.m. and for p.m., the
difference between noon of the day and noon of the day after. This
difference is the motion of the planet in 24 hours, which we
must work thus: As 24 hours are to—hours (i.e., the difference
between the given time and noon), so is the daily motion to the motion
required. For example, the at noon on the 6th January is
(omitting seconds) in 19° 29′
, and on the 10th January at
noon he is in 20° 30′
, which gives a daily motion
of 59 minutes. We must find his place for 3 p.m. on the 9th January. As
24 hours are to 3 hours, so are 59 minutes to the time required; this
equals about 7 minutes, which we add to the
's longitude at noon
on the 9th. If the event had been for a.m. this amount would have been
deducted from the
's longitude at noon on the day
of the event. We must proceed in the same way for the other planets and
place them in the map according to their positions in respect to the
degrees on the cusps of the houses. The
will be in 19°
36′
, or about the middle of the 7th house. And note
that the number of degrees of a sign on the cusp of any house shows
that that sign commenced in the previous house. Supposing the
had been 1° of
, we should then have
placed it in the 6th house, a little below the cusp of the 7th. When a
planet is Retrograde (shown in the Ephemeris thus, R.),
we add the amount to the longitude when the event is before noon
or a.m., and deduct it from the longitude when the event is
after noon or p.m. The mode of giving the judgment on a horoscope will
be shown farther on.
In the Ephemeris, the longitudes of the planets are reported daily for mean noon. To determine the exact position of a planet at a specific time, we need to calculate the difference in longitude from the previous noon to noon on the day we are mapping for both a.m. and p.m., as well as the difference between noon on that day and noon the following day. This difference represents the planet's movement over 24 hours, which we calculate like this: As 24 hours relates to—hours (i.e., the difference between the given time and noon), so does the daily motion relate to the desired motion. For instance, at noon on January 6th, the is at 19° 29′
, and on January 10th at noon, it's at 20° 30′
, showing a daily motion of 59 minutes. We need to find the sun's position for 3 p.m. on January 9th. As 24 hours relate to 3 hours, so does 59 minutes relate to the time we need; this works out to about 7 minutes, which we add to the
's longitude at noon on the 9th. If we were calculating for a.m., we would have deducted this amount from the
's longitude at noon on the event day. We should do the same for the other planets and position them on the map according to their locations relative to the degrees on the house cusps. The
will be at 19° 36′
, which puts it roughly in the middle of the 7th house. It's important to note that the number of degrees of a sign on the cusp of any house indicates that that sign started in the previous house. If the
were at 1° of
, we would place it in the 6th house, right below the cusp of the 7th. When a planet is Retrograde (noted in the Ephemeris as R.), we add the amount to the longitude if the event is before noon or a.m., and deduct it from the longitude if the event is after noon or p.m. The method for interpreting a horoscope will be explained later.
CHAPTER IX.
OF THE INFLUENCES OF THE FIXED STARS
The fixed stars are so called because they appear to keep at the same distance from one another in the heavens. All of these stars have their respective influences analogous to those of the planets. The following table of the principal fixed stars, with their several magnitudes and natures, will be found useful. It is only those of the first and second magnitude which much affect us; the influence of those stars marked as of fourth magnitude is very slight. The time of the rising and setting of the fixed stars varies according to the latitudes of the places of observation. Their longitudes increase at the annual rate of 50 seconds, but their latitudes vary very little. The right ascension and declinations of the numerous fixed stars are given every year in the Nautical Almanack.
The fixed stars are called that because they seem to stay the same distance apart in the sky. Each of these stars has its own influence, similar to that of the planets. The following table of the main fixed stars, along with their sizes and characteristics, will be helpful. Only the stars of the first and second magnitude significantly influence us; the impact of the stars labeled as fourth magnitude is very minor. The times for rising and setting of the fixed stars change based on the observer's latitude. Their longitudes increase by about 50 seconds each year, but their latitudes do not change much. The right ascension and declinations of many fixed stars are reported every year in the Nautical Almanack.
Table of the Principal Fixed Stars, with their Magnitudes and Natures.
Table of the Main Fixed Stars, including their Brightness and Features.
Stars. | Magnitudes. | Natures. |
South End of the Tail of the Whale | 2 | Of the nature of Saturn. |
The Star in the Wing of Pegasus | 2 | Mars and Mercury. |
The Head of Andromeda | 2 | Jupiter and Venus. |
The Whale's Belly | 4 | Saturn. |
The Girdle of Andromeda | 2 | Venus. |
The Bright Star in the Head of Aries | 3 | Saturn and Mars. |
The Left Foot of Andromeda | 2 | Venus. |
The Bright Star in the Jaw of the Whale | 2 | Saturn. |
Caput Algol | 2 | Saturn and Jupiter. |
The Pleiades or Seven Stars | 5 | Mars and the Moon. |
The Middle Star in the Pleiades | 3 | Mars and the Moon. |
Oculus Taurus | 3 | Venus. |
Aldebaran | 1 | Mars. |
Rigel | 1 | Jupiter and Venus. |
The Foremost Shoulder of Orion | 2 | Mars and Mercury. |
The She-Goat | 1 | Mercury and Mars. |
The Middle Star in Orion's Belt | 2 | Jupiter and Saturn. |
The Highest Star in the Head of Orion | 4 | Jupiter and Saturn. |
The Star in the Horn of the Bull | 3 | Mars. |
Propus | 4 | Mars. |
The Right Shoulder of Auriga | 2 | Mars and Mercury. |
The Foot of Gemini | 2 | Mercury and Venus. |
Castor | 2 | Mars, Venus and Saturn. |
Pollux | 2 | Mars. |
The Smaller Dog Star | 2 | Mercury and Mars. |
Præsepe [8] | 1 | Mars and the Moon. |
North Asellus | 4 | Mars and the Sun. |
South Asellus | 4 | Mars and the Sun. |
Cor Leonis or Regulus | 1 | Mars. |
Heart of Hydra | 1 | Saturn and Venus. |
Vindemiatrix | 3 | Saturn, Venus and Mercury. |
The Back of the Lion | 2 | Saturn and Venus. |
The Tail of the Lion | 1 | Saturn, Venus and Mercury. |
Crater | 4 | Venus and Mercury. |
Arcturus | 1 | Jupiter and Mars. |
The Virgin's Spike or Arista | 1 | Venus and Mars. |
The South Balance | 2 | Saturn and Venus. |
The North Balance | 2 | Jupiter and Mars. |
The Left Hand of Ophiucus | 3 | Mars and Saturn. |
The Highest Star in Head of Scorpio | 2 | Saturn and Venus. |
The Left Knee of Ophiucus | 3 | Saturn and Venus. |
Cor Scorpio | 2 | Mars and Jupiter. |
Antares | 1 | Mars. |
The Right Knee of Ophiucus | 3 | Saturn and Venus. |
The Bright Star of the Vulture | 2 | Saturn and Mercury. |
The Mouth of Pegasus | 3 | Venus and Mercury. |
The Tail of the Goat | 3 | Saturn. |
Marchab | 2 | Mars and Mercury. |
Fomalhaut | 1 | Venus and Mercury. |
Scheat-Pegasi | 2 | Saturn. |
To know when any of these fixed stars will affect the horoscope we must note the sign and degree on the cusps of the houses, and if (on consulting the Ephemeris) any of these stars should be found to be ascending or descending within five degrees of the signs upon the cusps of the several houses, they must be entered in the same manner as the planets, and their qualities weighed according to the nature of the planet or planets with which they correspond, as shown by the table given.
To understand when any of these fixed stars will influence the horoscope, we need to check the sign and degree on the cusps of the houses. If we look at the Ephemeris and find that any of these stars are rising or setting within five degrees of the signs on the cusps of the different houses, we should record them just like we do with the planets, and assess their qualities based on the nature of the planet or planets they are associated with, as indicated by the provided table.
The influences of the fixed stars are not much considered by the modern astrologers, yet in certain positions their power is undeniable. The conjunction and opposition are the only aspects to be considered in regard to them, as they do not operate on the planets by sextile, square, or trine aspects. When a fixed star happens to be in conjunction with the Sun at birth, certain effects are distinctly traceable. For example, the Sun conjoined with Aldebaran, Hercules, Antares, or any fixed star having the nature of Mars, threatens a violent death, or, at best, constant illness to the native. The Sun, with the Pleiades, Castor, Pollux, or Præsepe, shows a cruel and headstrong disposition in the native and the probability of violent death. The star Arista, with the Sun, gives great and lasting good fortune. All the stars of the nature of Saturn, conjoined with the Sun, bring calamity and disgrace. When a fixed star, whose latitude does not differ much from that of the Moon, is in conjunction with her, certain effects are produced; for instance, when she is conjoined with Aldebaran or Pollux violent death is indicated; when with the Pleiades injury to the eyes or blindness. The Moon with Antares and in opposition to Saturn with Aldebaran, shows death by strangulation. The Moon, with Aldebaran or Antares either in the ascendant or in the mid-heaven, gives brilliant honours, but not without many attendant dangers and hair-breadth escapes. Fixed stars of the first magnitude, near the cusp of the seventh house, show a rich wife, but her disposition will sympathise with the planetary qualities of the star. Fomalhaut and Rigel, in either the ascendant or mid-heaven, give fame after death. Sirius, the Dog Star, in conjunction with the Sun, either in the ascendant or mid-heaven, gives preferment and honours from royalty. Caput Algol, in conjunction with the Sun in the eighth house and in square to Mars, shows decapitation.
The influence of fixed stars isn’t considered much by modern astrologers, but in certain positions, their power is undeniable. Only the conjunction and opposition are relevant when it comes to them, as they don’t affect planets through sextile, square, or trine aspects. When a fixed star is in conjunction with the Sun at birth, certain effects can be clearly seen. For instance, if the Sun is conjoined with Aldebaran, Hercules, Antares, or any fixed star that has the nature of Mars, it suggests a violent death or, at the very least, ongoing illness for the person. The Sun with the Pleiades, Castor, Pollux, or Præsepe indicates a cruel and headstrong personality and a likelihood of a violent death. The star Arista with the Sun brings great and lasting good fortune. All stars with the nature of Saturn, when conjoined with the Sun, bring misfortune and disgrace. When a fixed star, whose latitude is close to that of the Moon, is in conjunction with her, specific effects occur; for example, if she is conjoined with Aldebaran or Pollux, it indicates violent death; with the Pleiades, it shows potential injury to the eyes or blindness. The Moon with Antares and in opposition to Saturn with Aldebaran indicates death by strangulation. The Moon with Aldebaran or Antares, whether in the ascendant or mid-heaven, suggests great honors but comes with many dangers and close calls. Fixed stars of the first magnitude near the cusp of the seventh house signify a wealthy spouse, but her character will reflect the qualities of the planetary star. Fomalhaut and Rigel in either the ascendant or mid-heaven grant fame after death. Sirius, the Dog Star, in conjunction with the Sun, either in the ascendant or mid-heaven, brings favor and honors from royalty. Caput Algol, in conjunction with the Sun in the eighth house and in square to Mars, indicates decapitation.
CHAPTER X.
THE IMPACT OF EACH PLANET IN EACH OF THE TWELVE HOUSES
Saturn in the first house, or ascendant, shows melancholy and many sorrows, and if near the ascendant probability of early death; in the second house pecuniary troubles; in the third quarrels with brothers and sisters, and dangers and losses in travelling; in the fourth house death of father or mother, and loss of friends; in the fifth barrenness or death of children; in the sixth illness, worries with servants and losses from cattle; in the seventh an ungovernable wife and unhappy marriage; in the eighth violent death and loss of legacies; in the ninth losses by sea; in the tenth dishonour and imprisonment; in the eleventh deep depression and false friends; in the twelfth sorrow, trouble and persecution from secret enemies. If the planet is strong—that is, well-dignified—these evils are much lessened.
Saturn in the first house, or ascendant, indicates sadness and a lot of hardships, and if it's close to the ascendant, there's a chance of an early death; in the second house, there are financial problems; in the third, conflicts with siblings and risks and losses while traveling; in the fourth house, it suggests the loss of a parent and friends; in the fifth, infertility or the death of children; in the sixth, illness, issues with servants, and losses from livestock; in the seventh, a difficult spouse and an unhappy marriage; in the eighth, a violent death and loss of inheritances; in the ninth, losses at sea; in the tenth, dishonor and imprisonment; in the eleventh, severe depression and deceitful friends; and in the twelfth, grief, trouble, and persecution from hidden enemies. If the planet is strong—that is, well-positioned—these difficulties are significantly reduced.
Jupiter in the first house gives a good, happy and long life; in the second riches; in the third family affection and fortunate short journeys; in the fourth lands and inheritance with an honourable life and end; in the fifth many children who are good and affectionate; in the sixth faithful servants and fortunate dealings respecting cattle; in the seventh honourable marriage; in the eighth long life and natural death; in the ninth profitable sea voyages; in the tenth preferment and honours; in the eleventh faithful friends; in the twelfth victory over secret enemies. This, of course, means when the planet is strong in dignities; if weak the good will be somewhat abated.
Jupiter in the first house brings a happy, fulfilling, and long life; in the second, wealth; in the third, close family ties and fortunate short trips; in the fourth, property and inheritance along with a respected life and peaceful end; in the fifth, many good and loving children; in the sixth, loyal servants and successful dealings with livestock; in the seventh, a respectable marriage; in the eighth, longevity and a natural death; in the ninth, profitable sea voyages; in the tenth, promotions and honors; in the eleventh, loyal friends; in the twelfth, triumph over hidden enemies. This is, of course, when the planet is strong in its dignities; if it is weak, the benefits will be somewhat diminished.
Mars in the first house shows shortness of life and scars on the head or face; in the second poverty and troubles; in the third quarrels with kindred and dangers in travelling; in the fourth short life to the fathers; in the fifth disobedient children; in the sixth fevers, bad servants, and loss of cattle; in the seventh sensuality and unhappiness in marriage; in the eighth a violent death; in the ninth irreligion and losses at sea; in the tenth military preferment, but troubles from great dignitaries; in the eleventh false friends and loss of money; in the twelfth imprisonment. This is when Mars is afflicted, but if well-aspected these evils are somewhat abated.
Mars in the first house indicates a short life and scars on the head or face; in the second, it suggests poverty and difficulties; in the third, conflicts with relatives and travel hazards; in the fourth, a short life for the father; in the fifth, disobedient children; in the sixth, fevers, unreliable servants, and loss of livestock; in the seventh, lust and unhappiness in marriage; in the eighth, a violent death; in the ninth, lack of faith and financial losses at sea; in the tenth, military advancement but issues with high-ranking officials; in the eleventh, false friends and financial loss; in the twelfth, imprisonment. This applies when Mars is negatively aspected, but if it is positively aspected, these misfortunes are somewhat reduced.
The Sun in the first house gives honour, glory, and long life; in the second much riches, but great extravagance; in the third good brethren and fortunate journeys; in the fourth a noble inheritance and honours in old age; in the fifth few children, yet such as will be a comfort; in the sixth diseases of the mind; in the seventh a good wife, honourable adversaries, and sickness; in the eighth good dowry with the wife, but danger of a violent death; in the ninth gain by the sea, and ecclesiastical dignities; in the tenth gain from princes and noble women; in the eleventh distinguished friendships; in the twelfth powerful adversaries. This is if the Sun is well-dignified; if weak the good fortune is not so pronounced.
The Sun in the first house brings honor, glory, and a long life; in the second, it means wealth but also great extravagance; in the third, it indicates good siblings and fortunate travels; in the fourth, it signifies a noble inheritance and honors in old age; in the fifth, it results in few children, yet those will be a source of comfort; in the sixth, it points to mental health issues; in the seventh, it entails a good wife, honorable opponents, and illness; in the eighth, it brings a good dowry with the wife but also the risk of a violent death; in the ninth, it brings gains from the sea and religious distinctions; in the tenth, benefits from princes and noble women; in the eleventh, it leads to notable friendships; in the twelfth, it indicates powerful adversaries. This applies if the Sun is strong; if it’s weak, the good fortune isn’t as significant.
Venus in the first house gives good health, but sensuality as regards the opposite sex; in the second riches by means of women; in the third, in a woman's horoscope, by means of lovers above her in rank; in the fourth inheritance; in the fifth many children; in the sixth illness from excesses; in the seventh a good and beautiful wife and very few enemies; in the eighth a good dowry with the wife and a natural death; in the ninth good fortune by sea; in the tenth honour and preferment through the means of some one of the opposite sex; in the eleventh sympathetic friends; in the twelfth freedom from the power of private enemies. This if Venus be strong; if weak the good fortune is less pronounced.
Venus in the first house brings good health but also a strong sensuality towards the opposite sex; in the second, it indicates wealth gained through women; in the third, for a woman's chart, it suggests lovers who are of higher status; in the fourth, it signifies inheritance; in the fifth, many children; in the sixth, illness due to excesses; in the seventh, a kind and attractive spouse with very few enemies; in the eighth, a good dowry with the wife and a natural death; in the ninth, good fortune related to the sea; in the tenth, honor and advancement through someone of the opposite sex; in the eleventh, supportive friends; in the twelfth, freedom from the influence of private enemies. This applies if Venus is strong; if weak, the good fortune is less evident.
Mercury in the first house gives noble thoughts, graceful elocution, and love of art and science; in the second profit by intellectual work; in the third mathematical skill, swift and prosperous journeys; in the fourth the gain of an inheritance by craftiness; in the fifth clever children; in the sixth thieving servants and diseases of the brain; in the seventh a fomenter of quarrels, but a discreet wife; in the eighth death by consumption; in the ninth wonderful ability, especially in occult matters; in the tenth much preferment for ability; in the eleventh inconstant friends; in the twelfth secret enemies, but they will not much affect the destiny. This is when Mercury is well-dignified. If weak the good fortune is much lessened.
Mercury in the first house brings noble ideas, smooth speaking, and a passion for art and science; in the second, it's about making money through intellectual work; in the third, it indicates mathematical talent and successful, quick travels; in the fourth, it suggests gaining an inheritance through cleverness; in the fifth, there are smart children; in the sixth, there might be untrustworthy servants and mental health issues; in the seventh, it stirs up conflicts, but there's a wise partner; in the eighth, it points to death by illness; in the ninth, there's exceptional talent, especially in hidden knowledge; in the tenth, there's significant recognition for skills; in the eleventh, friendships may be unpredictable; in the twelfth, there are secret adversaries, but they won't greatly impact fate. This is true when Mercury is strong. If it's weak, good fortune is significantly reduced.
The Moon in the ascendant, or first house, shows the native will travel and will gain the favour of noble persons; in the second she sometimes gives unstable fortune, riches, and poverty alternately; in the third long journeys; in the fourth profit by travelling; in the fifth many children; in the sixth diseases of the brain, but good servants; in the seventh honourable marriage; in the eighth danger by drowning, but otherwise a long and healthy life; in the ninth many long sea voyages, inconstancy in religion, and love of art; in the tenth great honours; in the eleventh the friendship of noble personages; in the twelfth the common people will be the native's enemies and do him much wrong.
The Moon in the first house suggests that the person will travel and earn the favor of influential people; in the second house, it indicates fluctuating fortunes, alternating between wealth and poverty; in the third house, it points to long journeys; in the fourth, it signifies profits from travel; in the fifth, it suggests having many children; in the sixth, it may bring brain-related illnesses but also indicates good servants; in the seventh, it denotes an honorable marriage; in the eighth, it warns of drowning hazards but otherwise a long and healthy life; in the ninth, it indicates many long sea trips, inconsistency in beliefs, and a love for the arts; in the tenth, it foretells great honors; in the eleventh, it means friendships with prominent individuals; and in the twelfth, it suggests that common people may be the person's enemies and cause them significant trouble.
The Dragon's Head when posited in the first house shows poverty; in the second a good estate; in the third honest kindred and fortunate journeys; in the fourth gain by travels; in the fifth long life and good children; in the sixth health and good servants; in the seventh a virtuous wife; in the eighth many legacies and a natural death; in the ninth prosperity at sea; in the tenth honour; in the eleventh faithful friends; in the twelfth open enemies.
The Dragon's Head in the first house indicates poverty; in the second, a good fortune; in the third, honest relatives and successful trips; in the fourth, gains from travel; in the fifth, a long life and good children; in the sixth, health and helpful servants; in the seventh, a virtuous spouse; in the eighth, many inheritances and a natural death; in the ninth, prosperity at sea; in the tenth, honor; in the eleventh, loyal friends; in the twelfth, open enemies.
The Dragon's Tail in the same places signifies the contrary in all things.
The Dragon's Tail in the same locations means the opposite in everything.
CHAPTER XI.
ON FORMING A GENERAL JUDGMENT ABOUT A BIRTH CHART
Respecting the distribution of the doctrine of nativities, we are to consider first the parents, then the duration of life; the shape and figure of the body; after these the quality of the mind; then as to fortune in regard to honours as well as wealth. In succession to these the character of the employment; the questions relative to marriage, children, and friendships; then that concerning travel; and lastly, that concerning the kind of death which awaits the native from the configuration of the heavens at his birth.
Respecting the distribution of the doctrine of nativities, we are to consider first the parents, then the lifespan; the shape and appearance of the body; after that, the quality of the mind; next, luck in terms of honors as well as wealth. Following these, we look at the character of the occupation; questions related to marriage, children, and friendships; then those concerning travel; and finally, the type of death that awaits the individual based on the positions of the heavens at their birth.
The Parents.—In conformity with nature, says Ptolemy, the Sun and Saturn are allotted to the person of the father, and the Moon and Venus to that of the mother; and the mode in which these luminaries and planets may be found posited, with reference to each other as well as to other planets and stars, will intimate the situation of affairs affecting the parents.
The Parents.—According to nature, Ptolemy states that the Sun and Saturn are associated with the father, while the Moon and Venus are linked to the mother. The positions of these celestial bodies in relation to each other and to other planets and stars will reveal the circumstances surrounding the parents.
If Mars should be in bad aspect to the Sun, the father will receive some injury to the face or die suddenly; but a long life is presaged if Jupiter or Venus be in any mode whatever configurated with either the Sun or Saturn.
If Mars is in a negative position relative to the Sun, the father might suffer an injury to his face or die unexpectedly; however, a long life is predicted if Jupiter or Venus is in any configuration with either the Sun or Saturn.
If Mars be succedent to the Moon or Venus, or in quartile or opposition to them, or if Saturn be similarly aspected to the Moon only, and both of them be void of course or retrograde, or cadent, adverse accidents and disease will attend the mother; should they, on the other hand, be swift in motion and placed in angles, they portend that her life will be short or grievously afflicted.
If Mars is after the Moon or Venus, or in a square or opposite to them, or if Saturn has a similar position to the Moon only, and both of them are void of course or moving backward, or in declining positions, the mother will face bad luck and illness; however, if they are moving quickly and situated in strong positions, it suggests that her life will be short or severely troubled.
Should the Sun be configurated, in any mode whatever, with the Moon or Venus, or should Venus herself be harmoniously configurated with the Moon, either by the sextile, the trine, or the conjunction, the mother will live long.
Should the Sun be in any alignment with the Moon or Venus, or if Venus is positively aligned with the Moon through a sextile, trine, or conjunction, the mother will live a long life.
Concerning the duration of the native's own life, the Hylegliacal[9] places are, according to Ptolemy, the sign on the angle of the ascendant from the fifth degree above the horizon to the twenty-fifth degree below it; the thirty degrees in dexter sextile thereto constituting the eleventh house; also the thirty degrees in dexter quartile forming the Mid-heaven above the earth; those in dexter trine making the ninth house; and, lastly, those in opposition belonging to the angle of the west.
Concerning the length of a person's life, the Hylegliacal[9] places are, according to Ptolemy, the sign at the angle of the ascendant from five degrees above the horizon to twenty-five degrees below it; the thirty degrees in the favorable sextile forming the eleventh house; the thirty degrees in the right angle creating the Mid-heaven above the earth; those in the favorable trine making the ninth house; and finally, those in opposition connected to the angle of the west.
Among these places, the degrees which constitute the Mid-heaven are entitled to preference, as being of a more potent influence; the degrees in the Ascendant are next in virtue; then the degrees in the eleventh house, succedent to the Mid-heaven; then those in the angle of the west; and, lastly, those in the ninth house, which precedes the Mid-heaven.
Among these places, the degrees that make up the Mid-heaven are the most important, as they have a stronger influence; the degrees in the Ascendant come next in significance; then the degrees in the eleventh house, which follow the Mid-heaven; next are those in the angle of the west; and finally, those in the ninth house, which comes before the Mid-heaven.
He also holds that "the Sun, the Moon, and the Ascendant to be considered as the four principally liable to be elected to the office of prorogator"—or Hyleg.
He also believes that "the Sun, the Moon, and the Ascendant should be seen as the four most likely to be chosen for the role of prorogator"—or Hyleg.
These views are not adopted by the modern astrologers, but as this is a book setting forth the ancient methods it is needless to discuss the various objections made by them to this, as to some other of the theories laid down by Ptolemy.
These views aren’t accepted by modern astrologers, but since this is a book presenting the ancient methods, there's no need to go into the different objections they have regarding this and some other theories proposed by Ptolemy.
Among the four prorogators already given, the Sun by day is to be preferred, provided he is placed in one of the Hylegliacal places, and if not, the Moon; but if the Moon also should not be so posited that planet is to be elected as Hyleg which may have most claims to dominion in reference to the Sun, the Moon and the Ascendant, which means that the planet should have dominion, in any one of the places where these are situated, by at least three dignities. If, however, no planet should be so circumstanced the Ascendant is then to be taken as Hyleg.
Among the four indicators already mentioned, the Sun during the day is the preferred choice, as long as it's located in one of the important places. If not, then consider the Moon; however, if the Moon isn't positioned well either, the planet with the strongest claim to authority over the Sun, the Moon, and the Ascendant should be chosen as Hyleg. This means that the planet should have power in at least three ways in one of the locations of the Sun, Moon, or Ascendant. If no planet meets these criteria, then the Ascendant should be used as Hyleg.
By night the Moon is to be elected as prorogator, provided, in like manner, she should be in some prorogatory place; and if she be not, the Sun; if he also be not in any prorogatory place, then that planet which may have most right of dominion in reference to the Moon, and the antecedent full Moon, and the Part of Fortune. But if there be no planet claiming dominion in the mode prescribed the Ascendant must be taken; in case a new Moon had last preceded the birth; but if a full Moon, the Part of Fortune.
By night, the Moon should be chosen as the prorogator, as long as she is in a favorable position; if she isn't, then the Sun will take that role. If the Sun is also not in a favorable position, the planet that has the strongest claim to control over the Moon, the previous full Moon, and the Part of Fortune will be selected. However, if no planet is claiming dominance as outlined, the Ascendant should be used; if a new Moon preceded the birth, but if it was a full Moon, then the Part of Fortune should be used.
If the two luminaries and also some ruling planet of appropriate condition should be each posited in a prorogatory place, then, provided one luminary may be found to occupy some place more important and influential than the others, that luminary must be chosen; but should the ruling planet occupy the stronger place, and have prerogatives of dominion suitable to the conditions of both luminaries, the planet must then be preferred to either of them.
If the two luminaries and a ruling planet in good condition are positioned in a beneficial place, then, if one luminary is found to be in a more significant and influential position than the others, that luminary should be selected; however, if the ruling planet is in a stronger position and has the advantages of control suitable to the conditions of both luminaries, then the planet should be preferred over either luminary.
When the Hyleg has been determined by the foregoing rules, then note whether it is supported by benevolent planets in good aspects towards it and free from affliction—that is, from evil aspects from evil planets—if so, the life is likely to continue and the constitution to be strong; but if the Hyleg, whether it be the Sun, the Moon, or the Ascendant, be afflicted with evil planets and there be no assistance from good planets, the child will die in infancy: if there be some assistance from good planets, but yet the evil aspects exceed the good, the constitution will be weak and the first train of evil directions will destroy the life.
When the Hyleg has been identified using the previous guidelines, check if it’s supported by positive planets making favorable aspects to it and free from negative influences—that is, harmful aspects from malefic planets. If this is the case, the individual is likely to have a long life and a strong constitution. However, if the Hyleg, whether it’s the Sun, the Moon, or the Ascendant, is afflicted by malefic planets and lacks support from benefic ones, the child may not survive infancy. If there is some support from benefic planets but the negative influences outweigh the positive ones, the constitution will be weak, and the first harmful transits will jeopardize life.
Concerning the disposition and quality of the mind, we must look principally to the planets in the Ascendant, the influences of which over mind and body have already been given in the chapter on the seven planets. We must, however, always bear in mind that Mercury has chief dominion over the mental faculties, whilst the sentient passions are governed by the Moon and the planet in the ascendant. The Moon well-aspected, that is, in trine, sextile, or conjunction to Mercury at birth, will give to the native excellent abilities, ingenuity, versatility and wit. Even the evil aspects of the square and opposition are better than no aspects at all, though these sometimes produce a cynical and obstinate nature.
Concerning the arrangement and quality of the mind, we need to focus mainly on the planets in the Ascendant, whose effects on the mind and body have already been discussed in the chapter on the seven planets. It’s important to remember that Mercury primarily controls mental faculties, while the emotional passions are influenced by the Moon and the planet in the Ascendant. When the Moon is well-aspected—meaning in a trine, sextile, or conjunction with Mercury at birth—it provides the person with great abilities, creativity, adaptability, and humor. Even challenging aspects like square and opposition are preferable to having no aspects at all, although they can sometimes lead to a cynical and stubborn personality.
The abilities of those born when Mercury is in "cazimi" (that is, within seventeen minutes of the Sun's centre) are of the highest order.
The abilities of those born when Mercury is in "cazimi" (that is, within seventeen minutes of the Sun's center) are of the highest level.
Mercury in conjunction with Saturn at birth gives clear judgment and a love of occult subjects.
Mercury in conjunction with Saturn at birth gives clear judgment and a fascination with hidden knowledge.
Venus in good aspect with Mercury gives love of music and an artistic nature.
Venus in a good position with Mercury brings a love for music and an artistic personality.
If Mercury and the Moon throw no aspect to each other and are afflicted by Mars and Saturn, the native will be liable to become insane.[10]
If Mercury and the Moon have no connections to each other and are negatively influenced by Mars and Saturn, the person may be at risk of becoming insane.[10]
The fortune of wealth is determined by the Sun and the Moon; if they are in good position, that is, angular and well-aspected by the two luminaries, the native will be rich. If the Sun and the Moon are well placed, and if there be benefic stars in the Mid-heaven, the native will rank high in the world. If the contrary, the native never rises above mediocrity; and if Saturn afflicts the Mid-heaven, he meets disgrace. If Mars is strong and in good aspect to the Sun and Moon, he will gain military glory. Jupiter on the Mid-heaven and the Sun and Moon in trine to each other, the Moon, having the trine of Jupiter, is one of the best positions for rising in the world. Jupiter in the tenth house will cause the native to do fairly well in the world; but Saturn in that house, if not extremely well-aspected, will bring him to shame and beggary.
The fortune of wealth is influenced by the Sun and the Moon; if they are positioned well, meaning they are aligned and positively aspecting each other, the person will be wealthy. If the Sun and the Moon are in good spots, and if there are favorable stars in the Mid-heaven, the person will achieve high status in life. On the other hand, if the situation is reversed, the person will remain mediocre; and if Saturn negatively affects the Mid-heaven, they will face disgrace. If Mars is strong and positively aspects the Sun and Moon, they will earn military honors. Jupiter in the Mid-heaven with the Sun and Moon in a harmonious relationship, with the Moon also linked positively to Jupiter, is one of the best configurations for achieving success. Jupiter in the tenth house will help the person do relatively well in life; however, if Saturn is in that house and not very well-aspected, it will lead to shame and poverty.
Concerning the nature of employment, the dominion of the employment is claimed by the Sun and by the planet on the Mid-heaven. If Mercury should rule alone he produces writers, teachers of science, merchants and bankers; also, if well-aspected to Saturn and the Moon, astrologers and students of all occult matters; if Jupiter is in conjunction, then the native will be an orator, actor, or painter and his pursuits will lead him into the society of persons of rank.
Concerning the nature of employment, the control of the job sector is attributed to the Sun and the planet at the Mid-heaven. If Mercury stands alone, it creates writers, science teachers, merchants, and bankers; also, if it has a good connection to Saturn and the Moon, it produces astrologers and students of all things mystical; if Jupiter is aligned, then the person will be an orator, actor, or painter, and their work will bring them into the company of people of high status.
Venus ruling makes wine-merchants, dealers in colours, dyes, perfumes, drugs, garments or apparel, &c.; if connected with Saturn, she makes persons have to do with amusement, players, jugglers, &c.; if with Jupiter, persons attending exhibitions and priests who have much personal decoration such as Catholic priests, bishops, &c. and they will gain by women. Mars ruling alone makes martial men and, if in Scorpio, Cancer, or Pisces, naval men.[11] The Sun joined with him, being near the Mid-heaven, or in aspect, makes persons dealing with fire or metals, the latter especially if in Taurus or Leo. If Mars be separated from the Sun, he makes shipwrights, smiths, agriculturists, stonemasons and carpenters.
Venus ruling influences wine merchants, color dealers, sellers of dyes, perfumes, drugs, clothing, etc. If connected with Saturn, she leads to involvement with entertainment, performers, jugglers, etc. If linked with Jupiter, she pertains to people attending shows and priests with a lot of personal adornment like Catholic priests, bishops, etc., and they will benefit from women. Mars ruling by himself creates warriors, and if he's in Scorpio, Cancer, or Pisces, he relates to naval personnel. The Sun connected with him, near the Mid-heaven or in aspect, leads to people working with fire or metals, especially if in Taurus or Leo. If Mars is separated from the Sun, he creates shipbuilders, blacksmiths, farmers, stonemasons, and carpenters.
If Saturn bear testimony in addition to Mars, persons become mariners,
workers in mines, wells, vaults, &c., underground, keepers of cattle,
cooks, butchers. If Jupiter join with Mars, they will be soldiers,
innkeepers, tax-gatherers, mechanics. If Mercury and Venus become joint
arbiters of employment, they produce musicians, dancers, poets, weavers
and painters, &c. Jupiter in connection with them makes magistrates and
senators and also teachers of youth. Mercury with Mars makes surgeons,
statuaries, boxers. If Mercury be more powerful, they will be
scientific; and if Mars be stronger, they will be more violent and
cruel in their practices.[12] If Saturn join these two, they will be
thieves (especially if the Moon be in ill aspect to Mercury); if
be in ill aspect to
, they will be robbers
or assassins. If Jupiter join
and
,
they engage in honourable warfare and are industrious. If Venus and
Mars rule together, persons will be dyers, workers in tin, lead, gold,
silver and medical drugs.
If Saturn influences Mars, people become sailors, miners, workers in wells, vaults, etc., underground, ranchers, chefs, or butchers. If Jupiter teams up with Mars, they’ll become soldiers, innkeepers, tax collectors, or mechanics. If Mercury and Venus collaborate, they create musicians, dancers, poets, weavers, and painters, etc. Jupiter’s association with them leads to magistrates, senators, and also educators. When Mercury aligns with Mars, they become surgeons or boxers; if Mercury is more dominant, they’ll be scientists; if Mars is stronger, they may be more aggressive and harsh in their dealings. If Saturn joins these two, they could become thieves (especially if the Moon has a negative aspect with Mercury); if the Moon has a bad aspect with Mars, they could be robbers or assassins. If Jupiter unites with Mercury and Mars, they will engage in honorable combat and work hard. If Venus and Mars are in charge together, they will become dyers and work with tin, lead, gold, silver, and medicinal drugs.
The Moon regulating the employment and, separating from the Sun and forming an aspect with Mercury, inclines to the pursuit of astrology, spiritualism and magic.
The Moon influences work and, separating from the Sun and forming a connection with Mercury, encourages an interest in astrology, spiritualism, and magic.
Concerning Marriage, Ptolemy has laid down some very clear rules. He advises persons about to marry to have a care that the luminaries—that is, the Sun and Moon in their respective nativities—are in concord. It is of happy augury if the Moon in the bridegroom's nativity is in good aspect—that is, in trine or sextile to the Sun in the bride's nativity. The Square or Opposition aspects formed between the luminaries in the two nativities indicate discord and separation, and very evil effects follow if the malefic planets, Saturn and Mars, have a bad aspect to the Sun and Moon in both nativities. If Venus be with them the separation will be caused by adultery. Good planets, such as Jupiter and Venus, placed between the luminaries in both nativities, show much happiness.
Concerning Marriage, Ptolemy has established some very clear guidelines. He suggests that those about to marry should ensure that the luminaries—that is, the Sun and Moon in their respective birth charts—are in harmony. It is a good sign if the Moon in the groom's birth chart is favorably positioned—meaning in a trine or sextile relationship to the Sun in the bride's birth chart. If the Square or Opposition aspects exist between the luminaries in the two birth charts, it signals conflict and separation, and very negative consequences will follow if the malefic planets, Saturn and Mars, have a harmful aspect to the Sun and Moon in both charts. If Venus is involved, the separation will be due to infidelity. Beneficial planets like Jupiter and Venus placed between the luminaries in both charts indicate a lot of happiness.
In men's nativities the Moon must be chiefly considered in regard to marriage. Should she be in her first or third quarter at birth, the man will marry under thirty, or if older his wife will be a very young woman.
In men's horoscopes, the Moon should be primarily considered when it comes to marriage. If she is in her first or third quarter at birth, the man will marry before the age of thirty, or if he’s older, his wife will be quite a bit younger.
If the Moon be configurated with Saturn, she entirely denies marriage. If she should be in a sign of single form, such as Libra or Taurus, the native will marry only once, but if she should be placed in a double-bodied sign, such as Pisces or Sagittarius, the man will marry more than once.
If the Moon is aligned with Saturn, she completely opposes marriage. If she's in a sign that represents a single form, like Libra or Taurus, the person will get married only once. However, if she's in a sign that represents duality, like Pisces or Sagittarius, the man will marry more than once.
If the Moon make application to the benefics, the wives will be good and true; but if she make application to evil planets, the wives will prove either bad or of a quarrelsome disposition. For example: If Saturn receives the Moon's application the wife will prove troublesome and morose, yet constant and industrious; if Jupiter receive it, the wife will be decorous, good and economical; if Mars, bold and refractory; if Venus, cheerful, handsome and agreeable; if Mercury, sensible, prudent and clever.
If the Moon aspect favorable planets, the wives will be good and loyal; but if she aspect unfavorable ones, the wives will turn out to be either bad or argumentative. For example: If Saturn aspects the Moon, the wife will be difficult and gloomy, yet faithful and hardworking; if Jupiter does, the wife will be proper, good, and frugal; if Mars, bold and rebellious; if Venus, cheerful, attractive, and pleasant; if Mercury, wise, cautious, and smart.
Women in whose nativities Venus is configurated with Jupiter or Mercury are virtuous and well-conducted; but, when Venus is with Mars and no other planet is there, women born under such aspects are liable to become licentious. Mars in square to Venus shows adultery.
Women whose natal charts show Venus in alignment with Jupiter or Mercury tend to be virtuous and well-behaved; however, when Venus is aligned with Mars and no other planet is present, women born under such conditions are likely to become promiscuous. A square aspect between Mars and Venus indicates infidelity.
For women the Sun is to be chiefly regarded in estimating their chances of marriage and happiness. If the Sun be oriental (i.e., between the Ascendant and Mid-heaven, or between the Descendant and Nadir) the native will marry in her youth; or when old, to a young man. If the Sun be occidental, the native will marry late in life; or when young, to an old man. If the Sun be in a sign of single form, she will marry but once; if in a double-bodied sign, or configurated with several oriental planets (in one sign) she will marry more than once. If Saturn be configurated with the Sun, the husband will be steadfast, prosperous and industrious.
For women, the Sun is mainly important when considering their chances of marriage and happiness. If the Sun is rising (meaning it's located between the Ascendant and Mid-heaven, or between the Descendant and Nadir), the person will marry when they are young, or later in life to a younger man. If the Sun is setting, they will marry later in life, or when younger, to an older man. If the Sun is in a sign that represents a single form, she will marry just once; if it's in a sign that represents duality, or is aligned with several eastern planets in one sign, she will marry more than once. If Saturn is aligned with the Sun, her husband will be loyal, successful, and hard-working.
Jupiter configurated with the Sun gives a good, benevolent and honourable husband. "Mars," says Ptolemy, "gives a severe husband, void of affection and intractable." Venus gives an amiable husband of handsome appearance. Mercury gives one who is provident and expert in business and of a lively and cheerful temperament.
Jupiter aligned with the Sun indicates a good, kind, and honorable husband. "Mars," according to Ptolemy, "provides a harsh husband, lacking affection and difficult to deal with." Venus brings an agreeable husband who is attractive. Mercury offers someone who is resourceful, skilled in business, and has a lively, cheerful personality.
If Mars be separated from Venus and Saturn, yet have the assistance of Jupiter, men will lead virtuous lives. If Mars be configurated with Venus only men are of a licentious temperament.
If Mars is separated from Venus and Saturn but has the support of Jupiter, people will live virtuous lives. If Mars is aligned with Venus only, people tend to be morally loose.
Saturn, when in the 7th house of a nativity, brings either unhappiness in marriage or early death of one or other of the married people. The Sun badly aspected by Saturn in the nativity of a woman and the Moon afflicted by the same planet in the nativity of a man, will bring trouble in love and marriage.
Saturn, when it's in the 7th house of a natal chart, can cause issues in marriage or lead to the early death of one of the partners. When the Sun is negatively influenced by Saturn in a woman's natal chart and the Moon is affected by the same planet in a man's chart, it can result in difficulties in love and marriage.
Description of the wife or husband.—The planet with the sign in which it is placed, which is posited near the cusp of the 7th house, must be taken to describe the person. If no planet should happen to be so placed, then we must go by the sign alone. Benefic planets in the 8th house show that the wife or husband will be rich; unfortunate planets show the reverse.
Description of the wife or husband.—The planet located in the sign it occupies, which is situated close to the beginning of the 7th house, should be considered as describing the person. If no planet is positioned there, we should rely on the sign by itself. Beneficial planets in the 8th house indicate that the wife or husband will be wealthy; unfavorable planets suggest the opposite.
Children.—As regards the probability of having children, the 10th and 11th houses must be consulted and, should there be no planets in them, then the opposite, the 4th and 5th houses, must be considered. The Moon, Jupiter and Venus are said to be givers of children; the Sun, Mars and Saturn deny children, or give very few and those either die early, or are a source of trouble to their parents. Mercury either gives or denies according to the planets with which he may happen to be posited.
Children.—When it comes to the likelihood of having children, you need to look at the 10th and 11th houses. If there are no planets in those houses, then you should check the opposite ones, the 4th and 5th houses. The Moon, Jupiter, and Venus are considered to be benefactors of children; the Sun, Mars, and Saturn tend to indicate a lack of children, or suggest that if children do come, they may not survive long or could bring trouble to their parents. Mercury's influence can either promote or hinder this depending on the planets it’s aligned with.
If the Sun and malefics be in barren signs or in masculine signs and in the before-named houses, there will be no children; but if they be in fruitful or feminine, or common signs, there may be children, but they will be delicate and short-lived.
If the Sun and negative planets are in barren or masculine signs and in the previously mentioned houses, there will be no children; but if they are in fruitful, feminine, or common signs, there may be children, but they will be fragile and short-lived.
If Jupiter, the Moon and Venus, are well-dignified in the 10th and 11th houses, the children born will attain rank and distinction in the world.
If Jupiter, the Moon, and Venus are well-placed in the 10th and 11th houses, the children born will achieve status and recognition in the world.
Friends and Enemies.—Persons born under the same sign of the zodiac are likely to be sympathetic; so also if the planet in the ascendant of one person's nativity is one which is friendly to that which rises in the ascendant in the other's. Thus, a person whose ruling planet is Venus would be attracted by one in whose ascendant Mars is dominant and a person whose ruling planet is the Moon rarely contracts a warm friendship with one who has Mars in the ascendant of his nativity and vice versâ. The friendships and enmities of the planets have already been given in the chapter on the influences of the seven planets.
Friends and Enemies.—People born under the same zodiac sign are likely to feel a connection with each other; the same goes for individuals whose ruling planets are friendly toward each other's ascending planets. For instance, someone with Venus as their ruling planet might be drawn to someone whose ascendant is dominated by Mars, while a person whose ruling planet is the Moon rarely forms a close friendship with someone who has Mars as their ascendant, and vice versa. The relationships and rivalries between the planets have already been discussed in the chapter on the influences of the seven planets.
Mars in bad aspect to the Sun or Moon in the 7th house causes quarrels in married life.
Mars in a negative position to the Sun or Moon in the 7th house leads to conflicts in marital life.
Travelling.—The position of the Moon and Mars are here to be considered. If they should be in a cadent position the native will travel a great deal. The Moon in a watery sign causes much travelling by water. Ptolemy tells us that Mars in square or opposition to the Sun or Moon will cause much travelling in foreign countries. If the benefics are conjoined with the Moon, the journeys will be safe and pleasant; if with the malefics they will produce mischances and ill-health in travelling. Mercury ascending at birth, in a double-bodied or moveable sign, shows a great disposition to travel. If a malefic affecting the Moon should be in the watery signs of Cancer, Scorpio, or Pisces, shipwreck and even death by drowning may ensue during travelling.
Traveling.—The positions of the Moon and Mars should be considered here. If they are in a cadent position, the person will travel a lot. The Moon in a water sign leads to a lot of travel by water. Ptolemy tells us that Mars in a square or opposition to the Sun or Moon will result in plenty of traveling to foreign countries. If the benefics are associated with the Moon, the journeys will be safe and enjoyable; if with the malefics, they will bring misfortunes and health issues while traveling. Mercury rising at birth, in a double-bodied or movable sign, indicates a strong inclination to travel. If a malefic impacting the Moon is in the water signs of Cancer, Scorpio, or Pisces, it could lead to shipwrecks and even death by drowning while traveling.
Of the Manner of Death.—If the Hyleg and Ascendant should be well-aspected and if either Jupiter, Venus, Mercury or the Moon well-dignified should appear in the eighth house the native will die a natural death. If either the Sun or Moon should be badly aspected by Mars or Saturn in the eighth house it is significant of a violent or remarkable death. Saturn causes lingering deaths and Mars those which are sudden.
On the Way of Dying.—If the Hyleg and Ascendant are positively influenced and if either Jupiter, Venus, Mercury, or the Moon are strong in the eighth house, the person will die a natural death. However, if either the Sun or Moon is negatively influenced by Mars or Saturn in the eighth house, it indicates a violent or notable death. Saturn brings about slow deaths, while Mars causes unexpected ones.
Saturn indicates death by chronic diseases, rheumatism, ague and paralysis.
Saturn signifies death from long-term illnesses, arthritis, fever, and paralysis.
Jupiter (when not well-aspected at birth) may become a promittor, or cause of death, by apoplexy, inflammation of the lungs, spasms, or gout.
Jupiter (when not favorably positioned at birth) may become a factor, or cause of death, due to a stroke, lung inflammation, spasms, or gout.
Mars indicates death by acute or eruptive fevers, small-pox, all kinds of hæmorrhage, burns, suicides and wounds from iron, over which metal he presides.
Mars represents death from severe or sudden fevers, smallpox, various types of bleeding, burns, suicides, and injuries from iron, which is the metal he governs.
Venus produces death by cancer, scurvy, dysentery, or wasting away and putrid diseases. If violence attends she causes death by poisoning.
Venus leads to death through cancer, scurvy, dysentery, or severe illness and infections. If there is violence involved, she causes death by poisoning.
Mercury kills by madness, epilepsy, coughs and obstructions. If violence concur he brings death by accident in sport or by robbers.
Mercury causes death through insanity, seizures, coughs, and blockages. If violence is involved, it can lead to accidental death during sports or at the hands of thieves.
The Moon.—When the Ascendant or be Hyleg, the
Moon will assist in causing death by cold phlegmatic diseases and if
she be placed in
,
, or
, by drowning.
The Moon.—When the Ascendant or is the Hyleg, the Moon will contribute to causing death from cold phlegmatic diseases, and if she is located in
,
, or
, from drowning.
The Sun will assist to cause death by his ill aspects to the
Ascendant or if they be Hyleg and then he acts like Mars,
and if in Leo, will produce death by fire, if other testimonies
agree.
The Sun can cause death through its negative influences on the Ascendant or if they are Hyleg, in which case it behaves like Mars. If located in Leo, it may lead to death by fire, provided other evidence supports this.
The benefics cannot cause death of themselves; and even their
aspects will frequently save life when they fall
amidst a train of evil directions. But if the malefic influence is too
powerful for them to avert, then they cause death in the various
manners above described.
The benefics can't bring about their own death; even when they’re facing
opposition, they often manage to protect life, even in the midst of negative influences. However, if the harmful factors are too strong for them to counteract, they can lead to death in the various ways mentioned above.

A Dogge Missing—where?
FACSIMILE OF A MAP OF A HORARY QUESTION FROM LILLY'S
ASTROLOGY.
To face Chapter XII.
A Dog Missing—where?
FACSIMILE OF A MAP OF A HORARY QUESTION FROM LILLY'S
ASTROLOGY.
To face Chapter XII.
CHAPTER XII.
ABOUT DIRECTIONS AND TIME-BASED QUESTIONS
We have seen in the chapter on the judgment of a nativity that by the consideration of the position of the planets and of the Sun and Moon in the twelve houses, what the general fortune of the native will be in the whole course of his life; but the art of Direction measures out the time into years, months, weeks and days and thus informs us when we may expect in particular what is generally promised us in the nativity.
We learned in the chapter about judging a birth chart that by looking at the positions of the planets, the Sun, and the Moon in the twelve houses, we can understand what the overall fortune of the person will be throughout their life. However, the art of Direction breaks down time into years, months, weeks, and days, telling us when we can expect in specific terms what is generally promised to us in the birth chart.
Directions are of two kinds, primary and secondary, and are based upon arithmetical calculations of the time of the events caused by the aspects of the significators (that is, of the Sun or the Moon), with the places of the planets. They are founded upon the familiarities of the stars amongst each other in the zodiac (after the nativity), and show, by calculations, the distance of the place of a significator at the moment of the nativity from the place it must reach before it can join the aspect, which distance is called the Arc of Direction. Some astrologers consider what are called "Mundane Directions," which are distances in the world measured by the semi-arc, and are wholly independent of the zodiac. These were invented by Placidus, but as Ptolemy does not treat of them they will not be considered here.
Directions come in two types, primary and secondary, and are based on calculations of the timing of events caused by the positions of the significators (like the Sun or the Moon) in relation to the planets. They rely on the relationships among the stars in the zodiac (after the nativity) and show, through calculations, how far a significator is from where it needs to be in order to form an aspect, which distance is known as the Arc of Direction. Some astrologers also look at what are called "Mundane Directions," which measure distances in the world using the semi-arc and are completely separate from the zodiac. These were created by Placidus, but since Ptolemy doesn't discuss them, we won't cover them here.
It must always be remembered that—in directions—the place of a planet, at the time of the nativity, is called the planet itself, although it may not be there when the significator arrives; thus, if we wish to direct the Sun to the conjunction of Jupiter, we must do so to the position which that planet occupied at the moment of the nativity. When the Arc of Direction is found the Sun's right ascension must be added to it, and the Sun will be the right ascension (without latitude) of that place in the zodiac at which, when the Sun arrives, the direction will be completed. For every day of the Sun's approach to this point a year must be added, and thus the time when the event is likely to happen is pointed out: these primary directions, however, cannot be depended upon to produce an event of great importance unless the secondary directions agree; but where the nativity is weak the primary direction alone is powerful enough to kill (especially if it should be opposed to the Hyleg), and misfortune will always happen if the positions of the planets, at the moment of birth, are unfortunate, without the coincidence of any secondary direction.
It should always be kept in mind that—in astrology—the position of a planet at the time of birth is referred to as the planet itself, even if it’s not there when the significator arrives. So, if we want to direct the Sun to align with Jupiter, we must refer to the position that planet held at the moment of birth. Once we find the Arc of Direction, we need to add the Sun's right ascension to it, and the Sun will represent the right ascension (without latitude) of that location in the zodiac where, when the Sun arrives, the direction will be complete. For each day the Sun moves closer to this point, we add a year, indicating when the event is likely to occur. However, these primary directions can’t be relied upon to produce an event of significant importance unless the secondary directions align; but if the birth chart is weak, the primary direction alone can be strong enough to cause death (especially if it opposes the Hyleg), and misfortune will always ensue if the positions of the planets at the time of birth are negative, regardless of any secondary direction.
Secondary Directions are those daily aspects to the luminaries which happen after birth, every day of which is reckoned for a year, two hours for a month, thirty minutes for a week, and four minutes for a day.[13] Thus, whatever aspects take place in the first day of the native's life will develop their effects in the first year and those of the second day in the second year, so that, should the native live fifty years, his secondary direction for his fiftieth year will arise from the aspects which took place on the fiftieth day after his birth. The ancient astrologers—particularly the Egyptians—used to predict the events of a nativity wholly from these secondary directions,[14] in which the Moon should be chiefly considered; for in those days on which she comes to an evil aspect with the malefics, Saturn or Mars, the years corresponding to those days will be peculiarly unfortunate and dangerous to the native; and where, on the contrary, the Moon is well-aspected to the benefics, the years corresponding to those days will be very fortunate: a good direction gives prosperity in that matter which the significator indicates; thus we direct the Sun to signify the native's preferment or disgrace, his good or bad health, and the favour or disesteem of great personages.
Secondary Directions are the daily aspects of the luminaries that occur after birth, with each day counted as a year, two hours as a month, thirty minutes as a week, and four minutes as a day.[13] Therefore, any aspects that happen on the first day of a person's life will influence their first year, and those from the second day will affect the second year. So, if the person lives for fifty years, their secondary direction for the fiftieth year will stem from the aspects that occurred on the fiftieth day after their birth. Ancient astrologers—especially the Egyptians—used to forecast events in a person's life entirely from these secondary directions,[14] with the Moon being the main focus; on those days when she forms a negative aspect with the malefics, Saturn or Mars, the corresponding years will be particularly unlucky and hazardous for the individual. Conversely, when the Moon is positively aspected to the benefics, the years linked to those days will be quite favorable: a good direction brings success in the area indicated by the significator; thus, we associate the Sun with the person's rise or fall, their health, and the approval or disapproval of influential figures.
The direction of the Moon refers to the nature of the native's journeys, whether prosperous or the reverse, his marriage, his wife, his women friends and kinsfolk.
The direction of the Moon indicates the native's travels, whether they are successful or unsuccessful, as well as details about his marriage, his wife, and his female friends and relatives.
The direction of Saturn signifies the native's inheritance, buildings, possessions, and also his fears, jealousies and mistrusts.
The placement of Saturn indicates a person's inheritance, properties, possessions, as well as their fears, jealousies, and mistrusts.
Jupiter is directed as regards glory, renown, riches, children and religion.
Jupiter governs aspects like fame, honor, wealth, family, and faith.
Mars is directed for the native's law-suits, animosities and victories; he also shows the estates of brethren.
Mars is focused on the local legal disputes, conflicts, and triumphs; he also reveals the properties of brothers.
Venus is directed for marriage, love and pleasure and all matters in connection with women.
Venus is associated with marriage, love, pleasure, and everything related to women.
Mercury is directed for a knowledge of the amount of wit, understanding, trade, industry, and journeys of the native; also for distinction in scholarship and all intellectual pursuits.
Mercury is associated with knowledge about a person's wit, understanding, business, work, and travels; it also signifies excellence in education and all areas of intellectual endeavor.
The Horoscope or Ascendant is directed to signify the life, affections and manners of the native.
The Horoscope or Ascendant is meant to indicate the life, emotions, and behavior of the individual.
The Mid-heaven's direction affects the position and career of the native.
The direction of the Midheaven influences the position and career of the individual.
If the directions are to good aspects of benevolent planets, they signify prosperity both of mind and body, cheerfulness and all manner of earthly happiness; but if the horoscope should have directions to the ill aspects of the malefics, Mars or Saturn, then evil is to be expected of the nature given by the malevolent star. If directed to the good aspects, such as the trine or sextile of these evil planets, the misfortune is not so great, and even in some instances good may be predicted. As, for example, the horoscope directed to the trine or sextile of Mars gives preferment by arms; the same aspects towards Saturn would indicate success in building or in mines, or some calling connected with metals.
If the directions point to the positive aspects of beneficial planets, they indicate prosperity for both mind and body, happiness, and various forms of earthly joy. However, if the horoscope shows directions to the negative aspects of the malefic planets, Mars or Saturn, then one should expect trouble related to the qualities of the harmful star. If the direction is to the positive aspects, like the trine or sextile of these harmful planets, the misfortune isn’t as severe, and in some cases, good things might actually happen. For example, a horoscope that aligns with the trine or sextile of Mars suggests advancement through warfare; similarly, the same aspects concerning Saturn would indicate success in construction, mining, or any profession linked to metals.
The occasional differences in the life, tastes, health, marriage and pecuniary affairs of twins, born within ten or twenty minutes of each other, are accounted for by the fact that at the birth of the first child the last degree of a sign may ascend with planets therein, or a planet in the 2nd house at 5 p.m. may be in the 1st at 5.15 p.m. and the early degrees of another sign may be exactly on the ascendant at the birth of the second child.
The occasional differences in the lives, preferences, health, marriages, and financial situations of twins born just ten or twenty minutes apart can be explained by the fact that when the first child is born, the final degree of a sign may rise with planets in it, or a planet in the 2nd house at 5 p.m. might be in the 1st house at 5:15 p.m., and the early degrees of another sign could be exactly on the ascendant at the birth of the second child.
A planet may reach the M.C., or any other of the four cardinal points at, say, 10 p.m. and ten minutes later have passed off, when its powers would have greatly diminished. Though the signs rise and set at the rate of 15° per hour, in our latitude from 50° to 60° North, it often happens that 30° will ascend in fifty-two minutes.
A planet might reach the Midheaven, or any of the four cardinal points, at around 10 p.m. and then 10 minutes later, its influence would have significantly lessened. Even though the signs rise and set at a rate of 15° per hour, in our latitude of 50° to 60° North, it’s common for 30° to rise in just fifty-two minutes.
Horary questions are questions asked at a certain time when a person feels anxious concerning any undertaking or impending event. A figure or map of the heavens, like that erected for a nativity, is drawn out for the minute in which the question is asked; and, if the astrologer be skilful, and the querist sincere—that is, not putting the question from frivolous motives—the answer will, in general, be true, for the whole is the effect of that sympathy which pervades all nature and which is the keynote of all divination under whatsoever form it is practised.
Horary questions are inquiries made at a specific moment when someone feels anxious about a project or upcoming event. A chart of the heavens, similar to one created for a birth chart, is drawn up for the exact time the question is posed. If the astrologer is skilled and the person asking the question is genuine—meaning they are not asking for trivial reasons—the answer will usually be accurate. This is because everything is influenced by the natural connections that exist in the universe, which is the foundation of all forms of divination.
In horary questions the sign ascending and its lord represent the querent, and to these the Moon is added and must be considered with the lord of the ascendant.
In horary questions, the rising sign and its ruler represent the person asking the question, and the Moon is included and should be considered along with the ruler of the ascendant.
The house to which the thing belongs—about which enquiry is made—is the significator of that person and thing, and every other house and its lord are to be considered according to their respective significations, so as to indicate the means and persons by which the event, about which the enquiries are made, will be accelerated or retarded.
The house that the thing relates to—about which questions are being asked—is the indicator of that person and thing, and every other house and its lord should be considered based on their specific meanings, to show the means and people that will speed up or slow down the event in question.
The dates of events are regulated by the signs and angles. For example, should the significator of the event be in a movable sign and an angle the event will come to pass in the same number of days as there are degrees between the significator's aspect and the star to which it is directed if the aspect be by application; if by separation, the thing will not take place at all. In one of the succedent houses movable signs give months, common signs years and fixed signs bring about the event, after much delay, and when all hopes of it are past.
The timing of events is determined by the signs and angles. For instance, if the significator of the event is in a movable sign and an angle, the event will happen in the same number of days as the degrees between the significator's aspect and the star it's pointing to if the aspect is by application; if it's by separation, the event won't occur at all. In one of the succedent houses, movable signs indicate months, common signs point to years, and fixed signs lead to the event happening after a long delay, often when all hope seems lost.
Significators in any of the cadent houses seldom do anything and, should they bring about an event at all, they do so after much waiting and with much trouble and vexation.
Significators in any of the cadent houses rarely take action, and if they do lead to an event, it's usually after a long wait and with a lot of difficulty and frustration.
The matter of horary questions is very well treated in Lilly's Grammar of Astrology, published in 1647, and, by way of explaining the manner in which this branch of astrology is worked, we give a fac-simile of a map of a horary question to be found in this book, with (verbatim) Lilly's method of dealing with that particular question.
The topic of horary questions is thoroughly covered in Lilly's Grammar of Astrology, published in 1647. To explain how this area of astrology is approached, we provide a fac-simile of a horary question map from this book, along with Lilly's exact method for addressing that specific question.
Judgment of the Figure given in Plate.—"Living in London, where we have few or no small cattle as in the country, I cannot give example of such creatures, but I once set the figure preceding concerning a Dogge (which is in the nature of small beasts), which dogge was missing. The question to me was what part of the city they should search and if he should ever be recovered.
Judgment of the Figure given in Plate.—"Living in London, where we have little to no small livestock like in the countryside, I can't provide examples of such animals. However, I once referenced the figure above regarding a dog (which is similar to small animals) that went missing. The question was where in the city they should search and if he would ever be found."
"The querent was signified by the sign ascending and the lord thereof, for, in his person, he was Saturnine and vitiated (according to the Dragon's Tail in the ascendant) in his nature, mind and understanding—that is, he was deformed in body and of a covetous disposition. The sign of the sixth house and his lord signifies the dogge, for that sign stands for sheep, hogs and small cattle.
"The person asking was represented by the rising sign and its ruler, as he was influenced by Saturn and negatively affected (due to the Dragon's Tail in the ascendant) in his character, thoughts, and comprehension—that is, he had an unattractive appearance and a greedy nature. The sign of the sixth house and its ruler represents the dog, as that sign signifies sheep, pigs, and small livestock."
"The sign of Gemini is west, and by south the quarter of the heaven is west; Mercury (the significator of the dogge) is in Libra, a western sign, but southern quarter of heaven, tending towards the west; the Moon is in Virgo, a south-west sign, and verging towards the western angle. The strength of the testimonies being thus examined I found the plurality to signify the west, and therefore I judged that the dogge ought to be westward from the place where the owner lived, which was at Temple Bar, wherefore I judged that the dogge was about Long Acre, or the upper part of Drury Lane. In regard that Mercury (the significator of the beast) was in a sign of the same triplicity as Gemini the ascendant, which signifies London, and applied to a trine aspect of the cusp of the sixth house, I judged that the dogge was not out of the lines of communication, but was in the same quarter, of which I was more confirmed by the trine of the Sun and Saturn. The sign in which Mercury appeared was Libra—an airy sign; therefore I judged that the dogge was in some chamber or upper room, and kept privately, or in great secrecy, because the Moon was under the beams of the Sun; and Mercury, the Moon and the Sun were in the eighth house: and because the Sun on the Monday following would apply by trine to Saturn, the lord of the ascendant, and the Moon to trine of Mars having exaltation in the ascendant, I intimated to the owner of the beast that, in my opinion, he should have his dogge again, or news of his dogge or small beast, upon the Monday following, or near that time, which was true; for a gentleman of the querent's acquaintance sent home the dogge the very same day, about ten in the morning, who, by accident, coming to see a friend in Long Acre, found the dogge chained up under a table, and, knowing the dogge to be the querent's, sent him home as above said, to my very great credit," and no doubt also to the great satisfaction of "the dogge" himself.
"The sign of Gemini is to the west, and the southern quarter of the sky is also west; Mercury (which represents the dog) is in Libra, a western sign, but in the southern part of the sky, leaning towards the west; the Moon is in Virgo, a southwest sign, and tilting towards the western corner. After examining all the evidence, I found that the majority indicated west, so I concluded that the dog should be located west of where the owner lived, which was at Temple Bar, leading me to believe that the dog was around Long Acre or the upper part of Drury Lane. Since Mercury (representing the dog) was in a sign of the same element as Gemini, the rising sign that symbolizes London, and was in a trine aspect with the cusp of the sixth house, I concluded that the dog was not far from the communication lines but was in the same area, a conclusion further supported by the trine between the Sun and Saturn. Mercury appeared in Libra—a sign associated with air—which led me to think that the dog was in some chamber or upper room, kept privately or in great secrecy, because the Moon was beneath the Sun's rays; plus, Mercury, the Moon, and the Sun were all in the eighth house. Since the Sun would apply by trine to Saturn, the ruler of the ascendant, and the Moon would be trine to Mars, which has a strong position in the ascendant, I informed the dog's owner that I believed he would have his dog back or receive news about the dog or small animal on the following Monday or around that time. This turned out to be accurate; a gentleman known to the owner happened to visit a friend in Long Acre and found the dog chained under a table. Recognizing the dog as the owner's, he sent it home that very day around ten in the morning, which was a great credit to me and, without a doubt, brought great satisfaction to the dog himself."
CHAPTER XIII.
SOLAR HOROSCOPES__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__
JANUARY.—AQUARIUS
JANUARY.—AQUARIUS
The influences of this sign last from the Twenty-second of January to the Twenty-first of February.
The effects of this sign last from January 22 to February 21.
The man born under this influence will be of medium stature, good genius and a great speaker. He will achieve what he desires and will become famous in his own country.
The man born under this influence will be of average height, clever, and a great speaker. He will get what he wants and will become well-known in his own country.
He will be subject to melancholy, very religious and of a highly conscientious nature. The stars, however, destine him to pass through much poverty in his youth and he will have other troubles in the matter of deaths of relations and friends before he is thirty. He will travel much and, in his early youth, he will suffer from illness. He will be much influenced by women to his own detriment. He will lose his first wife and will marry twice, but the second marriage will not be very fortunate. At thirty he will be very seriously ill, but will recover and live on to about sixty-four years.
He will be prone to sadness, very religious, and extremely conscientious. However, the stars are set to make him go through a lot of poverty in his youth, and he will face additional troubles with the deaths of family and friends before turning thirty. He will travel a lot and experience illness in his early years. Women will greatly influence him, often to his disadvantage. He will lose his first wife and marry twice, but his second marriage won’t be very successful. At thirty, he will be severely ill but will recover and live until about sixty-four years old.
The woman who is born at the above-mentioned dates will have a charming and expressive face; her eyes will be soft and beautiful in shape and her hair of a medium brown colour, neither very dark nor very fair. In character she will be slightly melancholy and of a romantic turn of mind. She will be happy in her marriage. She will have a serious illness at fifty, but will recover from it through the affectionate care of her husband, and will live to a good old age, surrounded by her children's children.
The woman born on the dates mentioned above will have a charming and expressive face; her eyes will be soft and beautifully shaped, and her hair will be a medium brown, not too dark or too light. In terms of personality, she will be a bit melancholic and have a romantic outlook. She will find happiness in her marriage. She will face a serious illness at fifty but will recover because of her husband's loving care, and she will live to a ripe old age, surrounded by her grandchildren.
FEBRUARY.—PISCES
FEBRUARY — PISCES
The influences of this sign last from the Twenty-second of February to the Twentieth of March.
The effects of this sign last from February 22nd to March 20th.
The man who is born under the influence of this sign will be above middle height, his chin will be fleshy, his eyes blue and his complexion rather colourless. His forehead will be low and broad and his eyes will express much kindness and goodness of disposition. He will be very fond of aquatic pursuits and take great delight in angling. He will not be studious, for he has not much perseverance, but he will take delight in conversation of an instructive order. He will not be much of a talker and will be slow to give his opinions on any subject. He will be of a luxurious temperament and will be much influenced by women. He will be economical in his household expenses, but will spend money freely on his own pleasures out of his family circle. He will be fond of travelling and will be more fortunate in other places than in his own country. He will be ingenious and of good counsel, yet wiser for others than for himself. He will lose his wife early in life, but will not marry again, yet this more from indolence than constancy of feeling.
The man born under this sign will be taller than average, with a fleshy chin, blue eyes, and a somewhat pale complexion. His forehead will be low and wide, and his eyes will show a lot of kindness and a good nature. He will love activities by the water and enjoy fishing. He won't be very studious due to his lack of perseverance, but he'll enjoy discussions that are educational. He won't talk much and will be slow to share his opinions on any topic. He will have a luxurious temperament and will be greatly influenced by women. He will be careful with household expenses but will spend freely on his own pleasures outside the family. He will love to travel and will find more success in other places than in his own country. He will be clever and offer good advice, but he'll be wiser for others than for himself. He will lose his wife early in life but won't marry again, mainly due to laziness rather than loyalty.
The woman born at this time will be fairly good looking; her eyes will be light blue and she will have a fair complexion and a dimple in the right cheek. She will be of a good disposition and kind to the poor; but yet she will be self-indulgent and much given to luxury of all sorts. She will marry twice and have many children, but the stars do not promise her much happiness. She will die at sixty-eight.
The woman born during this time will be quite attractive; her eyes will be light blue, she’ll have a fair complexion, and a dimple on her right cheek. She’ll have a good nature and be kind to those in need; however, she will also be self-indulgent and prone to all kinds of luxury. She will marry two times and have many kids, but the stars don’t promise her much happiness. She will pass away at sixty-eight.
MARCH.—ARIES
MARCH — ARIES
The qualities given by this sign of the Zodiac last from the Twentieth of March to the Twentieth of April.
The traits associated with this Zodiac sign last from March 20th to April 20th.
The man born under this sign will be of medium stature, of fierce countenance, with an aquiline nose, quickly moving eyes and a strongly marked dimple in the chin. His hair will be of a reddish tint, his forehead broad and his complexion florid. He will be a loud talker and have much inclination for women and also for the pleasures of the table. He will be fond of field sports and very courageous. He will be subject to accidents, both from fire and from four-footed beasts. He will be capricious in his affections and will suffer much from his affairs with women in his youth, but will grow wiser towards middle age. He will not marry. At fifty he will lose much money and will fall into poverty, and thus become alienated from the friends of his youth. His life will not be prolonged much beyond fifty-five years.
The man born under this sign will be of average height, with a fierce expression, an aquiline nose, quick-moving eyes, and a pronounced dimple in his chin. His hair will have a reddish tint, his forehead will be broad, and his complexion will be rosy. He will speak loudly and have a strong attraction to women as well as a love for good food. He will enjoy outdoor sports and be very brave. He will be prone to accidents involving fire and animals. His affections will be unpredictable, and he will experience a lot of heartbreak with women in his youth, but he will become wiser as he reaches middle age. He will remain single. By age fifty, he will lose a significant amount of money and fall into poverty, distancing himself from his friends from his younger years. His life will not extend much beyond fifty-five years.
The woman born at this time will have a florid complexion, large round-shaped eyes and a square chin. She will be of middle height and rather strongly made. She will be quick-tempered, strong-willed, very courageous and rather selfish. She will marry at twenty-three, but will not have many children. She will be a widow in middle life and will marry again within a year of her first husband's death. She will die suddenly by an accident in her fifty-sixth year.
The woman born during this time will have a rosy complexion, big round eyes, and a square chin. She will be of average height and fairly sturdy. She will have a quick temper, strong will, be very brave, and somewhat selfish. She will get married at twenty-three but won’t have many kids. She will become a widow in middle age and will remarry within a year of her first husband's death. She will die unexpectedly in an accident at fifty-six.
APRIL.—TAURUS
APRIL - TAURUS
The influences of this sign last from the Twenty-first of April to the Twenty-first of May.
The effects of this sign last from April 21st to May 21st.
The man born under this sign will have full lips, a short throat, and a mole at the back of his neck. He will be subject to sudden fits of anger and will be fierce and cruel. He will be fond of women, but will not be much liked by them and will suffer much in consequence. He will be ambitious, fortunate in business and energetic. He will not be very prudent in speech and will often get himself in trouble by over-communicativeness. He will marry a rich wife and will acquire much money by legacies from her relations. He will be very ill at forty, but he will survive it and come into much riches soon after it. His life will go on to about sixty-two, when he will die of much the same illness which he had at forty.
The man born under this sign will have full lips, a short neck, and a mole at the back of his neck. He will experience sudden bouts of anger and will be fierce and harsh. He will be fond of women, but they won't be very fond of him and he will suffer as a result. He will be ambitious, successful in business, and energetic. He won't be very careful with his words and will often land himself in trouble by talking too much. He will marry a wealthy woman and will come into a lot of money through inheritances from her family. He will be very ill at forty, but he will recover and soon after acquire significant wealth. His life will continue until about sixty-two, when he will die from a similar illness to the one he had at forty.
The woman born at this time will be graceful and well formed, with luxuriant hair and a full and well-formed mouth. She will have a good complexion and will have fascinating manners, so that she will much attract men. She will run great risks both from fire and water, and she will be subject to weakness of the eyes to such excess that towards the end of her life she will have reason to fear blindness, but she will escape this calamity. Although she will have many lovers she will only marry once, for her husband will survive her. She will have many children and they will all live. She herself will die before sixty.
The woman born at this time will be graceful and well-shaped, with beautiful hair and a full, attractive mouth. She will have a clear complexion and charming manners, which will draw many men to her. She will face significant dangers from both fire and water, and she will experience severe eye problems, so much so that towards the end of her life, she will worry about going blind, but she will avoid this misfortune. Although she will have many lovers, she will only get married once, as her husband will outlive her. She will have several children, all of whom will survive. She will die before she turns sixty.
MAY.—GEMINI
MAY - GEMINI
The influences of this sign will last from the Twenty-second of May till the Twenty-first of June.
The effects of this sign will last from May 22nd to June 21st.
The man born under the influence of this sign will be subject to ulcers and all skin diseases. He will be tall, well formed and of florid complexion. He will be much liked for his amiable qualities and will govern his family well. He will travel much in foreign countries and will acquire many beautiful things in the course of his travels. He will be attentive to women, very conscientious, gracious and valiant. He will not be at all given up to luxury, but will be of a pious and self-denying temperament. He will be bitten by some venomous reptile, yet will not die of the wound, but will recover entirely from it in a short time. He will be falsely accused of some sin and will be imprisoned for it; but he will come out victorious and his innocence will be acknowledged by all. His marriage is uncertain.
The man born under the influence of this sign will be prone to ulcers and various skin conditions. He will be tall, well-built, and have a rosy complexion. People will like him for his friendly nature, and he will manage his family well. He will travel a lot in foreign countries and will gather many beautiful things along the way. He will treat women with respect, be very responsible, charming, and brave. He won't indulge in luxury but will have a religious and self-disciplined character. He will be bitten by a poisonous snake, but he won't die from the bite; instead, he will fully recover in a short time. He will be falsely accused of a wrongdoing and will be imprisoned for it, but he will emerge victorious, and everyone will recognize his innocence. His future in marriage is uncertain.
The woman who is born at this time will be fluent of speech, gracious in manners, witty and intelligent, but rather sensitive in temper. She will be small of stature, slight in figure and of a fair complexion. She will have well marked yet delicate eyebrows, brilliant eyes and small white teeth; her hands will be slender, with pointed fingers. By reason of her grace and wit she will be much loved, but she will not marry until she is twenty-five. She will be passionately loved by her husband, but she will not return his affection. She will have very few children who will not live beyond childhood. She herself will die at sixty-seven.
The woman born during this time will be articulate, graceful, witty, and smart, but quite sensitive in temperament. She will be petite, slender, and have a light complexion. Her eyebrows will be well-defined yet delicate, her eyes bright, and she will have small white teeth; her hands will be slender with pointed fingers. Because of her grace and intelligence, she will be greatly admired, but she won't marry until she's twenty-five. Her husband will love her deeply, but she will not reciprocate his feelings. She will have very few children, none of whom will survive beyond childhood. She will pass away at sixty-seven.
JUNE.—CANCER
JUNE - CANCER
The influences of this sign last from the Twenty-first of June to the Twenty-first of July.
The effects of this sign last from June 21st to July 21st.
The man born under this sign will be of medium height and will have light hair and eyebrows. He will be given to deceit in his manners with women and will be very inconsistent, yet always with such gracious manners towards them that he will be much beloved by them. He will travel much, and will suffer many misfortunes in the way of accidents. He will in middle age lose much money through the misconduct of his brothers, who will, by their extravagance, spend all the father's money and thus leave only a poor inheritance. He will occupy himself with agriculture and be successful with it. At forty he will suffer from a very serious illness and his life will probably end at forty-eight.
The man born under this sign will be of average height with light hair and eyebrows. He will tend to be deceptive in his interactions with women and will be quite inconsistent, yet he will always treat them kindly, making him well-liked. He will travel frequently and will experience many misfortunes due to accidents. In middle age, he will lose a significant amount of money because of his brothers' reckless behavior, who will waste all their father's wealth and leave only a meager inheritance. He will engage in farming and find success in it. By the age of forty, he will face a serious illness, and he will likely pass away around the age of forty-eight.
The woman born at this time will have large grey eyes, full lips and an abundance of soft, rather colourless hair. She will be fond of luxury and ease, and will be much given to the pleasures of the table, and will eat much and drink more. She will marry early, but will not agree with her husband by reason of her own inconstancy. She will be married three times, and will get on better with her last husband than with the two others. She will have several children, but they will all be of a sickly constitution. She herself will have a very serious illness at seventy which will cure her of all her troubles.
The woman born at this time will have large gray eyes, full lips, and a lot of soft, somewhat colorless hair. She will appreciate luxury and comfort, and she'll enjoy indulging in good food and drink. She will marry young, but won’t get along with her husband due to her own unpredictability. She will be married three times, and her last marriage will be more successful than the first two. She will have several children, but they will all have weak health. She herself will face a serious illness at seventy, which will put an end to all her troubles.
JULY.—LEO
JULY - LEO
The influences of this sign extend from the Twenty-first of July to the Twenty-first of August.
The effects of this sign last from July 21st to August 21st.
The man born under this sign will be of middle height, but more inclined to be tall than short; his hair will be of a red colour, and his eyebrows will be well marked and much arched in their form. He will be valiant, hot tempered, very talkative, somewhat boastful, but pleasant and jovial in his manners. He will be a great admirer of women, but not constant in his affection. He will marry once, but not the woman he so much loves.
The man born under this sign will be of average height, but more likely to be tall than short; his hair will be red, and his eyebrows will be well-defined and quite arched in shape. He will be brave, quick-tempered, very talkative, a bit boastful, but friendly and cheerful in his demeanor. He will admire women a lot, but won't be loyal in his affections. He will get married once, but not to the woman he truly loves.
The woman born at this time will be tall, with bright hair of a reddish gold colour, grey eyes, with a bold fierce glance, and long features. Her nose will be aquiline and the face a long oval. The lips will be full but firmly closed and the teeth good and large. She will be quick of temper and difficult to please, fond of pleasure and very ambitious of shining in society. Her great desire for admiration will cause her to be much talked about—not always in a manner pleasing to her husband. She will marry early. She will lose her husband in early youth and will marry again soon after her widowhood. She will be much subject to illnesses through the blood, and at forty-eight she will have a very serious illness; but she will recover and live another fifteen years, but her life will always be full of anxieties and troubles.
The woman born during this time will be tall, with bright reddish-gold hair and grey eyes that have a bold, fierce look, along with long features. Her nose will be hooked, and her face will be a long oval shape. She will have full but tightly closed lips and good, large teeth. She will have a quick temper and be hard to please, love pleasure, and be very ambitious about standing out in society. Her strong desire for admiration will make her a topic of conversation—not always in a way that pleases her husband. She will marry young, lose her husband early in life, and remarry soon after becoming a widow. She will experience a lot of health issues related to her blood, and at the age of forty-eight, she will face a serious illness; however, she will recover and live another fifteen years, though her life will always be filled with worries and problems.
AUGUST.—VIRGO
AUGUST.—VIRGO
The influences of this sign last from the Twenty-second of August to the Twenty-third of September.
The effects of this sign last from August 22nd to September 23rd.
The man born under this influence will have an abundance of hair and will have a large chin and a good complexion. He will be ambitious, enterprising, and very valiant, but a little capricious. He will suffer much illness and, when he is about thirty years of age, he will be menaced by death or imprisonment, yet he shall escape both evils. He will be of a sympathetic and benevolent disposition and will give good counsel to his friends. He will have a beautiful wife whom he will tenderly love, although she will not return his affections.
The man born under this influence will have a lot of hair, a strong chin, and a clear complexion. He will be ambitious, enterprising, and very brave, but a bit unpredictable. He will face many health issues, and when he's around thirty, he will be faced with threats of death or imprisonment, but he'll manage to escape both. He will be kind-hearted and generous, offering good advice to his friends. He will have a beautiful wife whom he will love deeply, even though she won't feel the same way.
A woman born at this time will be graceful and charming, with a well-formed face, an agreeable expression, small mouth and well-proportioned figure. Her voice will be one of her charms, and will be clear and soft and singularly harmonious. She will be much loved and admired for her wit, and will show much taste for music and dancing. She will have fairly good health, and her beauty and charm of manner will make her much sought after in marriage, but she will not accept any of her numerous lovers until after her twenty-second birthday. She will be much loved by her husband, and being inclined to be devout, she will educate her children in the fear of God. She will die at sixty-nine.
A woman born during this time will be graceful and charming, with a well-defined face, a pleasant expression, a small mouth, and a well-proportioned figure. Her voice will be one of her attractive qualities, clear, soft, and uniquely harmonious. She will be greatly loved and admired for her wit and will have a strong appreciation for music and dancing. She will enjoy relatively good health, and her beauty and charm will make her highly sought after for marriage, but she won't accept any of her many suitors until after her twenty-second birthday. She will be deeply loved by her husband and, inclined to be religious, she will raise her children with a sense of devotion to God. She will pass away at sixty-nine.
SEPTEMBER.—LIBRA
SEPTEMBER.—LIBRA
The influences of this sign last from the Twenty-third of September to the Twenty-third of October.
The influences of this sign last from September 23 to October 23.
The man born under this sign will be fluent of speech and his voice will be sonorous and will sound angry even when he is not so. He will be wise and prudent and will be much esteemed by good men. He will be just and honourable in all his dealings and will acquire the respect of all who know him for his conscientious dealings with his fellow-men. He will marry twice. His second wife, whom he will marry when he is turned forty, will be extravagant, and will so worry him by spending all his substance, that she will bring on his death before he is fifty.
The man born under this sign will be articulate, and his voice will be deep and might sound angry even when he's not. He will be wise and careful, earning the respect of good people. He will be fair and honorable in all his dealings, gaining admiration from everyone who knows him for his integrity with others. He will marry two times. His second wife, whom he will marry at forty, will be extravagant, and her spending will stress him out so much that it will lead to his death before he turns fifty.
The woman born at this period will be, say the astrologers, cheerful and of a kindly disposition. She will be of a lively temperament and will easily learn both music and dancing and will excel in both. She will be amiable, very caressing in manner and much loved by all who know her. She will marry twice. Her first husband will be rich and of mature age and very prudent. The second will be young and will soon spend the greater part of the money left her by her first husband. She will be gay, fond of pleasure and rather a coquette, which will much displease the second husband. She will be rather given to gambling and will lose money in this way, which will cause her much discomfort and anxiety in her latter years.
The woman born during this time will be, according to astrologers, cheerful and kind-hearted. She will have a lively personality and will easily pick up both music and dancing, excelling in both. She will be friendly, very affectionate, and much loved by everyone who knows her. She will marry twice. Her first husband will be wealthy, older, and very sensible. The second will be younger and will quickly spend most of the money left to her by her first husband. She will be carefree, enjoy pleasure, and be somewhat flirtatious, which will frustrate her second husband. She will have a tendency to gamble and will lose money this way, leading to a lot of discomfort and anxiety in her later years.
OCTOBER.—SCORPIO
OCTOBER.—SCORPIO
The influences of this sign will last from the Twenty-second of October to the Twenty-first of November.
The effects of this sign will last from October 22nd to November 21st.
A man born under this sign will be short and broad in figure and ungraceful in his movements. He will be dark in complexion; but the hair will be of a red-brown colour, the eyebrows thick and meeting over the nose. He will be prompt in judgment, but very wily and inconstant, promising one thing and doing another, so much so, that those who have once had dealings with him will never again have confidence in him, knowing how likely he is to deceive them. He will be of a perverse and irritable temper, which will cause him to have many enemies; and notwithstanding all his acuteness, he will always be poor. He will travel much and will lead a somewhat vagabond life. He is very unlikely to marry, and he will probably die a violent death.
A man born under this sign will be short and stocky and clumsy in his movements. He will have a dark complexion, but his hair will be a reddish-brown color, with thick eyebrows that meet over his nose. He will be quick to judge, but very clever and unreliable, often promising one thing and doing another. Because of this, anyone who has dealt with him before will never trust him again, knowing how likely he is to deceive them. He will have a contrary and irritable temperament, which will lead to many enemies; and despite his sharpness, he will always struggle with money. He will travel a lot and live a somewhat wandering life. It’s very unlikely he will marry, and he will probably die a violent death.
The woman who is born under the influence of the Scorpion will be of a reddish colouring and of middle height and strongly built. As regards her character, she will be affable, much beloved by her relations, fond of pleasure, yet very energetic in the discharge of her household duties, sensitive in temper, a little revengeful and very ingenious and of quick judgment. In her youth she will have much trouble from lawsuits, but she need not fear the result, for as she is pious God will always protect her. She will only marry once, at about her twenty-sixth year, and will die at sixty-eight. She will have no children.
The woman born under the sign of Scorpio will have a reddish complexion, be of average height, and have a sturdy build. In terms of her personality, she'll be friendly, well-loved by her family, enjoy pleasure, yet be very diligent in managing her home, sensitive in her emotions, a bit vengeful, and very clever with quick judgment. In her younger years, she'll face a lot of trouble from legal issues, but she shouldn't worry about the outcome, as her piety will ensure God's protection. She will marry only once, around the age of twenty-six, and will pass away at sixty-eight. She will not have any children.
NOVEMBER.—SAGITTARIUS
NOVEMBER.—SAGITTARIUS
The influences of this sign continue from the Twenty-second of November till the Twenty-first of December.
The effects of this sign last from November 22nd to December 21st.
The man born under this sign will be of pale complexion and he will have long features and dark hair and eyes. He will be prudent, studious and economical. He will see many foreign countries and will gain much money in his youth, by reason of which he will excite the envy of his friends. He will receive much injury from a relative, who will endeavour to prejudice people against him, but he will always be well received and much liked in society. He will be generous to his friends, but he will be badly recompensed for his kindness. He will be persevering in his profession and will attain a good position in it. He will be subject to internal complaints, but will live long. He will be untrue to his wife, but he will be careful that she does not know it. He will have several children, but they will be no comfort to him, as they will be always ungrateful to him.
The man born under this sign will have a pale complexion and long features, with dark hair and eyes. He will be careful, studious, and frugal. He will travel to many foreign countries and make a lot of money in his youth, which may cause envy among his friends. He will face betrayal from a relative who will try to turn people against him, but he'll always be welcomed and well-liked in social circles. He will be generous to his friends, but his kindness will not be appreciated. He will be persistent in his career and will achieve a good position. He will struggle with internal issues but will live a long life. He will be unfaithful to his wife, but he will ensure she remains unaware. He will have several children, but they will not bring him joy, as they will always be ungrateful toward him.
The woman who is born at this time will be well formed, with luxuriant hair and well-marked and rather arched eyebrows; her forehead will be broad and her intellect good, but her temper easily irritated and over sensitive, especially where her affections are concerned. She will be timid, very constant both in love and friendship, generous in her affections, yet very ill-requited in this respect. She will marry at twenty-six and will have many children. She will suffer much from the evil tongues of false friends, who will malign her to her husband, but her innocence will be made known and in the end she will be fully justified. She will live to sixty-eight.
The woman born at this time will be well-proportioned, with luxurious hair and distinct, slightly arched eyebrows; her forehead will be broad and her intellect sharp, but her temper will be easily annoyed and hypersensitive, particularly regarding her feelings. She will be shy, very faithful in both love and friendship, generous with her affections, but often not appreciated in return. She will marry at twenty-six and have many children. She will endure a lot from the gossip of false friends, who will speak ill of her to her husband, but her innocence will eventually be revealed, and she will be fully vindicated in the end. She will live until sixty-eight.
DECEMBER.—CAPRICORNUS
DECEMBER.—CAPRICORN
The influences of this sign last from the Twenty-first of December to the Twenty-second of January.
The effects of this sign last from December 21st to January 22nd.
The man born under this influence will be of good complexion, his voice will be clear and bright and he will be fluent of speech. He will have a mole on his chin or on his right arm. He will be very much influenced by women and will be a great lover of luxury. He is likely to be bitten by some mad animal and he is also menaced by many illnesses of the eyes and eyesight. He will be much deceived by a woman who will cause him much injury.
The man born under this influence will have a good complexion, his voice will be clear and bright, and he will speak smoothly. He will have a mole on his chin or on his right arm. He will be heavily influenced by women and will have a strong appreciation for luxury. There’s a chance he might get bitten by a rabid animal, and he's also at risk for various eye problems. He will be greatly misled by a woman who will cause him a lot of harm.
The woman born under this sign will be amiable, with an agreeable countenance, a clear voice and a well-formed body. She will be twice married. Her first husband will much love her. He will be a poor man, but of a very conscientious nature and much respected for his straightforwardness of character. Her second husband will be much richer and of a gay and pleasure-loving nature, but he will not be so affectionate as the first. She will suffer much from melancholia, and when she is thirty she will have a very serious mental illness; but, by the grace of God, she will recover from it and live until she is forty-seven.
The woman born under this sign will be friendly, with a pleasant appearance, a clear voice, and an attractive body. She will marry twice. Her first husband will love her deeply. He will be a poor man, but very principled and highly regarded for his honesty. Her second husband will be quite wealthy and more of a fun-loving person, but he won’t be as affectionate as the first. She will struggle with depression and, by the time she’s thirty, she will experience a serious mental illness; however, with God's help, she will recover and live until she’s forty-seven.
CHAPTER XIV.
Aphorisms Taken from the Works of Ptolemy and Other Ancient Astrologers
Whosoever may be adapted to any particular event or pursuit will assuredly have the star indicative thereof very potent in his nativity.
Whoever is suited for a specific event or activity will definitely have a strong influence from the corresponding star in their birth chart.
If Virgo or Pisces be on the ascendant the native will create his own dignity; but if Aries or Libra be there he will cause his own death.
If Virgo or Pisces is rising, the person will build their own dignity; but if Aries or Libra is rising, they will bring about their own downfall.
Venus gives pleasure to the native in that part of the body which may be ruled by the sign she occupies. It is the same with other stars.
Venus brings enjoyment to the person in that area of the body governed by the sign she’s located in. The same applies to other planets.
Should a disease begin when the Moon may be in a sign occupied at the birth by some malefic, or in quartile or opposition to any such sign, such disease will be most severe; and if the malefic also behold the said sign, it will be dangerous. On the other hand, there will be no danger if the Moon be in a place held at the time of birth by some benefic.
If a disease starts when the Moon is in a sign where a malefic was present at birth, or if it is in a square or opposite to such a sign, the disease will be very serious; and if the malefic also looks at that sign, it will be risky. Conversely, there is no danger if the Moon is in a position occupied at the time of birth by a benefic.
In all horary questions remember that there is no affliction to the Moon so great as when she is in conjunction with the Sun; the ill aspects for the malefics must affect her, but no evil aspect is so powerful as her conjunction.
In all horary questions, remember that there is no challenge to the Moon as significant as when she is aligned with the Sun; the negative influences for the malefics may impact her, but no harmful aspect is as strong as her conjunction.
Mercury in trine or sextile to the Moon gives the capacity for acquiring foreign languages. In bad aspect to the Moon makes the native envious, sarcastic, ill-natured, given to lying and thieving.
Mercury in a trine or sextile with the Moon provides the ability to learn foreign languages. In a negative aspect to the Moon, it makes the individual envious, sarcastic, ill-tempered, prone to lying, and thievery.
Saturn in trine or sextile to Venus shows much power of attachment to wife and family. In a woman's nativity this is very good, as it indicates purity.
Saturn in a trine or sextile position to Venus indicates a strong bond to a wife and family. In a woman's birth chart, this is very positive, as it suggests purity.
Those born near noon are generally successful in life, owing to the Sun's influence being then most powerful. Those born near midnight are by no means so fortunate as those born at midday, and it is a singular peculiarity in such nativities that the most remarkable events of their lives take place after their thirtieth year, and they are also certain of some kind of a name after death, meritorious or otherwise, according to what their horoscope declares. Persons born near midnight are very imaginative, and subject to see visions, dream dreams, and to be believers in the unseen world.
Those born around noon tend to be successful in life, thanks to the Sun's strongest influence at that time. Those born around midnight are not as fortunate as those born at midday. Interestingly, people born at midnight often experience the most significant events in their lives after turning thirty, and they are likely to be remembered after death, whether positively or negatively, depending on what their horoscope says. People born near midnight tend to be very imaginative, prone to having visions, dreaming dreams, and believing in the unseen world.
In all travels the Moon is to be considered, for she is a general signifier of journeys, whether by sea or land.
In all travels, the Moon should be taken into account, as she is a universal symbol of journeys, whether by sea or land.
When the moon is besieged between Mars and the Sun in a nativity, it argues a short life to the native.
When the moon is caught between Mars and the Sun in a birth chart, it suggests a short life for the person.
Mercury, if posited in one of the houses of Saturn, in trine or sextile to that planet, gives excellent understanding; and if the moon be also well-dignified, the native is much given to the study of occult science, and will have much renown in that particular.
Mercury, if placed in one of Saturn's houses, in a trine or sextile to that planet, provides great understanding; and if the moon is also well-placed, the person is very inclined to study occult science and will gain significant recognition in that area.
Those born with the Moon powerful in their horoscopes would do well to be guided by her aspects in their daily avocations. If she should be in trine or sextile to Jupiter, it is a good day to seek favours of the great, or to make arrangements with employers. When she is in trine or sextile to Mercury, all intellectual matters taken in hand will be likely to prosper. When she is so aspected to Venus, matters undertaken with reference to love, marriage, or friendship will have a happy issue. When she is in square or opposition she would have, of course, the contrary effects.
Those born with a strong Moon in their horoscopes should pay attention to her influences in their daily activities. If she is in a trine or sextile with Jupiter, it's a good day to seek favors from those in power or to make arrangements with employers. When she is in trine or sextile with Mercury, any intellectual pursuits are likely to succeed. If she is positively aligned with Venus, efforts related to love, marriage, or friendship will likely turn out well. However, if she is in a square or opposition, the effects will understandably be the opposite.
The Sun and Moon in conjunction with Mercury give to the native great intellectual abilities.
The Sun and Moon together with Mercury provide the individual with exceptional intellectual skills.
Those who have the benevolent planets, Jupiter and Venus, well posited in either the ascendant or the mid-heaven at birth will always be much beloved during the whole course of their lives.
Those who have the kind planets, Jupiter and Venus, well-placed in either the ascendant or the mid-heaven at birth will always be greatly loved throughout their lives.
He who is born with the sun in trine to Jupiter is fond of rule, and very famous in his generation.
Someone born with the sun in a favorable aspect to Jupiter enjoys leadership and is quite well-known in their time.
Venus in square to Saturn at a birth causes the native to be sensual and given to unnatural vices.
Venus in a square aspect to Saturn at birth makes the person sensual and prone to unnatural vices.
All the planets, or most of them above the earth, make the native eminent and famous, and if all should be well-dignified, he will—like a comet—outshine all others in the world's esteem. If, on the contrary, all the planets are under the earth at a birth, the native will be of a falling fame and fortune, or if they promise by their natures honour, dignity and fortune (that is, if they appear essentially dignified in nocturnal genitures), these good things will only come in the latter part of the native's life.
All the planets, or most of them above the earth, make the person prominent and well-known, and if all are well-placed, they will—like a comet—stand out more than anyone else in the world's view. On the other hand, if all the planets are positioned below the earth at the time of birth, the person will have diminishing fame and fortune. However, if the planets indicate honor, dignity, and prosperity (that is, if they are essentially strong in nighttime charts), these good things will only come in the later part of the person's life.
Jupiter in conjunction with the Moon in a watery sign gives drunkenness.
Jupiter aligning with the Moon in a water sign leads to intoxication.
Venus in conjunction, trine or sextile to the Moon, gives happy marriage, but in square to the Moon, prodigality, indolence and drunkenness.
Venus in conjunction, trine, or sextile to the Moon brings a happy marriage, but in square to the Moon, it leads to extravagance, laziness, and drunkenness.
Saturn in square to Mars means a malicious and murderous temperament, and liability to imprisonment.
Saturn in a square aspect to Mars indicates a hostile and violent nature, along with a risk of imprisonment.
It is advantageous to make choice of days and hours at a time well constituted by the nativity. Should the time be adverse, the choice will in no respect avail, however favourable an issue it may chance to promise.
It’s beneficial to pick specific days and times that are well-suited for your birth chart. If the timing is unfavorable, the choice won’t help at all, no matter how promising the outcome might seem.
A sagacious mind improves the operation of the heavens, as a skilful farmer by cultivation improves nature.
A wise mind enhances the workings of the universe, just like a skilled farmer improves nature through cultivation.
Part II.
Part II.
CHIROMANCY
Palm reading
"God has placed signs in the hands of all men, that every man may know his work."—Job xxxvii. 7 (St. Hierom's Translation).
"God has put signs in the hands of everyone so that each person can understand their purpose."—Job xxxvii. 7 (St. Hierom's Translation).
CHAPTER XV.
Palmistry and Its Origins
Chiromancy is a science which teaches us to read not only the character but the whole destiny—for good or evil, the length of life and often the manner of death of a man by the lines and marks to be seen in his hand. This study is sometimes called Palmistry, in which case, however, it properly refers only to a judgment formed from what appears in the palm of the hand, whilst Chiromancy (taken from the word Cheir, a hand, and Manteia, divination) signifies the revelations made by the hand, taken as a whole. Chiromancy is nearly as ancient as astrology, with which it is indissolubly connected, for the hand represents, as has been before said, a natural horoscope, which is placed upon it at the time both of the conception and the birth by the influence of the stars. The seven planets are all represented in the hand and also the twelve signs of the zodiac, so that the casting of a nativity is needless, as by simply examining a hand by the light of Chiromancy we can indicate what planets have been powerful at the time of birth, and what, therefore, will be their effect for good or evil over the existence; and we can also find the dates of the principal events of the life. We find many allusions to this subject in the Bible, and still more in the ancient Kabbala.
Chiromancy is a practice that teaches us to interpret not just a person's character but their entire destiny—both good and bad, the length of life, and often how they will die—by looking at the lines and markings on their hands. This study is sometimes called Palmistry, which specifically refers to judgments based on what’s seen in the palm, while Chiromancy (derived from the Greek word Cheir, meaning hand, and Manteia, meaning divination) encompasses revelations made by the hand as a whole. Chiromancy is almost as old as astrology, with which it is indissolubly linked, because the hand serves as a natural horoscope, formed at the time of conception and birth by the influence of the stars. The seven planets and the twelve signs of the zodiac are all represented in the hand, making the casting of a natal chart unnecessary. By simply examining a hand through Chiromancy, we can determine which planets were influential at birth and, therefore, what effects they will have—whether positive or negative—on a person's life. We can also uncover the dates of significant life events. There are many references to this topic in the Bible and even more in the ancient Kabbalah.
The Holy Kabbala, as it was called by the Magi, must not be confounded with what is called "The Black Art"; it is, on the contrary, the quintessence of reason and morality as they were understood by the ancients and contains that traditional science of the secrets of nature which, from age to age, is borne towards us as the wave is carried by the tide to the shore; but it has been transmitted obscurely, because the doctrines of the Kabbala were known only, in those early ages, to the adept and the initiation, later on, of neophytes was only yielded after a series of severe and terrible ordeals, whilst the revelation of its mysteries to the uninitiated was punished by death.
The Holy Kabbala, as the Magi referred to it, should not be confused with what is known as "The Black Art"; instead, it represents the essence of reason and morality as understood by the ancients. It holds the traditional knowledge of nature's secrets that has been passed down through generations, similar to how waves are brought ashore by the tide. However, this knowledge has been transmitted in a vague manner, as the teachings of the Kabbala were known only to the initiated in those early times. Later, the initiation of new students was granted only after enduring a series of intense challenges, while revealing its mysteries to those who were not initiated was punishable by death.
The necessity of silence was, in fact, one of the principal tenets of the Kabbala and is represented, in the figure of Adda-Nari,[16] by the position of the fingers of the hand holding the flowering branch of Abundance; the thumb and the first two fingers, which in Chiromancy represent will, power and fatality, are held open; whilst the third and fourth fingers, representing light and science, are closed. This was meant to indicate to the good—the initiated—that they would have, when united, strength and will to direct Fate; but that they must keep hidden from the wicked and ignorant both light and science. It must, however, in justice to the ancient Kabbalists, be suggested that their inculcation of silence probably arose, not so much from a desire of domination, but rather from the fact that, feeling themselves superior in knowledge, they thought they were obeying a divine law in refusing to the wicked those lights which, when possessed by them, led, as perhaps they had sometimes found, to error. We, seeing things in a wider light, give, or try to give, equal knowledge to all, without submitting the ignorant to the ordeal of initiation to prove their worthiness as recipients; but, after all, it amounts to much the same thing—give to all men truth and light in abundance, but all will not profit by it. We see this every day in our college system; the lesson is the same for all, but it is only the few who profit by it; and although we appear to be obeying a divine law in opening the way of light and life—the life of knowledge—to all, as God makes His sun to shine on good and bad equally, still we can, in some sort, understand the feeling of the ancient Magi, whose motto was: "Know, Dare, Will, but keep Silence."
The importance of silence was, in fact, one of the main principles of the Kabbala and is represented, in the figure of Adda-Nari,[16] by the way the fingers of the hand holding the flowering branch of Abundance are arranged; the thumb and the first two fingers, which in palmistry symbolize will, power, and fate, are held open; while the third and fourth fingers, representing light and knowledge, are closed. This was meant to show the initiated that, when united, they would have the strength and will to shape Fate; but that they must keep light and knowledge hidden from the wicked and ignorant. However, to be fair to the ancient Kabbalists, it's worth noting that their emphasis on silence likely came not just from a desire for control, but rather from their belief that, feeling themselves superior in knowledge, they were following a divine law by withholding those insights from the wicked, which, as they may have sometimes observed, led to mistakes when misused. We, seeing things from a broader perspective, aim to provide equal knowledge to everyone, without making the ignorant go through initiation to prove they are worthy of receiving it; yet, in many ways, it’s essentially the same thing—provide everyone with truth and light in abundance, but not everyone will benefit from it. We witness this every day in our education system; the lessons are the same for all, but only a few truly gain from them; and although we seem to be following a divine law by opening the path of light and knowledge to everyone, just as God allows His sun to shine on both the good and the bad, we can still somewhat understand the sentiment of the ancient Magi, whose motto was: "Know, Dare, Will, but keep Silence."
CHAPTER XVI.
THE MAIN LINES IN THE HAND AND THE MOUNTS
In the plate belonging to this chapter we give a hand on which are marked the principal lines seen on the palm; three of which, viz., the Line of Life, the Line of Head and the Line of Heart, are found in a clearer or fainter degree on all hands, but which vary, as regards their relative position, in every hand. The first and largest, that which encircles the thumb, is called the Line of Life; by the length, colour and evenness, or the reverse, of this line the length of life is indicated, and also the illnesses and accidents by which the life is menaced in running its course. The line immediately above it, crossing the palm of the hand, is the Line of Head; by it we are to judge of the intellectual powers. Above it is the Line of Heart, from which we form an opinion of the strength of affection, or the want of it, in the native.
In the illustration for this chapter, we show a hand that displays the main lines on the palm. Three of these lines—the Line of Life, the Line of Head, and the Line of Heart—are present, in varying degrees of clarity, on all hands, but their positions differ from one hand to another. The first and largest line, which curves around the thumb, is called the Line of Life; its length, color, and evenness (or lack thereof) indicate the length of life and the illnesses and accidents that might threaten it. The line right above it, which runs across the palm, is the Line of Head; this line gives insight into a person's intellectual capabilities. Above that is the Line of Heart, which provides a view of the strength of a person’s affections or the lack thereof.
The lines which are not always to be found are the lines going from the wrist to the finger of Saturn, which is called the Saturnian line, and which shows the events of the life; the Line of the Sun, which goes towards the finger of the Sun and which indicates success in art, literature, or the pursuit of riches; and the Line of Health, which goes from the wrist to the finger of Mercury: this line is often absent in a hand.
The lines that aren’t always present are the ones going from the wrist to the finger of Saturn, known as the Saturnian line, which reveals life events; the Line of the Sun, which extends toward the finger of the Sun and signifies success in art, literature, or the quest for wealth; and the Line of Health, which runs from the wrist to the finger of Mercury: this line is often missing from a hand.
All these lines will be more fully discussed further on; at present it is only necessary to name them in order to explain the plate belonging to this chapter.
All these points will be discussed in more detail later; for now, it's just necessary to mention them to explain the illustration related to this chapter.
At the base of each figure there is a mount, more or less developed, on every hand. Now, each of these mounts corresponds with one of the planets from which it has received more or less influence, according to its development, and the signs or marks to be found upon it.
At the bottom of each figure, there's a mound, which varies in development on each side. Each of these mounds corresponds to one of the planets, reflecting how much influence it has received based on its development and the signs or markings present on it.
It will be seen also, from the plate, that the ancients gave to each finger the name of one of the planets, thus:—
It can also be seen from the plate that the ancients named each finger after one of the planets, like this:—
The first finger represented Jupiter, the mount at its base being called the Mount of Jupiter.
The first finger stood for Jupiter, and the area at its base was known as the Mount of Jupiter.
The second, Saturn, the mount at its root being the Mount of Saturn.
The second, Saturn, has its base on the Mountain of Saturn.
The third, the Sun, the mount below being the Mount of the Sun.
The third, the Sun, the mountain below being the Sun Mountain.
The fourth, Mercury, the mount at its base being called the Mount of Mercury.
The fourth is Mercury, and the mount at its base is called the Mount of Mercury.
The thumb is sacred to Venus, and the root of the thumb is called the Mount of Venus.
The thumb is sacred to Venus, and the base of the thumb is known as the Mount of Venus.
It will also be seen that the planet Mars (although no finger is dedicated to it) is twice represented in the hand, along the side of the palm by the Mount of Mars, and in the palm, between the Line of Life and the Line of the Head, which is called the Plain of Mars.
It will also be noticed that the planet Mars (even though no finger is dedicated to it) is shown twice on the hand, along the side of the palm by the Mount of Mars, and in the palm, between the Line of Life and the Line of the Head, which is called the Plain of Mars.
The Moon is only represented by the Mount of the Moon, at the lower part of the palm on the opposite side of the hand to the thumb.
The Moon is only shown by the Mount of the Moon, located at the bottom part of the palm on the side opposite the thumb.
When these mounts are well in their places, and clearly but not too strongly defined, they give the qualities of the planet they represent; but when any mount is not well marked, or even, as frequently happens, is quite deficient, there is a want of the qualities shown to exist where the mount is clearly defined. If the mounts are not only ill-defined, but represented by a cavity, that cavity would indicate the existence of qualities which are the reverse of those indicated by the mount; whereas an exceeding development would denote an excess of the qualities given by the mount.
When these mounts are properly positioned and clearly but not overly defined, they reflect the qualities of the planet they signify; however, if any mount is poorly defined, or, as often occurs, is completely lacking, it shows a deficiency in the qualities normally associated with a clearly defined mount. If the mounts are not just poorly defined but are represented by a dip, that dip would suggest the presence of qualities that contradict those indicated by the mount; on the other hand, an excessive development would signal an overabundance of the qualities suggested by the mount.
Thus the Mount of Jupiter, which is immediately under the index finger, when fairly developed, indicates noble ambition, will-power, love of nature, kindliness, generosity, religion and happy marriage. When in excess—that is, when the mount is so large as to invade that next it—the Mount of Saturn—it gives superstition, exaggerated pride and domineering self-assertion. The total absence of this mount (which is sometimes, but rarely, seen) indicates coldness, selfishness, irreligion and that want of dignity which is produced by the utter absence of self-respect.
Thus, the Mount of Jupiter, which is right below the index finger, when well-developed, points to noble ambition, strong will, a love for nature, kindness, generosity, religious beliefs, and a happy marriage. When it becomes too prominent—that is, when the mount is so large that it encroaches upon the adjacent Mount of Saturn—it can indicate superstition, excessive pride, and a domineering attitude. The complete absence of this mount (which is sometimes, but rarely, observed) signifies coldness, selfishness, a lack of religious belief, and a lack of dignity that stems from a total absence of self-respect.
The Mount of Saturn is found immediately beneath the second finger, which the ancients assigned to Saturn, the planet of Fatality. Saturn gives extreme misfortune, or extreme good fortune, according to the development of the mount and the signs and lines to be seen upon it, and the course of the Saturnian Line, or Line of Fate (of which we will speak further on), in the palm of the hand. This mount also denotes a tendency to occult science. Those born specially under the influence of Saturn are timid, lovers of solitude, and very seldom marry, but are very persistent in their affections when they do love.
The Mount of Saturn is located right under the index finger, which the ancients associated with Saturn, the planet of fate. Saturn can bring either great misfortune or great good luck, depending on how well-developed the mount is and the signs and lines visible on it, as well as the path of the Saturnian Line, or Line of Fate (which we will discuss further on), on the palm. This mount also indicates a tendency towards the occult. People born under the influence of Saturn tend to be shy, prefer solitude, and rarely marry, but when they do love, they are very devoted in their affections.
Saturn, when well developed, gives prudence, wisdom and, to a certain extent, success; when in excess it gives sadness, taciturnity, asceticism, dread of the after-life and yet, sometimes, a predisposition to suicide. The total absence of the mount indicates an insignificant existence.
Saturn, when well developed, provides caution, insight, and, to some extent, success; when overemphasized, it leads to melancholy, silence, self-denial, fear of what comes after death, and, at times, a tendency toward suicide. The complete lack of the mount suggests a trivial existence.
The Mount of the Sun is placed at the root of the third finger, which was sacred to the Sun; when this mount is well developed it indicates love of art and literature, which shows itself (according to temperament) in poetry, painting, sculpture, or music; it gives also religion of the æsthetic, tolerant sort, grace, riches and celebrity; in excess it gives love of show, frivolity and vaingloriousness. The total absence of the mount means a thoroughly material existence; absence of all taste for art—a life without colour, a day without sunlight.
The Mount of the Sun is located at the base of the third finger, which was dedicated to the Sun; when this mount is well-defined, it signifies a love for art and literature, expressed (depending on the individual's temperament) through poetry, painting, sculpture, or music. It also brings a sense of aesthetic religion, tolerance, grace, wealth, and fame; however, in excess, it can lead to a desire for showiness, triviality, and vanity. A complete absence of this mount indicates a purely material existence; a lack of appreciation for art—a life devoid of color, a day without sunlight.
The Mount of Mercury is found at the base of the fourth finger, and, when well defined, indicates intelligence, success in science and in occult studies, the love of work and activity, both of mind and body and eloquence; in excess it gives impudence, theft and falsehood: absence of the mount indicates no aptitude for science, no intellectuality—a negative existence. Of course, should the Mount of the Sun be well defined, the last quality would be overridden by the success which that indicates.
The Mount of Mercury is located at the base of the fourth finger and, when well-defined, shows intelligence, success in science and esoteric studies, a love for work and activity, both mental and physical, and eloquence. However, if it's overly pronounced, it can lead to impudence, theft, and dishonesty. If the mount is absent, it indicates a lack of aptitude for science and intellectual ability—a negative existence. Naturally, if the Mount of the Sun is well-defined, it would overshadow the negative qualities indicated by the absence of the Mount of Mercury.
The Mount of Mars is at the side of the hand opposite the thumb, just below the Mount of Mercury, and, when well developed, indicates courage, ardour and resolution; in excess it gives cruelty, anger, revenge and tyranny: the absence of the mount gives cowardice and want of self-command.
The Mount of Mars is located on the palm opposite the thumb, just below the Mount of Mercury. When it's well-developed, it suggests courage, passion, and determination; when overdeveloped, it can indicate cruelty, anger, revenge, and tyranny. If the mount is absent, it signifies cowardice and a lack of self-control.
The Mount of the Moon is found immediately below that of Mars, and, when well developed, gives imagination of the dreamy, sentimental order, gentle melancholy and love of solitude; in excess it gives morbid melancholy, caprice and fantastic imagination: the absence of the mount indicates want of poetry in the nature, positivism.
The Mount of the Moon is located directly below that of Mars, and when it's well developed, it suggests a dreamy, sentimental character, gentle melancholy, and a love for solitude; when it's excessive, it leads to morbid melancholy, unpredictability, and a fanciful imagination: the absence of this mount indicates a lack of poetry in one's nature, showing a more realistic or pragmatic approach.
The Mount of Venus, which is formed by the root of the thumb, indicates, when fairly developed, love of the beautiful, melody in music, the desire of pleasing and sensuous tenderness; in excess it gives love of material pleasures, coquetry, inconstancy and (when other signs, afterwards to be explained, are also seen in the hand) extreme sensuality.
The Mount of Venus, located at the base of the thumb, when well-developed, signifies a love for beauty, appreciation of music, a desire to please, and sensual tenderness; when overly pronounced, it can indicate a love for material pleasures, flirtatiousness, inconsistency, and (when accompanied by other signs that will be explained later) extreme sensuality.
Each planet has a special influence over certain parts of the body. Jupiter governs the head and lungs; Saturn, the spleen and ears; the Sun, heart, eyes and arms; Mercury, the liver and legs; Mars, the head and throat; the Moon and Venus, the lower parts of the body. Any excess in the length or size of the fingers or mounts argues a tendency to disease in the organs represented by that finger or mount. When a mount is—instead of being high—broad and full, it gives the same indications as if it were high; if much covered with lines it shows an overabundance of the quality of the mount, and is equal to an excess of height. One deep perpendicular line upon a mount is a fortunate sign; two show danger of too great force of the quality; and three give misfortune arising from excess of the qualities of the mount. Crossway lines on the mount always denote obstacles. Some old Italian writers affirm that fine cross lines on a mount signify wounds to that part of the body over which the mount on which they are seen has influence.
Each planet has a unique effect on specific parts of the body. Jupiter influences the head and lungs; Saturn affects the spleen and ears; the Sun governs the heart, eyes, and arms; Mercury relates to the liver and legs; Mars impacts the head and throat; while the Moon and Venus pertain to the lower parts of the body. If the fingers or mounts are excessively long or large, it suggests a risk of illness in the organs associated with that finger or mount. When a mount is broad and full instead of elevated, it indicates similar signs as if it were high; if it is heavily lined, it signifies an overabundance of that mount's quality, akin to having too much height. One deep vertical line on a mount is a positive indication; two signal a risk of excessive force of that quality; and three suggest misfortune due to an excess of the qualities of the mount. Intersecting lines on the mount symbolize obstacles. Some old Italian authors claim that fine intersecting lines on a mount indicate injuries to the body part that the mount influences.
The mounts are often irregularly placed. If one should lean towards the other, it absorbs some of the qualities of the mount which it invades.
The mounts are often unevenly positioned. If one leans toward the other, it takes on some of the characteristics of the mount it encroaches upon.
CHAPTER XVII.
Lifeline
The ancient Chiromancists divided the Line of Life into ten compartments (see plate), each representing ten years of life, and thus they were enabled to prognosticate at what date in the life the illnesses or dangers indicated by the form or colour of the line would be likely to happen. This plate is copied from one in the Sieur de Peruchio's interesting work, La Chiromance, published in Paris in 1657.
The ancient palm readers split the Line of Life into ten sections (see plate), with each section representing ten years of life. This allowed them to predict when the illnesses or dangers indicated by the shape or color of the line were likely to occur. This plate is reproduced from one in Sieur de Peruchio's fascinating book, La Chiromance, published in Paris in 1657.
It will be noticed that the mounts are here indicated by the astrological symbols of the various planets they represent, Mars being placed on the Plain of Mars, and again on the Mount of Mars, which, as we have already seen, lies immediately below the Mount of Mercury, It will also be seen that the signs of the zodiac are also represented on the hand: Aries (March), which begins the astrological year, is placed at the base of the hand, close to the Mount of Venus; Taurus (April) is on the Mount of Venus; Gemini (May) is at the base of the Mount of Jupiter. These represent the spring-tide of the year, and also of life: therefore they are placed on and near Venus, which planet represents happiness and enjoyment. The signs Cancer (June), Leo (July) and Virgo (August) represent the second age, which is given to the accumulation of riches and honours: so these signs appear on the finger of Jupiter. In the third age a person is supposed to enter upon the enjoyment of dignities, therefore Libra (September), Scorpio (October) and Sagittarius (November) are on the third finger, that of the Sun, which is supposed to accord position and reputation. The last months of the astrological year are thus placed: Capricornus (December) is beneath the Mount of the Sun; Aquarius (January) is on the upper part of the Mount of the Moon; and Pisces (February) will be seen at the base of the Mount.
It will be noted that the mounts are indicated here by the astrological symbols of the various planets they represent, with Mars located on the Plain of Mars and also on the Mount of Mars, which, as we have already seen, is just below the Mount of Mercury. It will also be observed that the zodiac signs are represented on the hand: Aries (March), marking the start of the astrological year, is at the base of the hand near the Mount of Venus; Taurus (April) is on the Mount of Venus; Gemini (May) is at the base of the Mount of Jupiter. These signs represent the spring season of the year and of life, which is why they are placed on and close to Venus, the planet of happiness and enjoyment. The signs Cancer (June), Leo (July), and Virgo (August) denote the second stage of life, which focuses on the accumulation of wealth and honor, so these signs appear on the finger of Jupiter. In the third stage, a person is thought to begin enjoying titles and accolades; thus, Libra (September), Scorpio (October), and Sagittarius (November) are on the third finger, that of the Sun, which is believed to confer status and reputation. The final months of the astrological year are situated as follows: Capricorn (December) is beneath the Mount of the Sun; Aquarius (January) is on the upper section of the Mount of the Moon; and Pisces (February) is seen at the base of the Mount.
When the Line of Life is long, well-formed, slightly coloured and goes all round the thumb, it indicates a long life and free from serious illness; but when the line is wide and pale in colour, it indicates bad health; when it is short, it means early death.
When the Line of Life is long, well-defined, slightly colorful, and wraps around the thumb, it suggests a long life without serious illness; however, if the line is wide and pale, it signals poor health; and when it is short, it indicates an early death.
If the Line of Life is broken on one hand, but is marked in a continuous line on the other, these signs indicate an illness of a very serious nature; but if the broken line should appear in both hands, it means death at the epoch corresponding with the place on the line where the break occurs. When the Line of Life is not clearly defined, but is formed by a sort of chain of small lines, it indicates continuous small illnesses.
If the Line of Life is broken on one hand but shows a continuous line on the other, these signs indicate a very serious illness; however, if the line appears broken on both hands, it signifies death at the point on the line where the break happens. When the Line of Life isn't clearly defined but appears as a chain of small lines, it suggests ongoing minor illnesses.
When the Line of Life, instead of starting from the side of the hand, takes its rise in the Mount of Jupiter, which is sometimes, but rarely, the case, it indicates a life of successful ambition, honours and celebrity—qualities given by the influence of Jupiter.
When the Line of Life starts from the Mount of Jupiter instead of the side of the hand, which is uncommon but does happen, it signifies a life filled with ambition, success, recognition, and fame—traits influenced by Jupiter.
If the Line of Life joins the Line of the Heart and the Line of the Head, it indicates grave misfortune or violent death, by which the ancients probably meant to infer that when the heart and the head are dominated by merely vital instincts, the life is menaced by misfortune, but, when the Line of Life is very far from the Line of Head, it indicates a life that accomplishes its course without much intelligence; so also if the Line of Life is very far from the Line of Heart, it indicates a life without love.
If the Life Line connects with the Heart Line and the Head Line, it suggests serious misfortune or a violent death. The ancients probably meant to imply that when both the heart and head are driven solely by basic instincts, life is at risk of misfortune. However, if the Life Line is very far from the Head Line, it shows a life that goes through its path without much thought; similarly, if the Life Line is very far from the Heart Line, it indicates a life lacking love.
When the Line of Life is bi-forked at its termination, near the wrist, it means a total change in the way of life towards its close and, should one of the branches tend towards the Mount of the Moon, it indicates madness towards the end of existence. A double Line of Life is sometimes, but rarely, seen: this indicates excess of health and long life and also success in a military career. This line is sometimes called the Line of Mars. To a woman it indicates success in love. Three stars inside the line, but so close to it as to be almost on it, show that the subject will be much loved of men or women as the sex will determine, but that these signs will bring distress.
When the Line of Life splits at the end, close to the wrist, it signals a major life change as it comes to an end, and if one of the branches points towards the Mount of the Moon, it suggests madness in the later stages of life. A double Line of Life is seen occasionally; this indicates exceptional health, longevity, and success in a military career. This line is sometimes referred to as the Line of Mars. For a woman, it signifies success in love. Three stars positioned very close to the line indicate that the person will be greatly loved by men or women, depending on the sex, but such affection will bring distress.
A circle on the Line of Life shows loss of an eye or disease of the eye at the period at which it appears on the line. If two circles appear the person will become blind. If the Line of Life terminates with many small lines it means slight illnesses towards the close of life.
A circle on the Line of Life indicates the loss of an eye or an eye disease at the time it occurs on the line. If two circles appear, the person may go blind. If the Line of Life ends with several small lines, it suggests minor illnesses in the later years of life.
A woman having two crosses on the upper part of the Line of Life is sensuous and immodest. A line going from the Line of Life and terminating with an island on the Mount of Jupiter shows lung disease or pleurisy at the time where such line starts. If at the end of the Line of Life, towards the wrist, there is a small triangle, it denotes loquacity and falsehood; but with a good Line of Head and Heart, tact and eloquence.
A woman with two crosses on the upper part of the Life Line is sensual and immodest. A line extending from the Life Line and ending in an island on the Mount of Jupiter indicates lung disease or pleurisy at the point where the line begins. If there's a small triangle at the end of the Life Line, near the wrist, it suggests talkativeness and deceit; however, with a good Head Line and Heart Line, it shows tact and eloquence.
When the Line of Life throws branches upwards towards the Plain of Mars it means that, after long struggles, riches and honours will be acquired in old age. A line upwards from the Line of Life to the Mount of Jupiter shows success by the subject's own merits. This often makes its appearance quite suddenly.
When the Life Line branches up towards the Plain of Mars, it means that after long struggles, wealth and recognition will come in old age. A line going up from the Life Line to the Mount of Jupiter indicates success earned through the person’s own efforts. This often appears quite suddenly.
A black spot on the Line of Life indicates an illness or some misfortune which affects the health. Lines going from the base of the thumb across the Mount of Venus and cutting the Line of Life denote illness from money worries if they stop at the Line of Head; and from heart troubles if they go direct to the Line of Heart. A line going from the Line of Life straight to the Mount of Saturn indicates accident from a four-footed beast. A line going from the Mount of Venus to the Line of Heart and terminating with a fork shows separation after marriage.[17] When this is seen, in conjunction with an island on the line of Fate, it has a worse indication—that of adultery and divorce. One deep line going from the joint of the thumb across the Mount of Venus and just cutting the Line of Life indicates a deep heart sorrow from the death or faithlessness of someone much loved.
A black spot on the Life Line shows an illness or some misfortune that affects health. Lines extending from the base of the thumb across the Mount of Venus and crossing the Life Line indicate health issues from financial stress if they end at the Head Line; and from heart issues if they continue directly to the Heart Line. A line going straight from the Life Line to the Mount of Saturn suggests an accident involving a four-legged animal. A line from the Mount of Venus to the Heart Line that ends in a fork indicates separation after marriage. When this is seen along with an island on the Fate Line, it carries a worse implication—adultery and divorce. One prominent line extending from the thumb joint across the Mount of Venus and just cutting the Life Line indicates deep heartache from the death or betrayal of someone deeply loved.
CHAPTER XVIII.
THE HEART LINE AND HEAD LINE
The Line of Heart is placed immediately beneath the mounts at the root of each finger. This line, when clear, straight and well coloured, rising in the Mount of Jupiter and extending to the outer edge of the hand, signifies that its possessor has a good heart capable of strong affection. If, instead of commencing on the Mount of Jupiter, it does not take its rise till the Mount of Saturn, then the love will, in that nature, be rather of a sensual character. The Line of Heart sometimes stretches across the whole of the hand; such a line announces a too great amount of tenderness—a passionate and blind devotion in affection.
The Line of Heart is located just below the mounts at the base of each finger. When this line is clear, straight, and well-defined, starting from the Mount of Jupiter and extending to the outer edge of the hand, it indicates that the person has a kind heart capable of deep affection. However, if the line begins on the Mount of Saturn instead, it suggests that the love will tend to be more sensual in nature. Sometimes, the Line of Heart stretches across the entire hand; such a line signals excessive tenderness—a passionate and blind devotion in love.
When the Line of Heart is broken in several places, it means inconstancy, both in love and friendship. Should the breaks be seen immediately beneath the Mount of Saturn, it indicates a tragic end to the love; if beneath the Mount of the Sun, by pride;[18] but if between the Mount of Saturn and the Mount of the Sun, the heart-break will be occasioned by folly; if between the Mounts of Apollo and Mercury, by cupidity—the desire to make a better marriage in a worldly point of view; if the break occurs immediately beneath the Mount of Mercury, the evil issue of the love will be from caprice.
When the Line of Heart is broken in several places, it signifies inconsistency in both love and friendship. If the breaks appear right below the Mount of Saturn, it suggests a tragic ending to the relationship; if beneath the Mount of the Sun, it’s due to pride; [18] but if it’s between the Mount of Saturn and the Mount of the Sun, the heartbreak will come from foolishness; if it’s between the Mounts of Apollo and Mercury, it stems from greed—the desire to secure a better marriage from a practical standpoint; if the break is right beneath the Mount of Mercury, the unfortunate outcome of the love will arise from whim.
When the Line of the Heart appears in the form of the links of a chain instead of in one clear line, it indicates inconstancy and indecision—a tendency towards a series of amourettes rather than to a high and serious affection. If it goes round to the percussion of the hand it indicates jealousy.
When the Line of the Heart appears as links in a chain instead of a single clear line, it suggests inconsistency and indecision—a tendency toward a series of flings rather than a deep and serious love. If it curves around to the hand's percussion, it indicates jealousy.
The Line of Heart of a deep red colour indicates a power of love ardent even to violence; but when, on the contrary, the Line of Heart is pale and wide, it is an indication of coldness of temperament.
The Line of Heart, in a deep red color, shows a passionate love that can even become violent; however, if the Line of Heart is pale and wide, it suggests a cold temperament.
When, at its starting-point, the Line of Heart is seen to turn round the base of the Mount of Jupiter somewhat in the form of a circle, it is what the ancient Chiromancists called "Solomon's Ring," and indicates an aptitude for the occult sciences. If the Line of Heart joins the Line of Life between the thumb and forefinger, it is a sign (if the mark is in both hands) of a violent death; if only in one, of a serious, but not fatal, illness connected with the heart.
When the Line of Heart starts off by curving around the base of the Mount of Jupiter in a somewhat circular shape, it's what the ancient palmists referred to as "Solomon's Ring," and shows a talent for the occult sciences. If the Line of Heart connects with the Line of Life between the thumb and forefinger, it’s a sign (if the mark is present in both hands) of a violent death; if it's only in one hand, it indicates a serious, but not fatal, heart-related illness.
Should the Line of Heart droop towards the Line of Head and touch it, it is a sign of coldness in the affections: the instincts of the heart are swayed by worldly considerations. Red punctures on the Line of Heart mean as many wounds in the affections as there are spots. White spots, on the contrary, show the persons of the opposite sex who, at some time of the subject's life, have given him, or her, a strong love. Should the spot be at the beginning of the line, above the Mount of Venus, the person will have the appearance and qualities given by that planet; if under the Mount of Jupiter he would be a Jupiterian; if under Saturn he would have the appearance and character of a Saturnian; under the Sun of a Sun person; if under Mercury the appearance and character would be those of a Mercurian; if near the side of the hand, of Mars; and if quite at the percussion of the hand, the qualities and physical appearance given by the Moon would describe the person.
If the Line of Heart slopes down towards the Line of Head and touches it, it indicates a lack of warmth in emotions: the heart's instincts are influenced by practical matters. Red marks on the Line of Heart represent as many emotional wounds as there are spots. White spots, on the other hand, signify individuals of the opposite sex who, at some point in the person's life, have provided strong love. If the spot is at the beginning of the line, above the Mount of Venus, the person will embody the traits associated with that planet; if below the Mount of Jupiter, they would be Jupiter-like; if under Saturn, they would reflect qualities of a Saturn individual; under the Sun, they'd have the traits of a Sun person; if under Mercury, they would show characteristics of a Mercurial; if near the side of the hand, qualities of Mars; and if right at the wrist of the hand, the attributes and physical traits attributed to the Moon would define the person.
If, on starting, the Line of Heart is bi-forked and one branch of the fork rises towards the Mount of Jupiter, it indicates great happiness of a glorious nature; but if the other branch stops between the finger of Jupiter and that of Saturn, it is merely negative happiness—a life passed without great misfortunes. When a hand (but this is rare) is entirely without the Line of Heart it indicates an iron will, wickedness and cruelty, unless the Ring of Venus is deep and goes towards the Mount of Mercury, in which case it would supply the place of the Line of Heart.
If, at the start, the Line of Heart splits into two and one part goes up towards the Mount of Jupiter, it means great happiness of a remarkable kind; but if the other part stops between the finger of Jupiter and the finger of Saturn, it only signifies a basic happiness—a life lived without major misfortunes. When a hand (though this is uncommon) completely lacks the Line of Heart, it suggests a strong will, evil, and cruelty, unless the Ring of Venus is deep and points towards the Mount of Mercury, in which case it would take the place of the Line of Heart.
The Line of the Head rises between the Line of Life and the Mount of Jupiter and, when it is long and clear, it denotes a sound judgment, good memory and masterly intellect; but it must not extend across the hand in a straight line, as that signifies a disposition to avarice, or at any rate of extreme economy, because unless corrected by a rich Line of Heart, it would indicate an excess of calculation in the character.
The Line of the Head sits between the Line of Life and the Mount of Jupiter, and when it is long and clear, it shows good judgment, a strong memory, and a brilliant intellect. However, it shouldn’t cross the hand in a straight line, as that suggests a tendency towards greed or, at the very least, extreme frugality. Unless balanced by a robust Line of Heart, it would indicate an overemphasis on calculation in a person's character.
If the Line of Head is long, but droops towards the Mountain of the Moon, it signifies ideality in excess. Life and its numerous duties and cares will be considered from an artistic and unreal point of view, for the Mount of the Moon, it will be remembered, represents imagination in excess, romanticism and superstition; and if the Line of the Head droops very low to the Mount of the Moon, it indicates more than superstition—it is then mysticism.
If the Head Line is long but curves down toward the Moon Mount, it means there's too much idealism. Life and its many responsibilities will be viewed through an artistic and unrealistic lens, since the Moon Mount symbolizes excessive imagination, romantic ideals, and superstition. If the Head Line dips significantly toward the Moon Mount, it suggests something beyond superstition—it's mysticism.
If, instead of drooping towards the Mount of the Moon, the Line of Head rises towards the mounts at its close, the intellect will partake of the qualities of that mount towards which it rises: thus, if it rises beneath the Mount of Mercury, the intellect will be employed successfully in affairs or on the stage; if towards the Sun, in art and literature.
If, instead of sloping down toward the Mount of the Moon, the Line of Head rises towards the mounts at its end, the intellect will inherit the qualities of the mount it reaches: for example, if it rises under the Mount of Mercury, the intellect will succeed in business or on stage; if it rises towards the Sun, in art and literature.
The Line of the Head pale-coloured and wide indicates a want of intelligence; so also does a very short line, only extending half-way across the hand. This is often seen in persons of medium intellect.
The Line of the Head, which is pale and wide, suggests a lack of intelligence; similarly, a very short line that only goes halfway across the hand is often found in people of average intellect.
The Line of the Head broken in two immediately under the Mount of Saturn means, where the sign is on both hands, death on the scaffold, or at least, a fatal wound on the head. When this sign appears in only one hand (no matter which), it indicates a probability of madness from an unfortunate passion, or a broken limb, or a blow, but not fatal, on the head. When it is broken under the Mount of the Sun it shows injury to the right arm or, in a very artistic hand, illness from over-strain of the mental powers.
The broken Line of the Head just below the Mount of Saturn means that when the sign appears on both hands, it indicates a death by hanging or at least a deadly injury to the head. If this sign shows up on only one hand (regardless of which one), it suggests a likelihood of madness from a bad passion, a broken limb, or a non-fatal blow to the head. When it’s broken under the Mount of the Sun, it points to an injury to the right arm or, in a very artistic hand, illness from overworking the mind.
If the Line of the Head is long, thin and not deeply marked, it shows infidelity and treachery. If, towards its close, it mounts suddenly to the Line of the Heart, it signifies early death.
If the Line of the Head is long, thin, and not very pronounced, it indicates infidelity and betrayal. If it suddenly rises toward the Line of the Heart near the end, it suggests early death.
When the Line of Head is cut by a number of small hair lines, it indicates continuous nervous headaches; a cross in the middle of the line is a sign of approaching death, or of a mortal wound.
When the Line of Head is crossed by several tiny hairline cuts, it suggests ongoing nervous headaches; a cross in the center of the line signifies impending death or a serious injury.
When the Line of the Head is not joined to the Line of Life at its starting-point, it indicates self-confidence and impulsiveness, jealousy and that sort of untruth which springs from exaggeration of facts, from over-impressionability. With the planets of Mars and Jupiter in excess, the Line of Head separate from the Line of Life gives audacity and enthusiasm and, therefore, success.
When the Head Line isn’t connected to the Life Line at its starting point, it shows self-confidence and impulsiveness, jealousy, and a kind of untruth that comes from exaggerating facts and being overly impressionable. With an abundance of Mars and Jupiter, the Head Line being separate from the Life Line brings boldness and enthusiasm, leading to success.
If large, round, red spots are seen on the Line of Head, they indicate so many wounds on the head; whilst white spots on the Line of the Head indicate as many successes in literature as there are spots to be seen.
If large, round, red spots are found on the Line of Head, they suggest many injuries to the head; while white spots on the Line of the Head suggest as many achievements in literature as there are spots visible.
A star on the Line of Head means a wound on the head, or madness if the line droops much to the Mount of the Moon, and the star appears at its termination.
A star on the Head Line indicates a head injury or insanity if the line significantly dips toward the Mount of the Moon, with the star appearing at its end.
A sister (or double line) of Head is rarely seen; but if it appears it is a sure sign of fortune by inheritance.
A sister (or double line) of Head is rarely seen; but if it appears, it’s a sure sign of fortune through inheritance.
CHAPTER XIX.
THE SATURNIAN LINE
When the Saturnian Line starts from the wrist, exactly below the finger of Saturn, and goes in a direct line to it, cutting through the mount, but stopping at the root of the finger, it is a sign of a life of extreme happiness. If the line goes toward the mount of Jupiter, this happiness is the result of a marriage bringing both riches and love. If the Saturnian Line stops short at the Line of Head, it is misfortune in affairs through a false calculation; or, taken in conjunction with a troubled Line of Life, it would mean a physical brain affection.
When the Saturn line starts from the wrist, directly underneath the finger of Saturn, and travels straight to it, cutting through the mount but stopping at the base of the finger, it indicates a life filled with extreme happiness. If the line points toward the mount of Jupiter, this happiness comes from a marriage that brings both wealth and love. If the Saturn line ends before reaching the Head line, it signifies misfortune in matters due to a miscalculation; or, if combined with a troubled Life line, it could suggest a physical issue related to the brain.
If the Saturnian Line is straight and well-coloured at its termination—that is, as it nears the finger of Saturn—it indicates happiness and success in old age, however troubled the life may have been before. If this line only starts from the Line of Head, it denotes poverty and stupidity.
If the Saturnian Line is straight and vibrant at its end—that is, as it gets close to the finger of Saturn—it suggests happiness and success in old age, no matter how difficult life may have been before. If this line only begins from the Line of Head, it indicates poverty and a lack of intelligence.
The age, on the Saturnian Line, is counted from the wrist upwards; from the wrist to the Line of Head chiromancists count thirty-five years,[19] from the Line of Head to the Line of Heart fifteen years; and from the Line of Heart to the root of the finger are the remaining years of Life.
The age, on the Saturnian Line, is measured from the wrist up; from the wrist to the Line of Head palm readers count thirty-five years,[19] from the Line of Head to the Line of Heart fifteen years; and from the Line of Heart to the base of the finger are the remaining years of Life.
If the Saturnian Line is broken and irregular, it means trouble and worry in life; and according to whether these breaks occur on the Line of Head or on the Line of Heart, so will the troubles be of the head or heart—troubles arising from affairs or from the affections. If the Line of Life be irregular, denoting uncertain health, these troubles may be physical evils to the heart or head.
If the Saturnian Line is broken and uneven, it indicates problems and concerns in life; and depending on whether these breaks appear on the Head Line or the Heart Line, the issues will relate to the mind or emotional matters—issues stemming from work or relationships. If the Life Line is uneven, suggesting uncertain health, these troubles may manifest as physical issues related to the heart or head.
Short Lines crossing the Saturnian show vexations in either the affairs or in love-matters. A downward branch from the Saturnian going towards the Moon shows sorrow from the death or treachery of a woman. This is the same whether it be on a man's or a woman's hand.
Short lines crossing the Saturn line indicate troubles in either personal or romantic matters. A downward line extending from Saturn towards the Moon signifies grief from the death or betrayal of a woman. This holds true for both men's and women's hands.
If the Saturnian Line is twisted in a sort of spiral at the starting-point, but yet the upper part of it goes in a clear, direct line to the Mount of Saturn, and cuts through it to the root of the finger without penetrating beyond, it indicates a troubled and anxious youth, followed by riches and good fortune in middle age. If the twisted line continues and crosses the Line of the Head and the Line of the Heart, the troubles will continue until old age, and the good fortune be only quite at the close of life. A triangle, or small island, at the commencement of the line, shows death of the father or mother in early childhood.
If the Saturnian Line is coiled like a spiral at the beginning, but the upper part runs straight to the Mount of Saturn and cuts through to the base of the finger without going further, it suggests a challenging and anxious youth, followed by wealth and good fortune in middle age. If the twisted line continues and crosses the Line of the Head and the Line of the Heart, the difficulties will persist until old age, and the good fortune will only come near the end of life. A triangle or small island at the start of the line indicates the death of a parent during early childhood.
If the Mount of Saturn is much wrinkled, and the Saturnian Line cuts through it, and is of a deep-red colour, and mounts as high as the third joint of the finger of Saturn, it indicates a violent and disgraceful end—death on the gallows. Upward lines from the Saturnian Line mean events of happy omen either in the affections or affairs at the age shown on the line; downward lines have the reverse signification.
If the Mount of Saturn has a lot of wrinkles, and the Saturn Line cuts through it, and is deep red in color, and reaches as high as the third joint of the finger, it suggests a violent and shameful end—death by hanging. Upward lines from the Saturn Line indicate positive events related to love or business at the age marked on the line; downward lines have the opposite meaning.
There are some hands in which the Saturnian Line is very faintly indicated and, when this is the case, it signifies an uneventful, insignificant existence. The Esquimaux, for example, who live in a wretched climate, and live hard, unlovely lives, have absolutely, some of them, no Saturnian Line in their hands; and M. Serres, a famous French anthropologist, asserts that this line (which he calls the Caucasian Line) is only to be found in the hands of the white races; whilst M. Desbarrolles, another French writer on this subject, goes farther, and affirms that, among persons condemned to a dry, unintellectual vegetative life, even among the white races, the Saturnian Line is often found entirely wanting.
There are some hands where the Saturnian Line is very faintly marked, and when this happens, it indicates a bland, unremarkable life. For instance, the Eskimos, who live in harsh climates and endure difficult, unappealing lives, have absolutely, some of them, no Saturnian Line in their hands; and M. Serres, a well-known French anthropologist, claims that this line (which he refers to as the Caucasian Line) is only seen in the hands of white races; while M. Desbarrolles, another French author on this topic, goes even further and asserts that among people leading a dry, unthinking, vegetative existence, even among white races, the Saturnian Line is often completely absent.
The Saturnian Line is one of great importance, for it corrects and modifies the significations both of the lines and of the mounts.
The Saturnian Line is very important because it clarifies and alters the meanings of both the lines and the mounts.
A double Saturnian Line, which is sometimes, but very rarely, seen, indicates great moral corruption and physical infirmities, brought about by abuse of material pleasures. A cross upon the line shows a change of position or a crisis in the affections at the age indicated by its position on the line. A star on the line shows disaster at the date at which it appears.
A double Saturnian Line, which is sometimes, but very rarely, seen, indicates significant moral decline and physical weakness caused by the misuse of material pleasures. A cross on the line signifies a change in circumstances or a crisis in relationships at the age marked by its position on the line. A star on the line signals disaster at the time it appears.
Downward lines from the Line of Heart towards the Fate Line show heart sorrows at the period when they cross the line. Widowhood is indicated in this way if the Line of Fate breaks and shows a total change in the way of life immediately afterwards. It sometimes only means a death at the period when it crosses the Fate Line.
Downward lines from the Line of Heart towards the Fate Line indicate emotional pain at the time they intersect. If the Line of Fate breaks, it suggests widowhood and a significant change in lifestyle right after. Sometimes, it may just signify a death occurring when it crosses the Fate Line.
CHAPTER XX.
THE SUN LINE AND HEALTH LINE
The Line of the Sun takes its rise either in the Line of Life or from the Mount of the Moon, and, ascending, it traces a furrow in the Mount of the Sun, but stops at the root of the finger; it signifies, when straight and well defined, and taking the course we have described, celebrity in literature or art, whether in poetry, painting, sculpture, or music. The mounts decide in some measure which branch of art is preferred. With Venus large it would probably be music or painting; with the Moon much developed, poetry—or at any rate literature of an elevated kind. Those having the Line of Sun thus traced, even who are not artists by profession and whom destiny has placed in quite inartistic careers, will always have artistic tastes, eye for colour, ear for music, or a perception of beauty in form or in language. Where the line only begins in the Line of Heart the artistic feeling is only appreciative, not productive, but when it rises as low as the Mount of the Moon, it signifies creative power.
The Line of the Sun originates either from the Line of Life or from the Mount of the Moon, and as it rises, it creates a path on the Mount of the Sun, stopping at the base of the finger; when it is straight and clearly defined, following the course described, it signifies fame in literature or the arts, whether in poetry, painting, sculpture, or music. The mounts help determine which art form is favored. If Venus is prominent, it's likely music or painting; if the Moon is well-developed, it's probably poetry—or at least highbrow literature. Those who have the Line of the Sun marked like this, even if they aren’t professional artists and are in careers that seem unrelated to art, will still have artistic tastes, an eye for color, an ear for music, or a sense of beauty in form or language. If the line only starts at the Line of Heart, the artistic feeling is only appreciative, not creative, but if it rises as low as the Mount of the Moon, it represents creative power.
If the Line of the Sun subdivides, in traversing the Mount of the Sun, into several lines, it indicates a tendency to cultivate several branches of art, which prevents the success which generally crowns excess of artistic feeling when confined in its expression to one especial art; it also indicates too great a struggle after effect in art; it is more significative of the dilettante, or patron of art generally, than the artist pur et simple. When the Line of the Sun, in its upward course, is barred by several transverse lines, there are obstacles in the career of art; but if the line continues and marks a single deep furrow in the mount till it reaches the root of the finger, these obstacles will, in the end, be conquered and success, riches, honours and celebrity will be attained. In a hand where the Sun Line begins above the Head Line, the deep line at its close only means riches after fifty, and has nothing to do with art.
If the Line of the Sun splits while crossing the Mount of the Sun into multiple lines, it shows a tendency to pursue several branches of art, which hinders the success typically achieved when artistic expression is focused on one specific art form; it also indicates excessive striving for effect in art. This is more characteristic of the dilettante or general art patron than the artist pure and simple. When the Line of the Sun, while ascending, is interrupted by several transverse lines, it suggests obstacles in the art career; however, if the line continues and creates a single deep groove in the mount until it reaches the base of the finger, these challenges will ultimately be overcome, leading to success, wealth, honors, and fame. In a hand where the Sun Line starts above the Head Line, the deep line at its end only signifies wealth after the age of fifty and is unrelated to art.
The Line of Health, or, as it is sometimes called, the Line of the Liver, takes its rise at the wrist, near the Line of Life, and mounts in the direction of the Mount of Mercury. If it is well coloured and the line is not broken, it denotes good health, great power of memory and success in business pursuits; if the line becomes broken, or is forked at its close, before it reaches the mount, it indicates severe illness in old age. If this line starts from the Line of Life it is a sure sign of weakness of the heart's action. If the line is unequally coloured and gets redder as it crosses the Line of Head, it indicates a predisposition to apoplexy; if it stops suddenly on the Line of the Heart, a serious physical heart affection is likely.
The Line of Health, or sometimes known as the Line of the Liver, begins at the wrist, close to the Line of Life, and goes towards the Mount of Mercury. If it appears vibrant and is unbroken, it suggests good health, strong memory, and success in business; however, if the line is broken or forks near the end before reaching the mount, it signals the likelihood of serious illness in old age. If this line originates from the Line of Life, it's a definite sign of weak heart function. If the line has uneven coloring and turns redder as it crosses the Line of Head, it indicates a tendency towards stroke; if it suddenly ends on the Line of the Heart, it suggests a serious heart condition may be present.
The Line of Health sometimes takes a curved form on one hand, forming a sort of half-circle, from the Mount of the Moon to the Mount of Mercury. In this case it is called the Line of Presentiment and indicates vivid intuition, especially if Mercury is strong in his influence. When the Line of Health on both hands takes this form, it indicates mediumistic powers and powerful second sight. Should there be a long island at the starting-point, that is, near the Mount of the Moon in the Line of Presentiment, it indicates somnambulism.
The Line of Health sometimes curves on one hand, creating a half-circle shape from the Mount of the Moon to the Mount of Mercury. In this case, it's known as the Line of Presentiment and signifies strong intuition, especially if Mercury has a significant influence. When the Line of Health on both hands has this shape, it suggests mediumistic abilities and intense second sight. If there's a long island at the starting point, near the Mount of the Moon in the Line of Presentiment, it indicates sleepwalking.
When the Line of Health forms a large and distinct cross with the Line of Head, it shows a disposition for the study of occult science, but this is not the mystical cross which will be described farther on. An island on this line shows some internal illness at the date on which it appears on the line—that is, if before it reaches the Head Line, it would be before thirty-five; if after and between the Lines of Head and Heart, it would be between thirty-five and fifty; if later, during the remainder years of life. A twisted Liver Line is a sign of biliousness and indigestion; if it is of a red colour (as it frequently is where Mars is one of the ruling planets) it shows a tendency to feverish complaints.
When the Health Line crosses the Head Line in a big and clear way, it indicates an interest in studying occult sciences, but this isn't the mystical cross that will be discussed later. An island on this line suggests some internal health issues at the time it appears on the line—if it shows up before it reaches the Head Line, it would be before age thirty-five; if it appears between the Head and Heart Lines, it would be between thirty-five and fifty; if it shows up later, it would be during the remaining years of life. A twisted Liver Line indicates issues with bile and indigestion; if it has a red color (which is often the case when Mars is one of the ruling planets), it suggests a tendency toward fevers.
The Line of Health is sometimes, but rarely, accompanied by another line called the Milky Way; when this line commences side by side with the Line of Health and mounts with it in an unbroken line, towards the finger of Mercury, it signifies a long life of uninterrupted happiness. This line, which is sometimes called the Via Lasciva, gives ardour in love, because a super-abundance of health gives force to passion.
The Line of Health is occasionally, though infrequently, accompanied by another line known as the Milky Way; when this line starts alongside the Line of Health and rises with it in a continuous line toward the finger of Mercury, it indicates a long life filled with uninterrupted happiness. This line, sometimes referred to as the Via Lasciva, brings enthusiasm in love, as an abundance of health fuels passion.
CHAPTER XXI.
ON THE RING OF VENUS, THE LINES OF THE WRIST AND THE LETTER M CAN BE FOUND IN MOST HANDS.
The Ring of Venus seems to enclose, as in an island, the Mounts of Saturn and the Sun; this line is not seen in many hands and, when fully developed, signifies unbridled passion and debauchery of all kinds when, in conjunction with it, the Mount of Venus is strongly developed and marked with crossway lines.
The Ring of Venus seems to surround the Mounts of Saturn and the Sun like an island; this line isn’t found in many hands and, when fully formed, indicates boundless passion and all kinds of indulgence, especially when the Mount of Venus is well-developed and shows crossing lines.
If, with the signs mentioned above, the Ring of Venus is strongly marked, yet broken at its centre in both hands, it is a sign of eccentric and depraved passion; still, there are always modifications of these bad signs, and a very good Line of Head would, by bringing reason to bear upon passion, considerably mitigate the evil indications of the broken ring.
If the Ring of Venus is clearly visible but broken at its center on both hands, it indicates unusual and unhealthy passion. However, there are often nuances to these negative signs, and having a strong Line of Head can help to balance passion with reason, reducing the harmful effects of the broken ring.
When the Ring of Venus is seen on a hand where both the planets Venus and the Moon are strongly indicated and where it is traversed by innumerable fine lines, it is a true sign of an hysterical temperament.
When the Ring of Venus appears on a hand where both the planets Venus and the Moon are clearly marked and is crossed by countless fine lines, it’s a true indication of a hysterical temperament.
Sometimes the Ring of Venus will be seen to ascend and lose itself on the Mount of Mercury, leaving one end of the semicircle open, which mitigates, in some sort, the terribly strong instincts of voluptuousness indicated by this mark; but if, on the contrary, the semicircle, after extending itself to the Mount of Mercury, closes itself at the root of the finger, such a mark in the hand would indicate a terrible and absorbing power of passion, which would not hesitate at any means to secure its end.
Sometimes the Ring of Venus is seen rising and disappearing on the Mount of Mercury, leaving one end of the semicircle open, which somewhat softens the intense desires for pleasure indicated by this mark; however, if the semicircle extends to the Mount of Mercury and closes at the base of the finger, that mark on the hand would signal a powerful and overwhelming force of passion, willing to do whatever it takes to achieve its goals.
A line traced on the wrist is a sign of long life and, if there are three of these lines, as is sometimes seen, it forms the triple bracelet. These lines indicate, in Chiromancy, thirty years of life each and the three lines form what is called the magic bracelet, indicating long life, health and riches. If these lines are formed irregularly, like the links of a chain, and more especially if the first one—that next the hand—is so formed, it indicates a long life of labour, but acquiring ease and competency at its close. If a cross appears in the centre of the wrist, it indicates a rich heritage at the close of life.
A line traced on the wrist signifies a long life, and if there are three lines—something that can sometimes be seen—they create what’s known as the triple bracelet. In palmistry, these lines suggest thirty years of life each, and the three lines together represent the magic bracelet, symbolizing longevity, health, and wealth. If these lines are shaped irregularly, like links in a chain, especially if the first one—that next to the hand—is shaped this way, it means a long life filled with hard work, but with financial comfort and stability at the end. If a cross appears in the center of the wrist, it suggests a wealthy inheritance at the end of life.
When lines start upwards from the bracelet, and ascend towards the Mount of the Moon, they denote as many travels by land as there are lines. If a line starts from the wrist and, after traversing the Plain of Mars, goes to the Mount of the Sun, such a line presages riches and honours coming from royalty.
When lines rise from the bracelet and move up towards the Mount of the Moon, they indicate a number of land travels equal to the lines. If a line begins at the wrist and, after passing through the Plain of Mars, reaches the Mount of the Sun, this line predicts wealth and honors that will come from royalty.
When these travel lines go as high as the Line of Head and Heart, they denote journeys during which some person is met who influences either the fortunes or the affections, according to whether the line stops at the Line of Head or Heart.
When these travel lines reach the Line of Head and Heart, they indicate journeys where a person is encountered who impacts either one's fortunes or feelings, depending on whether the line ends at the Line of Head or the Line of Heart.
Lines lengthways on the Mount of the Moon mean sea-voyages; if these lines terminate with a star, it denotes shipwreck; if on both hands, death by drowning.
Lines running lengthwise on the Moon's surface indicate sea voyages; if these lines end with a star, it signifies shipwreck; if on both sides, it means death by drowning.
The letter M, formed more or less regularly in every hand by the Line of Life, the Line of Head and the Line of Heart, represents the three worlds—the material, the natural and the divine.
The letter M, shaped more or less consistently in every handwriting by the Line of Life, the Line of Head, and the Line of Heart, symbolizes the three realms—the material, the natural, and the divine.
The first, the Line of Life, surrounds Love and Generation, as represented by the thumb, which is, as we have seen, sacred to Venus—the material world, or world of sense—but the Mount of Venus may either degenerate love to vice, or perfectionate it to tenderness. With high instincts the Mount of Venus is a good quality, since, without it, all the other passions are hard and selfish.
The first line, the Line of Life, encompasses Love and Creation, symbolized by the thumb, which, as we've noted, is sacred to Venus—the physical world, or the world of senses—but the Mount of Venus can either turn love into vice or elevate it to tenderness. When connected to higher instincts, the Mount of Venus is a positive trait, since, without it, all the other emotions are harsh and self-centered.
The second line—the Line of the Head—stretches across the natural world; it traverses the Plain and the Mount of Mars, which represent the struggle of Love and Reason in existence—the natural world, life as it presents itself to most persons. There is in the hand the Plain of Mars and the Mount of Mars; both mean a struggle: the Mount is the struggle of resistance; the Plain of Mars (which is between the Lines of Head and Heart) is the struggle of aggression.
The second line—the Line of the Head—spans the natural world; it crosses the Plain and the Mount of Mars, symbolizing the conflict between Love and Reason in life—the natural world, as it appears to most people. In the hand, you find the Plain of Mars and the Mount of Mars; both signify a struggle: the Mount represents the struggle of resistance, while the Plain of Mars (which is situated between the Lines of Head and Heart) signifies the struggle of aggression.
The third line, that of the Heart, encloses the divine world, for it surrounds the mounts which represent Religion, Jupiter; Fate, Saturn; Art, the Sun; Science, Mercury; all of which are especially influenced by the astral light, or fluid, emanating from the planets.
The third line, the one of the Heart, surrounds the divine realm, as it encases the peaks that symbolize Religion, Jupiter; Fate, Saturn; Art, the Sun; Science, Mercury; all of which are notably affected by the astral light, or energy, coming from the planets.
According to the proportions—the relative proportions—which these three lines bear to one another, so the life is influenced by the three different worlds represented. Thus we have a hand in which material (sensual) pleasure dominates: the line of the material world enclosing a space greatly superior to that of the two others. It is needless to give further examples of these differences, for, after all, this matter is but a résumé of what has been said before about the power of correction which one line has over the others. Given a wide range to sensual pleasure in the hand, but a good and extensive Line of the Head, the former will be corrected by it, as reason dominates passion; or given the strong powers of sensuality, with a wide range to the divine world by the space occupied between the Line of Heart and the mounts, and again, religion, love of art and science, will correct and keep under extreme sensuality. In reading the hand, each line must be judged with reference to the others, and the hand must be considered in all its bearings, before an opinion on the tendencies it indicates can be arrived at with any degree of correctness.
According to the proportions—the relative proportions—of these three lines to each other, life is influenced by the three different worlds they represent. Thus, we have a hand where material (sensual) pleasure takes the lead: the line of the material world occupies a much larger space than the other two. There’s no need to provide more examples of these differences, as this is just a summary of what has been previously discussed about how one line can correct the others. If sensual pleasure is prominent in the hand, but there is also a strong and extensive Line of the Head, the former will be corrected by it, just as reason controls passion. Alternatively, if strong sensuality exists alongside a significant connection to the divine world indicated by the space between the Line of Heart and the mounts, then religion, love of art, and science will regulate and temper extreme sensuality. When reading the hand, each line must be evaluated in relation to the others, and the hand must be viewed in all its aspects, before a confident interpretation of the tendencies it suggests can be made.
CHAPTER XXII.
ABOUT CHANCE LINES; THAT IS, LINES THAT ARE SOMETIMES—BUT ONLY RARELY—VISIBLE ON ANY HAND
When two lines, starting from the Mount of Venus, join with a star on the Plain of Mars (see Plate 3, Fig. 1) it indicates two loves carried on at once and both having a disastrous issue.
When two lines, starting from the Mount of Venus, connect with a star on the Plain of Mars (see Plate 3, Fig. 1), it suggests that two loves are pursued simultaneously, both ending badly.
A square with spots at all four corners placed on the Mount of the Sun (see Fig. 2) shows danger by fire with preservation.
A square with spots at all four corners positioned on the Mount of the Sun (see Fig. 2) indicates danger from fire while still offering protection.
A line from the Mount of Mars going to the Mount of the Sun (see Fig. 3) indicates love of glory, desire to attain distinction in life. A person with this mark in his hand would be stimulated rather than intimidated by a large audience, and would have great success in addressing multitudes. This line is good for soldiers, orators and actors, as it shows force, energy and moral as well as physical courage.
A line from the Mountain of Mars to the Mountain of the Sun (see Fig. 3) indicates a love for glory and a desire to achieve distinction in life. A person with this mark on their hand would feel energized rather than scared by a big audience and would have significant success in speaking to large crowds. This line is favorable for soldiers, speakers, and actors as it represents strength, energy, and both moral and physical bravery.
The figure of the sign Aquarius when seen on the Mount of the Moon (see Fig. 4) is a certain sign of death by drowning, even when marked on one hand only.
The symbol for Aquarius when seen on the Mount of the Moon (see Fig. 4) is a definite sign of death by drowning, even when it's marked on just one hand.
A circle on the Heart Line beneath the finger of Mercury (see Fig. 5) denotes the person as likely to cause—though unwittingly—the death of someone much loved.
A circle on the Heart Line under the finger of Mercury (see Fig. 5) indicates that the person is likely to unintentionally cause the death of someone they deeply care about.
A star on the Mount of Venus, low down on the Mount (see Fig. 6), indicates a man or woman who shall fall into dishonour by reason of sensual indulgence or unnatural vice.
A star on the Mount of Venus, low on the Mount (see Fig. 6), signifies a person who will experience disgrace due to excessive indulgence or unnatural behavior.
A line starting from the Wrist Line, crossing the Mount of Venus and ending in a star on the palm of the hand (see Fig. 7), indicates that the person will lose some dearly-loved friend in a tragic manner.
A line starting from the Wrist Line, crossing the Mount of Venus and ending in a star on the palm of the hand (see Fig. 7), indicates that the person will lose a dearly loved friend in a tragic way.
The symbol of the planet Saturn, when seen in the palm of the hand (see Fig. 8), denotes the person to be malicious beyond expression, and likely to cause the death of someone by poison.
The symbol of the planet Saturn, when seen in the palm of the hand (see Fig. 8), indicates that the person is extremely malicious and likely to cause someone's death by poisoning.
A line starting from the Head Line going through the Mount of Jupiter with a star (see Fig. 9), is an indication of a violent death before the age of thirty. Should the person be ruled by Venus, by poison; if under the Moon, by drowning; if under the Sun, by fire; if under Mars, by firearms; if under Jupiter, by horse accident; if under Mercury, by fits consequent on loss of money.
A line that starts from the Head Line and goes through the Mount of Jupiter with a star (see Fig. 9) indicates a violent death before the age of thirty. If the person is influenced by Venus, the cause would be poison; if by the Moon, drowning; if by the Sun, fire; if by Mars, firearms; if by Jupiter, a horse accident; and if by Mercury, fits resulting from financial loss.
The Saturnian Line, crossed by transverse lines on the Mount of Saturn (see Fig. 10), indicates dangerous, but not fatal, wounds on the head.
The Saturnian Line, marked by cross lines on the Mount of Saturn (see Fig. 10), indicates serious but not fatal injuries to the head.
Many rings encircling the thumb (see Fig. 11) indicate an amorous and very inconstant disposition in either man or woman.
Many rings around the thumb (see Fig. 11) suggest a romantic and very changeable nature in either men or women.
Two lines starting from the middle of the Mount of Venus and terminating in the form of an apex on the Mount of the Moon (see Fig. 12) indicate a great tendency to hysteria and to abnormal attachments; the latter is more especially indicated if Saturn and the Moon should be the ruling planets.
Two lines starting from the middle of the Mount of Venus and ending in a point on the Mount of the Moon (see Fig. 12) suggest a strong tendency toward hysteria and unhealthy attachments; this is especially true if Saturn and the Moon are the dominant planets.
CHAPTER XXIII.
ABOUT THE FINGERS, THUMB, AND NAILS
As the shapes and relative proportions of the fingers to the palm modify the indications given by the lines and mounts, it is necessary to consider them very attentively before giving a judgment in Chiromancy.
As the shapes and proportions of the fingers to the palm affect the insights provided by the lines and mounts, it's essential to examine them closely before making a judgment in palmistry.
Fingers longer than the palm and with pointed tips show idealism; they are the expression of the Moon's influence when she is well-dignified at a birth. The Mount of the Moon in these hands would always be large. People with these fingers see everything in the golden light of imagination and find happiness in dreams of intangible beauty; poetical expression (ethereal, not passionate) is their natural language. They always incline to the marvellous—the sublime, the spiritualistic side of all things. Theirs the belief in omens, in occult literature, in the supernatural. Without, perhaps attaching themselves to any fixed creed, they are, by nature, worshippers; and the mysterious moan of the sea, the song of the brook, the roar of the torrent, and the sighing of the wind, are to them but so many revelations of the Deity. They are loyal to old associations and are never in advance of their age. They are easily moved to tears and are graceful in all their gestures. They can, in exalted moments, do without the necessaries of life and yet, from their intuitive worship of the beautiful, they are lovers of the luxurious superfluities which make up an elegant and refined existence. People with these fingers do not age much; their hearts are eternally young, for they live a life of perpetual illusion and though often, alas! necessarily disappointed in both men and things, they never entirely lose faith in the poetry of existence.
Fingers longer than the palm and with pointed tips indicate idealism; they reflect the Moon's influence when she's positively positioned at birth. The Mount of the Moon in these hands is always prominent. People with these fingers perceive everything through the golden light of imagination and find joy in dreams of intangible beauty; poetic expression (ethereal, not passionate) is their natural way of communicating. They tend to be drawn to the marvelous—the sublime, the spiritual aspects of all things. They believe in omens, the occult, and the supernatural. While they might not attach themselves to any fixed beliefs, they are, by nature, worshippers; the mysterious sounds of the sea, the song of a brook, the roar of a waterfall, and the whisper of the wind are all revelations of the divine to them. They are loyal to old connections and never ahead of their time. They are easily moved to tears and are graceful in all their movements. In moments of elevation, they can live without life's necessities, yet their deep appreciation for beauty makes them lovers of the luxurious details that create an elegant and refined life. People with these fingers don’t seem to age much; their hearts remain forever young, as they live in a world of perpetual illusion and, although they often face disappointment in both people and things, they never fully lose faith in the poetry of life.
Fingers the same length as the palm, and with slightly pointed tips, show refinement, correct taste and love of art—these are the fingers of those born under the dominant influence of the Sun.
Fingers that are the same length as the palm and have slightly pointed tips show sophistication, good taste, and a love for art—these are the fingers of those born under the strong influence of the Sun.
Fingers the same length as the palm, but fleshy at their base and square at the tips, show practicality, family affection, love of animals, good judgment, respect for the world's opinion and much appreciation of material comfort. These fingers show the strong influence of Jupiter.
Fingers that are the same length as the palm, but thick at the base and square at the tips, indicate practicality, family love, a fondness for animals, good judgment, respect for others' opinions, and a strong appreciation for material comfort. These fingers reveal a significant influence from Jupiter.
Long fingers, knotty at the joints and with square tips, show reasoning power and taste for science. Persons with these fingers are always in harmony with progress and have little or no veneration and are, therefore, never stirred by associations; with the antiquity of Catholicism, its mystical and somewhat sensuous worship, its celibate priesthood and golden aureole of saints and martyrs, persons having these fingers have no sympathy. If they belong to any fixed creed (and their logical powers are rather against this) they prefer Protestantism—or its offshoot, Dissent—where their real deity, Reason, is permitted full sway. These people love—with all the force of their nature—the study of history, jurisprudence, mathematics and the exact sciences. They are naturally clever at calculation and have much sense of order. Such fingers show the influence of Saturn, but not when most dignified; Saturn when most exalted gives mysticism, but then the fingers are not knotted at the joints and the tips are always spatulated.
Long fingers, knotted at the joints with square tips, indicate a strong reasoning ability and an interest in science. People with these fingers are usually aligned with progress and have little respect for tradition, so they’re not easily influenced by old associations. They don’t resonate with the historical roots of Catholicism, its mystical and somewhat sensual practices, its celibate priests, or the revered figures of saints and martyrs. If they adhere to any particular belief system (though their logical nature often works against this), they are more inclined towards Protestantism—or its variations, Dissent—where their true god, Reason, is allowed to flourish. These individuals have a deep passion for studying history, law, mathematics, and the exact sciences. They are naturally good at calculations and have a strong sense of order. Such fingers demonstrate the influence of Saturn, but not when it’s most dignified; when Saturn is at its peak, it brings mysticism, but in that case, the fingers aren't knotted at the joints and the tips are always spatulated.
Fingers that are shorter than the palm and with spatulated tips, show sensuality in love and materialism in all things, energy, love of field sports and indomitable courage. Such fingers indicate the influence of Mars at birth.
Fingers that are shorter than the palm and have flat tips show sensuality in love and a focus on material things, along with energy, a love for outdoor sports, and unyielding courage. Such fingers suggest the influence of Mars at birth.
Fingers shorter than the palm, but with very pointed tips and thick at the base, show self-indulgence and love of luxury. Persons with such fingers are very sensuous and are, therefore, ardent pursuers of material pleasures, but yet with a certain refinement of taste which prevents their becoming grossly sensual. Such fingers are often seen in the hands of singers of both sexes; they indicate the strong influence of Venus in the nativity.
Fingers that are shorter than the palm but have very pointed tips and are thick at the base indicate self-indulgence and a love for luxury. People with these kinds of fingers are very sensual and, as a result, passionate in their pursuit of material pleasures, yet they possess a certain refined taste that stops them from becoming overly indulgent. You often find such fingers in the hands of singers of both genders; they suggest a strong influence of Venus in their birth chart.
Fingers that are slender and longer than the palm, but with spatulate tips, indicate versatility, wit and intuitive perception. Such fingers show the dominant influence of Mercury.
Fingers that are slim and longer than the palm, but with wider tips, indicate adaptability, cleverness, and intuitive insight. Such fingers reflect the strong influence of Mercury.
In the relative lengths of the three divisions of the fingers Chiromancy also recognises the indications of three separate influences—that of the soul, that of the mind, and that of the body. Fingers that have the first division (that containing the nail) long, show high aspirations and power of veneration—soul; fingers with the second division longer than the other two indicate intellectual force—mind; whilst fingers having the lowest division longest show a love of material pleasure: people having such fingers, unless there are other modifying indications in the hand, are slaves to the body.
In the relative lengths of the three sections of the fingers, palmistry also identifies three distinct influences—that of the soul, the mind, and the body. Fingers where the first section (the one containing the nail) is long indicate high aspirations and a sense of reverence—soul; fingers with the second section longer than the other two suggest intellectual strength—mind; while fingers with the longest third section show a love for material pleasure: people with such fingers, unless there are other contrasting signs in the hand, tend to be driven by bodily desires.
The first joint of the thumb (that which is nearest the nail) represents Will; therefore, when this is short, such a form indicates want of will—a character very impressionable and therefore easily led; when this joint is long, it indicates great power of will and therefore force of character. The second joint represents logic, judgment and reason; therefore, where this joint is long these qualities exist in excess and, where it is short, they are wanting in both.
The first joint of the thumb (the one closest to the nail) represents Will; so, when this joint is short, it shows a lack of will—indicating a very impressionable character that’s easily influenced. When this joint is long, it signifies a strong will and, as a result, a strong character. The second joint represents logic, judgment, and reason; therefore, when this joint is long, these qualities are in abundance, whereas if it’s short, these traits are lacking.
The third joint (that which is outside the Mount of Venus) represents the power which love—more especially the love between the sexes—will have on the character. If long and thick it implies the existence of strong passion; if short and flat a cold disposition—no attraction towards the opposite sex.
The third joint (the one that's outside the Mount of Venus) shows how much love—especially between partners—affects someone's personality. If it's long and thick, it means strong passion exists; if it's short and flat, it indicates a cold nature—showing no interest in the opposite sex.
Poets have frequently the first joint of the thumb short (because want of will gives the rein to impulse and impressionability), and whilst the second—the intellectual one—is fairly long, the third is almost always large, full and long. This combination of impressionability, intellectuality and warmth of passion gives us the poets full of "the sweet, sad music of humanity."
Poets often have a short first joint on their thumbs (because a lack of will allows impulse and sensitivity to take over), and while the second joint—the intellectual one—is fairly long, the third is usually large, full, and long. This mix of sensitivity, intellect, and intense emotion results in poets who capture "the sweet, sad music of humanity."
These various types of finger-tips are often seen in the same hand, which shows that several planets have much the same amount of influence, in which case the following indications should be considered: The finger of Jupiter pointed gives idealistic religion and sense of honour; square, it would show reasoning power; spatulate, energy and impulse.
These different types of fingertips are often found on the same hand, indicating that several planets have similar levels of influence. In this case, the following signs should be taken into account: a pointed Jupiter finger indicates idealistic beliefs and a sense of honor; a square finger suggests reasoning ability; and a spatulate finger represents energy and impulse.
The finger of Saturn is rarely pointed, but when it is so, it rather mitigates the melancholy given by the planet and shows callousness and (if Mercury is strong in the hand) frivolity. Square tipped, it indicates prudence, love of agriculture and mechanical genius; spatulate, which is the ordinary termination of this finger, it betokens sadness and superstition, and, when the finger is abnormally long, a tendency to suicide; especially where, with it, there is a small weak thumb.
The finger of Saturn is rarely pointed out, but when it is, it tends to lessen the sadness associated with the planet and suggests insensitivity and, if Mercury is strong in the hand, a lack of seriousness. If the tip is square, it signifies caution, a love for farming, and mechanical talent; if it has a spatulate tip, which is the usual shape for this finger, it suggests sadness and superstition, and when the finger is unusually long, it indicates a tendency toward self-harm, especially when there is a small, weak thumb accompanying it.
The third finger—that of the Sun—pointed shows idealism and artistic tastes; when square-tipped, realism in art and a love of wealth; spatulate, it gives spirit of adventure, especially when it is as long as the first finger; when the third finger is longer than the first and spatulate it indicates love of gambling and of speculation.
The third finger—the Sun finger—indicates idealism and artistic preferences; when it has a square tip, it shows a realistic approach to art and a desire for wealth; if it's spatulate, it suggests a spirit of adventure, particularly if it's as long as the first finger; if the third finger is longer than the first and spatulate, it signifies a love of gambling and speculation.
The fourth finger—that of Mercury—pointed shows occultism, intuitive perception, eloquence and talent for languages; square at the tip it denotes logic, facility of expression, science and love of research; spatulate, it gives movement, vivacity and, where the rest of the hand is bad, knavery in business and theft; a very short little finger shows unselfishness and, some old writers say, happiness in marriage.
The fourth finger—the one for Mercury—indicates a connection to occultism, intuition, eloquence, and a talent for languages; if it’s square at the tip, it suggests logic, ease of expression, scientific interest, and a love of research; if it's spatulate, it indicates energy, liveliness, and, if the rest of the hand isn’t great, dishonesty in business and theft; a very short little finger suggests selflessness and, according to some old writers, happiness in marriage.
A pointed thumb gives impressionability; square at its tip, decided but not obstinate will; the thumb bending outward shows generosity and impulse and, when much bent inwards towards the palm of the hand, avarice and reticence. People with short fingers are quicker, more impulsive and have more intuition than those who possess long fingers. Those with long fingers have much love of detail—often to a worrying extent; they are inquisitive and somewhat distrustful.
A pointed thumb suggests a person who is easily impressionable; a square tip indicates a decisive but not stubborn personality. A thumb that bends outward signifies generosity and spontaneity, while one that bends inward towards the palm indicates greed and reluctance. People with short fingers tend to be quicker, more impulsive, and have stronger intuition than those with long fingers. Those with long fingers often love details—sometimes excessively; they tend to be curious and a bit distrustful.
As regards the nails, short strong nails show courage, combativeness and critical faculties. White polished and filbert-shaped nails indicate sensitiveness and refinement, but no force of character. Short, weak, crooked and black-coloured nails show deceit and slothfulness. Round nails indicate a luxurious, pleasure-loving nature. Very thin nails—especially when the tips are bent inwardly—show delicacy of constitution. Red nails with little white marks on them indicate a choleric and cruel nature.
As for nails, short, strong ones show bravery, competitiveness, and critical thinking. White, polished, and oval-shaped nails suggest sensitivity and sophistication, but lack strength of character. Short, weak, crooked, and dark-colored nails indicate deceit and laziness. Round nails point to a luxurious, pleasure-seeking personality. Very thin nails—especially if the tips curve inward—suggest a delicate constitution. Red nails with small white spots on them indicate a hot-tempered and cruel nature.
Those who have on the root of the thumb—that is, on the Mount of Venus—many crossbar lines are sensual and prone to gross indulgence in licentiousness. They who have these marks on their hands will have in their nativity—Venus in the 6th or 8th house (which houses rule the lower parts of the body), thus showing the entire concordance of Chiromancy with Astrology.
Those who have many crossbar lines on the base of their thumb—that is, on the Mount of Venus—tend to be sensual and likely to indulge in excessive behaviors. Those with these markings on their hands will have Venus positioned in the 6th or 8th house in their birth chart (which govern the lower parts of the body), indicating a complete alignment between palmistry and astrology.
CHAPTER XXIV.
OF THE DIFFERENT MARKS THAT CAN BE FOUND ON THE HAND
Besides the Lines and Mounts already described there are other signs or marks which, as they modify the qualities given by the lines and mounts, should be carefully considered in giving judgment on the hand as a whole.
Besides the Lines and Mounts already described, there are other signs or marks that can change the characteristics indicated by the lines and mounts. These should be carefully considered when evaluating the hand as a whole.
A star (Fig. 1) indicates something beyond our own power of action—a fatality for good or evil over which we have, personally, no power. A star on the Mount of Jupiter indicates honours and distinction in marriage and great and unexpected glory, for Jupiter is always a favourable planet.
A star (Fig. 1) signifies something beyond our control—an inevitable fate for better or worse that we can't influence personally. A star on the Mount of Jupiter represents honors and respect in marriage and great, unexpected success, since Jupiter is always a positive planet.
A star on the Mount of Saturn means assassination or death on the scaffold; or, in an otherwise good hand, death by paralysis.
A star on the Mount of Saturn indicates assassination or execution; or, in a generally favorable hand, death from paralysis.
A star on the Mount of the Sun (with no Line of the Sun) indicates fatal riches, which bring of themselves unhappiness in the affections. Should the Sun line be strong it would signify success in art, or military glory in a hand where Mars is strong.
A star on the Mount of the Sun (without a Line of the Sun) signifies dangerous wealth, which brings unhappiness in relationships. If the Sun line is strong, it would indicate success in art or military fame in a hand where Mars is strong.
A star on the Mount of Mercury shows theft and dishonour; on the Mount of Mars, death in battle; but a star on the plain of Mars, military glory.
A star on the Mount of Mercury indicates theft and dishonor; on the Mount of Mars, death in battle; but a star on the plain of Mars represents military glory.
A star on the Mount of the Moon, when on a voyage line, means death by drowning; when not on a voyage line, an illness connected with water, such as dropsy or diabetes.
A star on the Mount of the Moon, when on a voyage line, signifies death by drowning; when not on a voyage line, it indicates an illness related to water, like dropsy or diabetes.
A star in the centre of the hand shows that some person of the opposite sex will influence the life in an unhappy manner.
A star in the center of the hand indicates that someone of the opposite sex will negatively impact life.
A star on the Mount of Venus means unhappiness caused by love.
A star on the Mount of Venus signifies unhappiness due to love.
Two stars on the top joint of the middle finger indicate death on the scaffold.
Two stars on the top joint of the middle finger indicate death by hanging.
A square (Fig. 2) shows power and energy of the qualities of the mount on which it appears, except on the Mount of Venus, when it means imprisonment. A square announces preservation from accident when seen near any indication of such accident.
A square (Fig. 2) represents the power and energy of the qualities of the mount where it appears, except on the Mount of Venus, where it signifies imprisonment. A square indicates protection from accidents when it appears close to any sign of such an accident.
A circle (Fig. 3) on any of the mounts, but above all on the Mount of the Sun, signifies success in the qualities given by the mount on which it appears; but a circle on the lines of the hand has always a bad signification. A circle on the Line of Life means loss of one eye, and two circles would indicate total blindness.
A circle (Fig. 3) on any of the mounts, especially on the Mount of the Sun, represents success in the traits associated with the mount where it appears; however, a circle on the lines of the hand always has a negative meaning. A circle on the Line of Life suggests the loss of one eye, and two circles would indicate complete blindness.
An island (Fig. 4) is again always a bad sign; on the Line of Heart, it signifies adultery; on the Line of Life, illness, corresponding in time to its position on the line; on the Line of Head, it would mean ruin arising from false speculations, or if illness is shown on the Life Line, it might indicate brain illness or neuralgia; on the Line of Health, disorders of the liver and the digestion; on the Saturnian Line, an island indicates happiness from an adulterous liaison; but if the island is broken in shape, it indicates poignant grief arising from an illicit affection. The duration of these affections is shown by the size of the island. An island at the commencement of the Saturnian Line indicates an event of an unfortunate nature, probably death of father or mother, in childhood or very early youth. The lines which go lengthways round the side of the hand, between the Line of Heart and the root of the finger of Mercury, show the serious attachments. A horizontal line barring these, or a black spot, shows widowhood. If the lines take the form of islands, it shows love for cousins or near relatives.
An island (Fig. 4) is always a bad sign; on the Heart Line, it means infidelity; on the Life Line, it indicates illness, corresponding to its position on the line; on the Head Line, it suggests failure from misguided investments, or if illness is present on the Life Line, it could point to brain disorders or neuralgia; on the Health Line, it signifies liver and digestive issues; on the Saturn Line, an island represents happiness derived from an affair; however, if the island is fragmented, it signifies deep sorrow stemming from an illicit relationship. The length of these relationships is indicated by the size of the island. An island at the beginning of the Saturn Line suggests an unfortunate event, likely the death of a parent, during childhood or early youth. The lines that run horizontally around the side of the hand, between the Heart Line and the base of the Mercury finger, show serious attachments. A horizontal line crossing these or a dark spot indicates widowhood. If the lines form islands, it shows affection for cousins or close relatives.
A triangle (Fig. 5) announces aptitudes of a favourable signification. On Jupiter it shows diplomatic distinction; on Saturn, mystical ability; on the Sun, success in art or literature; on Mars, military glory; on Venus, happiness in love; on Mercury, distinction in law, physics, or mathematics; but on the Mount of the Moon it indicates danger from the water.
A triangle (Fig. 5) signifies skills of a positive nature. On Jupiter, it represents diplomatic skills; on Saturn, it indicates mystical talent; on the Sun, it shows success in art or literature; on Mars, it reflects military honor; on Venus, it relates to happiness in love; on Mercury, it denotes distinction in law, physics, or mathematics; but on the Mount of the Moon, it suggests danger from water.
A branch (Fig. 6) shows aptitude in the qualities of the mount on which it appears.
A branch (Fig. 6) reflects the characteristics of the tree it grows from.
Chains (Fig. 8) always show obstacles and worries in connection with the qualities of the mount on which they appear.
Chains (Fig. 8) always represent obstacles and concerns related to the qualities of the mount they appear on.
A spot (Fig. 9) is sometimes favourable and sometimes the reverse. Red spots on the Line of Heart mean physical suffering from that organ. White spots show love conquests, and the lover is indicated by the mount under which these spots appear by the physical description of the planet to which the mount belongs.
A spot (Fig. 9) can be good or bad. Red spots on the Line of Heart indicate physical pain related to that organ. White spots represent love achievements, and the lover is identified by the mount where these spots appear, based on the physical characteristics of the planet associated with that mount.
Curved lines (Fig. 10) mean disaster wherever they appear. On the Line of Head, madness, especially should the line droop to the Mount of the Moon.
Curved lines (Fig. 10) indicate trouble wherever they show up. On the Line of Head, they suggest madness, especially if the line dips down towards the Mount of the Moon.
Hair-lines (Fig. 11) show an excess of the quality of the line on which they appear.
Hair-lines (Fig. 11) indicate a greater intensity of the quality of the line on which they are found.
Cross-bars (Fig. 12) are always obstacles, and show excess in the qualities of the mounts on which they appear; on the Moon, morbid imagination; on Venus, lasciviousness.
Cross-bars (Fig. 12) are always obstacles and highlight the exaggerated qualities of the mounts they appear on; on the Moon, it's a sense of morbid imagination; on Venus, it's a feeling of lasciviousness.
Two lines going from the Mount of Venus to that of Mars denote the pursuit of two love affairs at the same time, and a star joined to these lines shows that the matter has ended or will end in disaster.
Two lines connecting the Mount of Venus to the Mount of Mars indicate the pursuit of two romantic relationships at the same time, and a star linked to these lines suggests that the situation has concluded or will end in disaster.
A long island, extending from the Mount of Venus to that of Saturn, shows, on a woman's hand, seduction at the age when the sign crosses the Line of Life. Should a square appear on the line, she escapes the temptation.
A long island, stretching from the Mount of Venus to the Mount of Saturn, indicates seduction on a woman’s hand during the age when the sign crosses the Line of Life. If a square shows up on the line, she avoids the temptation.
A Line extending from a star on the Mount of Venus, and terminating with a fork on the Mount of Saturn, shows an unhappy marriage.
A line extending from a star on the Mount of Venus and ending in a fork on the Mount of Saturn indicates an unhappy marriage.
A Line going from a star on the Mount of Venus straight to the Mount of the Sun, foretells a great inheritance from the death of a near relation.
A line going from a star on the Mount of Venus directly to the Mount of the Sun indicates a significant inheritance from the death of a close relative.
CHAPTER XXV.
THE TRIANGLE, THE QUADRANGLE, AND THE HAPPY HAND
The Triangle is the name given to the space enclosed between the Line of Life, the Line of Head and the Line of Health. If the angle is an equal one and the lines well coloured, it signifies a good disposition both as regards mind and body and also much health, courage, good reputation and a long and happy life. When the angles of the Triangle are not well defined, it signifies a dull and mean person, who will not rise above mediocrity. When the Triangle is wide as well as clearly defined, it indicates liberality and nobility of mind. When it is narrow, it signifies avarice, cowardice and poverty. If the Triangle is altogether wanting in a hand, it portends much evil, a short life and much illness. A cross in the Triangle shows a quarrelsome disposition.
The Triangle refers to the area enclosed by the Line of Life, the Line of Head, and the Line of Health. If the angles are equal and the lines are well-defined, it indicates a positive state of both mind and body, as well as good health, courage, a solid reputation, and a long, happy life. If the angles of the Triangle are poorly defined, it suggests a dull and mediocre person who will not rise above average. A wide and clearly defined Triangle signifies generosity and a noble mindset. If it is narrow, it indicates greed, cowardice, and poverty. If the Triangle is completely absent from a hand, it foretells significant misfortune, a short life, and frequent illness. A cross within the Triangle suggests a quarrelsome nature.
The Quadrangle is the square space contained between the Lines of Heart and Head. When broad it signifies a liberal, courageous person with much sense of honour, who will attain to the highest dignities in his profession and position in life.
The Quadrangle is the square area between the Lines of Heart and Head. When wide, it represents a generous, brave person with a strong sense of honor, who will achieve the highest status in their career and life.
Those who have the Quadrangle narrow are covetous and deceitful, and therefore untrustworthy in all business relations. A star in the middle of the Quadrangle shows honours and dignities, and a line from the Mount of Mercury running down to the centre of the Quadrangle indicates the friendship of great men, and much honour and distinction from these friendships.
Those who have a narrow Quadrangle are greedy and dishonest, making them untrustworthy in all business dealings. A star in the center of the Quadrangle signifies honors and dignities, and a line from the Mount of Mercury leading down to the center of the Quadrangle indicates friendships with influential people, along with significant honor and recognition from these connections.
In the plate at the beginning of this chapter we have a sketch of what is called "The Happy Hand," which is given as showing what are the happiest prognostications to be shown on the hand. An explanation of the lines and marks of this is given below.
In the illustration at the start of this chapter, there's a sketch referred to as "The Happy Hand," which represents the most positive signs that can appear on the palm. An explanation of the lines and markings in this sketch is provided below.
The explanation of the Happy Hand.
The explanation of the Happy Hand.
Double Line of Life, which means good health and long life. The Saturnian Line straight and well-defined till it reaches its termination on the Mount of Saturn, which shows happiness in domestic life and good fortune to the end of life. Branches at beginning and end of the Heart Line, power of passionate tenderness. Cross on Mount of Jupiter, love and marriage. Ring of Venus, power of passionate attachment and much force of sympathy. The Line of Head long with branches to the Mount of the Moon, intellectual gifts and vivid imagination. Direct Line of the Sun, success in art and celebrity. Union of Venus with Mercury, love and good fortune in connection with the affections. Line of Health strong shows a vigorous constitution. Triple branches on the wrist, superabundance of vitality and long life.
Double Line of Life, representing good health and longevity. The Saturn Line is straight and well-defined until it ends at the Mount of Saturn, indicating happiness in domestic life and good fortune until the end of life. Branches at the beginning and end of the Heart Line signify the power of passionate tenderness. A cross on the Mount of Jupiter represents love and marriage. The Ring of Venus indicates a strong capacity for passionate attachment and deep sympathy. The Head Line is long with branches leading to the Mount of the Moon, showcasing intellectual gifts and vivid imagination. A direct Line of the Sun signifies success in the arts and fame. The union of Venus and Mercury suggests love and good fortune related to relationships. A strong Line of Health indicates a robust constitution. Triple branches on the wrist signify an abundance of vitality and a long life.
A Cross on the Mount of Venus. This, taken in conjunction with the cross on the Mount of Jupiter, shows happiness in married life.
A Cross on the Mount of Venus. This, combined with the cross on the Mount of Jupiter, indicates happiness in married life.
Of course it is seldom that such a conjunction of good lines is seen on the same hand; but still, in those born under a fortunate conjunction of the stars, many of these lines are seen together; but such hands are rare, for anxiety, grief and disappointment are the general rule and happiness the exception in this world.
Of course, it’s rare to see such a combination of good lines on the same hand; however, for those born under a lucky alignment of the stars, many of these lines appear together. But such hands are uncommon, as anxiety, sadness, and disappointment are the norm in this world, while happiness is the exception.
Part III.
Part 3.
PHYSIOGNOMY
Facial features
"La fisonomia è lo specchio dell' anima."—Finetta.
"La fisonomia è lo specchio dell' anima."—Finetta.
CHAPTER XXVI.
FACE READING
"The face is the mirror of the soul," says Finetta, a mediæval Italian writer on the subject of physiognomy; and, to those who take the trouble to study the matter, the intelligence, the sentiments and the instincts of a person are all clearly manifested by the form of the head and features and their relative proportions, by the colouring of the skin, eyes and hair, by the fugitive expressions which, to an attentive observer, are seen to pass over even the most impassable faces, and "last, but certainly not least," by the lines left by the habitual passage of the expression of strong feeling, which, to the physiognomist, are visible even when the face is in repose.
"The face is the mirror of the soul," says Finetta, a medieval Italian writer on physiognomy. For those who take the time to study it, a person's intelligence, feelings, and instincts are clearly shown through the shape of their head and features, their proportions, the color of their skin, eyes, and hair, and the fleeting expressions that even the most expressionless faces reveal to a careful observer. And "last, but certainly not least," by the lines left from the regular expressions of strong emotions, which are noticeable to the physiognomist even when the face is relaxed.
We are in the habit of applying the term physiognomy to the face only, but the word has really a much wider signification. All things animate and inanimate have their physiognomy and, when judging of the character by the form of the features of the face, it would be impossible to ignore that given by the shape of the head, for, without altogether believing that the brain is mapped out in the manner described by phrenologists, there is no doubt that a good development of the front of the head shows intelligence, whilst a head which is inordinately protuberant at the back indicates the dominance of animal instincts in the organisation. If the back of the head is quite flat, it indicates coldness—want of passion in the nature. A head which is large just above the ears shows a tendency to anger and if the signs of benevolence on the brow and lips are entirely wanting it would mean cruelty; but in physiognomy the signs on both the head and face must be considered as a whole, and the qualities shown by both must be weighed one against another, before any right judgment can be arrived at. In this study, as in that of graphology and chiromancy, a deductive power of mind is required. Among twenty persons who may be sufficiently interested in physiognomy to study it, there will be scarcely more than one who will become a good physiognomist. One among the countless objections which have been urged against physiognomy is that many physiognomists make erroneous judgments; but, granted that they do so, it is their want of discernment, or more probably their want of deductivity—not the science—which fails.
We usually think of physiognomy as just relating to the face, but the term actually covers much more. Every living and non-living thing has its own physiognomy. When we assess character based on facial features, we can't overlook what the shape of the head suggests. While we may not fully subscribe to the theories of phrenologists about the brain's layout, it's clear that a well-developed forehead indicates intelligence, whereas a head that sticks out excessively at the back points to strong animal instincts. A completely flat back of the head suggests a lack of warmth or passion. A larger area just above the ears suggests a quick temper, and if there are no signs of kindness on the forehead and lips, that could signal cruelty. However, in physiognomy, one must consider the signs on both the head and face as a whole, weighing the qualities shown by both to make an accurate assessment. This study, like graphology and chiromancy, requires a deductive mindset. Out of twenty people who might be interested enough in physiognomy to study it, hardly more than one will become a skilled physiognomist. One major criticism of physiognomy is that many practitioners make mistakes. But even if that's true, it reflects their lack of insight or probably their lack of deductive reasoning—not a failure of the science itself.
There is a certain sort of instinctive power of judging character by the face, possessed by children and animals, which is in harmony with the theories of those who have thought and written most upon this interesting subject.
There is a certain kind of instinctive ability to judge character by a person's face, found in children and animals, that aligns with the ideas of those who have studied and written extensively on this fascinating topic.
We are all of us—women, perhaps, more than men—daily influenced by this sort of instinctive physiognomy: for there are few people who do not, when they first see a stranger, form a judgment of him, in which they are, of course, only swayed by his outward appearance, although they may never have even heard the word physiognomy.
We all—women, maybe more than men—are daily influenced by this kind of instinctive facial reading: because there are hardly any people who don’t form a judgment about a stranger the moment they see them, based solely on their outward appearance, even if they’ve never heard the term physiognomy.
The temperament has an immense amount of influence over the character and this temperament is shown more especially by the colour and texture of the skin and hair. It is temperament which precipitates, or retards, the effects of illness and age and temperament is the result of the astral influence which presided at our birth.
The temperament has a huge impact on character, and this temperament is particularly reflected in the color and texture of our skin and hair. It's temperament that speeds up or slows down the effects of illness and aging, and temperament is shaped by the astrological influence that was present at our birth.
These temperaments have been classified under four heads—viz., the sanguine or choleric, the lymphatic, the bilious and the melancholic.
These temperaments have been categorized into four types: the sanguine or choleric, the lymphatic, the bilious, and the melancholic.
The first, the sanguine or choleric, is the result of the astral influence of Mars and Jupiter; the lymphatic, of the Moon and Venus, but more especially the Moon; the bilious (which is especially the intellectual temperament) of the Sun and Mercury and the melancholic temperament is the result of the dominance of the sad planet, Saturn. The sanguine temperament is shown by a skin with a good deal of colour in it, either of a soft pinky white with a rosy peach-like colour on the cheeks, in which case it is Jupiter which dominates in the temperament, or of a deep red colour all over the face, when the sanguine temperament is dominated by Mars, the hair being red or brown, crispy or curling.
The first temperament, the sanguine or choleric, is influenced by Mars and Jupiter; the lymphatic is influenced by the Moon and Venus, particularly the Moon; the bilious temperament (which is mainly the intellectual type) comes from the Sun and Mercury, while the melancholic temperament results from the strong influence of the somber planet, Saturn. The sanguine temperament is characterized by skin that has a lot of color, either a soft pinkish-white with a rosy peach hue on the cheeks, indicating Jupiter's dominance in the temperament, or a deep red color across the face, suggesting that Mars is dominant in the sanguine temperament, often accompanied by red or brown hair, which is either crispy or curly.
The lymphatic temperament is shown by a soft, pale skin of a thick dead white, the lips and cheeks being only slightly coloured; the hair is fine and long, but not thick, and is light, not golden, but rather colourless, or what the French call "un blond cendré"—that is, of an ash-coloured fairness, sometimes of a soft brown, when Venus is the dominating planet. The bilious temperament is the result of the combination of the astral influences of the Sun and Mercury, the planets which give artistic feeling and intelligence.
The lymphatic temperament is characterized by soft, pale skin that is a thick, dull white, with only a hint of color in the lips and cheeks. The hair is fine and long, but not thick, and is light—not golden, but more colorless, or what the French describe as "un blond cendré"—which means having an ash-colored fairness, sometimes appearing as a soft brown when Venus is the dominant planet. The bilious temperament comes from the combined influences of the Sun and Mercury, the planets associated with artistic sensitivity and intelligence.
Those having this temperament have yellow skins of a soft, fine texture and when the Sun is the dominant planet they have a vivid colour in the cheeks; the hair of those of the bilious temperament is golden and is generally curly or wavy; if the melancholic temperament given by Saturn is in combination (and it is frequently so in the bilious temperament) with the yellow-tinted skin of the bilious temperament, we find also the straight, deep black hair peculiar to the Saturnian.
People with this temperament have yellow skin that is soft and fine in texture. When the Sun is the dominant planet, their cheeks have a bright color. Those with a bilious temperament typically have golden hair, which is usually curly or wavy. If the melancholic temperament influenced by Saturn combines (which often happens with the bilious temperament), we also see straight, deep black hair that is characteristic of the Saturnian.
The melancholic temperament is that of those born under the dominant influence of Saturn. People of this temperament are of a pale or livid, and, sometimes, of a greenish-tinted or earth-coloured skin and their hair is always of a dead black. It must be remembered that though one planet may dominate at a birth, there are always present others which have also their influences, though in a secondary degree, so no person is of one temperament without any admixture of the others, although one may and often does dominate the others.
The melancholic temperament belongs to those born under the strong influence of Saturn. People with this temperament usually have pale or ashen skin, and sometimes a greenish or earthy tone, and their hair is typically a dull black. It's important to note that while one planet may dominate at birth, there are always other planets present that also exert their influence, albeit to a lesser extent. This means no one is purely of one temperament without some mix of the others, even though one may often take precedence over the rest.
Thus no one is exclusively sanguine, bilious, lymphatic, or melancholic. One person could be at once bilious, melancholic and lymphatic. We sometimes see the apparently contradictory temperaments of the melancholic and sanguine in the same person, but, generally speaking, one temperament dominates, modified by one or more of the others. This makes one of the sources of the variety of character we see in those about us, no one person having precisely the same modification of temperament, to say nothing of the difference of intellectual gifts. Now, as the temperament produces the character and the character the passions, it is very necessary, in order to be a good physiognomist that we should be thoroughly expert in being able to assign to each person under judgment the exact amount of domination of each of these four temperaments and this is only to be done by noting the colour and texture of the skin and hair. Aristotle has said that though there is a certain physiognomy of the whole person, the principal signs to guide us in a knowledge of human beings are to be found on the face; and this is perhaps because the skin of the face is somewhat differently constituted to that over the other parts of the body. It is more transparent than that of the other parts of the body, and thus more readily reflects the different colours—the vivid flush of joy, the blush of shame, the livid hue of envy, the pallor of fear, the different passions by which we are agitated. The face also is the seat of the eyes and the lips, both of which features (being continually in movement) make the face, as the old Italian writer has said, "the mirror of the soul."
So, no one is exclusively sanguine, bilious, lymphatic, or melancholic. A person can be bilious, melancholic, and lymphatic all at once. We sometimes see the seemingly opposite traits of melancholic and sanguine in the same individual, but generally, one temperament is more prominent, influenced by one or more of the others. This contributes to the variety of character we observe in those around us, with no two people having exactly the same mix of temperament, not to mention the differences in intellectual capabilities. As temperament shapes character and character influences emotions, it's crucial for someone to be skilled at assessing the exact influence of each of these four temperaments in every person being evaluated. This can only be done by observing the color and texture of their skin and hair. Aristotle noted that while there is a general physiognomy for the whole person, the most significant indicators for understanding people are found in the face. This might be because the skin on the face is somewhat different from that on other parts of the body. It's more transparent than the skin elsewhere, so it reflects various colors more easily—the bright flush of joy, the blush of shame, the pale look of fear, the dark hue of envy, all the emotions that stir us. The face is also home to the eyes and lips, both of which are constantly moving, making the face, as an old Italian writer put it, "the mirror of the soul."
Even those who habitually deny the power given by a knowledge of the science of physiognomy admit that in certain moments they have been able to judge of what they could ask for from the expression they saw on the face of the person with whom they were dealing. Now, if this were so at one moment, why should it not be so always? When the soul is agitated, that agitation shows itself, at once, upon the face by the variation of its colours and by the contraction of certain muscles about the features. Both this changing of colour and this movement of the features vary according to the passions which produce the agitation and these different expressions most people can read at a glance. No one confounds the expression of happiness with unhappiness, of love with hatred, of hope with despair, of jealousy with trustfulness, of envy with sympathy. Habitual drunkards show their vice on their faces, even when they are perfectly sober; so also do the other vices show themselves by the lines left on the face by the constant recurrence of the contraction of the features when under the immediate and violent influence of the ruling passion. By dint of continually exercising the faculty of observation they come to see expressions and lines on the face which, though perhaps quite lost upon others, give them indications of character which are sometimes startling revelations. Here, again, is another objection which is often advanced against the study of physiognomy. Does it not, by laying bare the vices and weaknesses of human nature, induce a cynical opinion of human nature? No; for, whilst it makes us clear-sighted as to the vices, it also reveals to us many sweet and noble qualities in those by whom we are surrounded, which, perhaps, were never suspected by us. No one better understood his fellow-men, no one was ever more alive to "the sweet, sad music of humanity," than Shakespeare. His large-hearted, sympathetic nature gave him intuitive perception of character, and this, aided by his wonderful powers of observation, must have made him a physiognomist. He "looked quite through the thoughts of men," and yet, with all this wondrous knowledge of human nature, he says, "What a piece of work is a man! How noble in reason! How infinite in faculties! In form and moving how express and admirable! In action how like an angel! In apprehension how like a God!"
Even those who usually deny the power of understanding physiognomy admit that at certain moments, they can judge what to expect from the expression on someone’s face. If that's true at one moment, why not all the time? When the soul is stirred, that emotional disturbance shows instantly on the face through changes in color and the tightening of specific facial muscles. The shifts in color and these facial movements vary based on the passions causing the agitation, and most people can read these different expressions at a glance. No one confuses the expression of happiness with sadness, love with hate, hope with despair, trust with jealousy, or envy with sympathy. Habitual drunks display their vice on their faces even when they seem sober; similarly, other vices leave their marks through the lines formed by the repeated contractions of facial features under the intense influence of a dominant passion. By constantly exercising their observational skills, some people notice expressions and lines on a face that might completely escape others, offering them insights into character that can be shocking revelations. Another common objection to studying physiognomy is that it exposes the vices and weaknesses of human nature, potentially fostering a cynical view of humanity. But it doesn’t; while it sharpens our perception of vices, it also uncovers many sweet and noble qualities in the people around us that we may have never noticed. No one understood his fellow humans better, and no one was more attuned to "the sweet, sad music of humanity," than Shakespeare. His big-hearted, empathetic nature gave him an intuitive understanding of character, and his incredible powers of observation made him a physiognomist. He “saw straight through the thoughts of men,” and yet, with all this amazing knowledge of human nature, he said, “What a piece of work is a man! How noble in reason! How infinite in faculties! In form and moving how expressive and admirable! In action how like an angel! In apprehension how like a God!”

THE PLANETS' PLACES ON THE FACE FACSIMILE FROM AN
OLD WOODCUT, DATE 1657
To face Chapter XXVII.
THE PLANETS' PLACES ON THE FACE FACSIMILE FROM AN
OLD WOODCUT, DATE 1657
To face Chapter XXVII.
CHAPTER XXVII.
THE FOREHEAD AND BROWS
"One part of the forehead," says a Chinese proverb, "shows our faculties, the other part the use we make of them." This is, in a great measure, true; for the form and height of the brow show the degree of thought and power of intellect, whilst the skin of the forehead, its colour, lines and tension, denote the passions and the state of mind. Though the skin of the forehead may be equally wrinkled in different faces, the forms which these lines take vary very much. The first line next the hair, which is rarely seen till past middle age, is referred to the influence of Saturn; the second to Jupiter; the third to Mars; the fourth, over the right eyebrow, to the Sun; the fifth, over the left eyebrow, to the Moon; the sixth, between the eyebrows, to Venus, whilst Mercury is assigned his place on the bridge of the nose (see plate).
"One part of the forehead," says a Chinese proverb, "shows our abilities, and the other part shows how we use them." This is largely true; the shape and height of the brow indicate the level of thought and intellectual power, while the skin of the forehead—its color, lines, and tightness—reflects our emotions and mental state. Although the skin on the forehead may be equally wrinkled in different faces, the shapes these lines take vary significantly. The first line near the hair, which usually appears after middle age, is linked to the influence of Saturn; the second line is associated with Jupiter; the third line pertains to Mars; the fourth line, above the right eyebrow, relates to the Sun; the fifth line, above the left eyebrow, is connected to the Moon; the sixth line, between the eyebrows, relates to Venus, while Mercury has his place on the bridge of the nose (see plate).
When the Line of Saturn is long and well-defined, it indicates the prudence and sagacity which ought to come with age; when it is broken or curved in an oblique manner it shows peevishness and avarice.
When the Line of Saturn is long and clearly marked, it suggests the wisdom and good judgment that should accompany age; when it is broken or curved at an angle, it reveals irritability and greed.
The Line of Jupiter, straight and clearly-defined, shows an honourable and just person; if broken or taking oblique curves it indicates a very voluptuous person.
The Line of Jupiter, straight and well-defined, indicates an honorable and fair person; if it's broken or takes on slanted curves, it suggests a highly indulgent person.
If the Line of Mars should be long and clear, and stretching across the forehead in one continuous line, it denotes courage and much warlike ambition; if the line be broken, such a person will be a brawler and quarrelsome and will experience ill fortune in war.
If the Line of Mars is long and clear, running across the forehead in a single, uninterrupted line, it indicates bravery and a strong desire for battle; if the line is broken, that person will be combative and argumentative, and they will face bad luck in war.
The Line of the Sun being perfect and reaching nearly to the middle of the forehead, shows ambition, good judgment and success; being broken or oblique in its form, it shows egotism and love of money.
The Line of the Sun being perfect and reaching almost to the middle of the forehead indicates ambition, good judgment, and success; if it is broken or slanted, it suggests egotism and a love for money.
The Line of the Moon, clear and perfect above the left eyebrow, much imagination and also much travelling into strange places. When this line is broken or much curved, it indicates caprice and want of truth.
The Line of the Moon, clear and perfect above the left eyebrow, shows a lot of imagination and also a lot of travel to strange places. When this line is broken or heavily curved, it suggests unpredictability and a lack of truth.
The Line of Venus, delicately marked and straight, shows tenderness and success in love matters; if broken and curved, the reverse.
The Line of Venus, clearly defined and straight, indicates affection and success in romantic relationships; if it's broken and curved, it suggests the opposite.
If three lines appear in the place of Mercury across the bridge of the nose, they denote eloquence and wit; if more than three, loquacity and deceit.
If three lines show up in the spot of Mercury across the bridge of the nose, they indicate eloquence and cleverness; if there are more than three, it suggests talkativeness and dishonesty.
So much for the lines on the forehead. As to the form, Aristotle tells us that "a very large and prominent forehead shows stupidity"; it is quite true that men of the highest intelligence have foreheads of medium height, but exceptionally broad and full over the eyebrow.
So much for the lines on the forehead. As for the shape, Aristotle tells us that "a very large and prominent forehead shows stupidity"; it’s true that highly intelligent people often have foreheads of medium height, but they tend to be exceptionally broad and full over the eyebrows.
A forehead which is very full over the eyebrows and rather low than high, shows intuitive faculty, artistic perception and idealism; we see this form of brow in all the antique statues of Apollo. A very projecting forehead, fuller above than below, and so large as to appear to dominate the whole face, is generally the forehead of a slow if not a dull intellect. A perpendicular forehead, well rounded at the temples, rather high than low and having straight, well-defined eyebrows, shows solid power of the understanding, love of study and power of concentrating the attention, but it is not the forehead of the poet, painter, or musician.
A forehead that is quite full above the eyebrows and lower rather than higher indicates a strong intuitive ability, artistic perception, and idealism; we see this shape in all the ancient statues of Apollo. A forehead that sticks out, fuller at the top than the bottom, and large enough to seem to overshadow the entire face typically belongs to someone with a slow or dull intellect. A straight, well-rounded forehead at the temples, higher rather than lower, with straight, well-defined eyebrows, shows strong reasoning ability, a love of studying, and the capacity to focus attention, but it's not the forehead of a poet, painter, or musician.
Arched foreheads, somewhat low, but full at the temples, with long, sweeping and mobile eyebrows, appear properly to be feminine, since they show sweetness and sensitiveness of nature.
Arched foreheads that are a bit low but full at the temples, paired with long, sweeping, and expressive eyebrows, seem distinctly feminine, as they convey a sense of sweetness and sensitivity.
High, narrow and wholly unwrinkled foreheads, over which the skin seems tightly drawn, are indicative of weakness of the will-power, want of imagination and very little susceptibility. They are the foreheads of narrow-minded, commonplace persons. Of course other features may soften these indications; intelligent eyes may give intellect, or a sweet and tender mouth feeling enough to, at any rate, diminish the unpleasant indications of this type of forehead.
High, narrow, and completely smooth foreheads, which appear to have tightly stretched skin, suggest a weak willpower, lack of imagination, and minimal sensitivity. They characterize narrow-minded, ordinary individuals. However, other features can soften these signs; intelligent eyes can convey intellect, or a kind and gentle mouth can provide enough warmth to lessen the negative impressions associated with this type of forehead.
Foreheads not altogether projecting, but having angular and knotty protuberances upon them, denote vigour of mind and harsh and oppressive activity and perseverance. To be in exact proportion, the forehead should be the same length as the nose. In Greek art, however, it is generally shorter, which gives softness and elegance to the face. It should be oval at the top, or somewhat square; if the latter, it gives more force—if the former, more sensibility of character. It should be smooth in repose, yet have the power of wrinkling when in deep thought, or when in grief or anger; for foreheads over which the skin is so tightly strained as never to change under these circumstances show a dull, unsensitive and unintellectual nature. A forehead should project more over the eyes than at the top, and there should be a small cavity in the centre, separating the brow into four divisions: but this should be so slightly accentuated as only to be seen when the forehead is in a strong light coming from above it.
Foreheads that aren’t too prominent but have angular and bumpy protrusions suggest mental strength and a demanding, forceful personality with determination. Ideally, the forehead should be the same length as the nose. However, in Greek art, it’s usually shorter, which adds softness and elegance to the face. It should be oval at the top or slightly square; the latter offers more strength, while the former conveys more sensitivity. It should appear smooth when relaxed but capable of wrinkling during deep thought, grief, or anger; foreheads that are so tightly stretched that they never change in these situations reveal a dull, unresponsive, and unintellectual character. A forehead should extend more over the eyes than at the top, and there should be a slight indentation in the center, dividing the brow into four sections; however, this should only be subtly noticeable when the forehead is lit from directly above.
When the eyebrows are far from each other at their starting-point between the eyes, they denote warmth, frankness and impulse—a generous and unsuspicious nature. A woman or man having such eyebrows would never be causelessly jealous. Eyebrows, on the contrary, which meet between the eyes in the manner so much admired by the Persians denote a temperament ardent in love, but jealous and suspicious: all Saturnians have these eyebrows.
When eyebrows are spaced far apart at their starting point between the eyes, they indicate warmth, honesty, and spontaneity—a generous and trusting nature. A woman or man with such eyebrows would never feel jealousy without a reason. On the other hand, eyebrows that meet between the eyes, which are highly valued by the Persians, signify a passionate temperament in love, but also one that is jealous and suspicious: this is a trait common among those with a Saturnian influence.
Eyebrows somewhat higher at their starting-point, and which pass in a long sweeping line over the eyes, drooping slightly downwards at their termination, show artistic feeling and great sense of beauty in form. The Empress Eugénie's eyebrows are of this form, which gives a sweet and wistful expression to the face and which some old writers have asserted to be the sign of a violent death.
Eyebrows that start a bit higher and gracefully curve over the eyes, slightly drooping at the ends, reflect an artistic sense and a deep appreciation for beauty. The Empress Eugénie's eyebrows have this shape, which lends a gentle and nostalgic look to her face, and some old writers claimed this was a sign of a violent death.
Eyebrows lying very close to the eyes, forming one direct, clear line on strongly-defined eyebones having the same form, show strength of will and extreme determination of character. This sort of eyebrow appears on the busts of Nero; but there its indications of determination are deepened with cruelty by the massive jaw and the development of the cheekbone by the ear. This form of eyebrow, in conjunction with other good indications, would mean only constancy in affection, power of carrying out a project despite all difficulties and taste for science.
Eyebrows that sit very close to the eyes, forming a straight, clear line over well-defined cheekbones with the same shape, show strong will and extreme determination of character. This type of eyebrow is seen on the busts of Nero; however, there, the signs of determination are intensified by cruelty due to the strong jawline and prominent cheekbone near the ear. This eyebrow shape, along with other positive traits, would indicate only loyalty in love, the ability to pursue a project despite any challenges, and a passion for knowledge.
Eyebrows that are strongly marked at the commencement and then terminate abruptly without sweeping past the eyes, show an irascible, energetic and impatient nature.
Eyebrows that are sharply defined at the beginning and then end suddenly without extending past the eyes indicate an irritable, energetic, and impatient personality.
Thick eyebrows, somewhat arched, show artistic perception of beauty in colour. Delicately marked eyebrows, slightly arched, indicate tenderness.
Thick, slightly arched eyebrows reflect an artistic sense of beauty in color. Delicate, slightly arched eyebrows suggest tenderness.
Eyebrows lighter than the hair show weakness and indecision. Eyebrows much darker than the hair denote an ardent, passionate and constant temperament.
Eyebrows that are lighter than the hair indicate weakness and indecision. Eyebrows that are much darker than the hair suggest a passionate, intense, and steady temperament.
Angular, strong and sharply interrupted eyebrows close to the eyes always show fire and productive activity. No profound thinker has weakly marked eyebrows, or eyebrows placed very high on the forehead. Want of eyebrow almost always indicates a want of mental and bodily force. The nearer the eyebrows are to the eyes, the more earnest, deep and firm the character; the more remote from the eyes, the more volatile and less resolute the nature.
Angular, strong, and sharply defined eyebrows that are close to the eyes always indicate passion and productivity. No deep thinker has faintly defined eyebrows or eyebrows positioned too high on the forehead. A lack of eyebrows usually suggests a lack of mental and physical strength. The closer the eyebrows are to the eyes, the more serious, profound, and firm the personality; the farther away they are from the eyes, the more changeable and less determined the character.
Eyebrows the same colour as the hair show firmness, resolution and constancy; but in judging of the eyebrows it must be remembered that if form and colour give different indications, the form (as this also means that of the brow) gives the most important indication, the colour and texture of the eyebrow being secondary to its position as regards the eyes and forehead.
Eyebrows that match the hair color show firmness, determination, and stability; however, when assessing the eyebrows, it’s important to remember that if the shape and color give different signals, the shape (which also refers to the brow) provides the most significant indication. The color and texture of the eyebrows are secondary to their position in relation to the eyes and forehead.
CHAPTER XXVIII.
Eyelids and lashes
The eye has been called "the window of the soul," and not without reason, for it seems more than any other organ to be capable of expressing all its emotions. The most tumultuous passions, the most delicate feelings, the most acute sensations, the eye expresses in all their force and in all their purity, as they arise and transmits them by variations so rapid as to give to the lookers-on the very image of that with which it is itself inspired; for the eye receives and reflects the intelligence of the thoughts as well as the warmth of the feelings.
The eye has been called "the window to the soul," and for good reason, as it seems more than any other organ to express all sorts of emotions. The most intense passions, the most subtle feelings, and the most intense sensations are all conveyed through the eye in their full strength and clarity, as they happen. The rapid changes in expression allow onlookers to see exactly what it experiences; the eye captures and reflects both the intelligence of thoughts and the warmth of feelings.
The colours most common to the eyes are brown, grey, blue, hazel and black, or what we call black—for those eyes which appear to be black will generally be found to be of a deep yellowish-brown when looked at very narrowly; it is the distance only which makes them seem to be black, because the deep yellow-brown colour is in such strong contrast to the white of the eye that it appears black. There are also eyes of so bright a hazel as to seem almost yellow; lastly, there are eyes that are positively green. Very beautiful, too, are some of the eyes of this colour when they are shaded—as is very often the case—with long, dark eyelashes; but, though beautiful, they are not indicative of a good disposition.
The most common eye colors are brown, gray, blue, hazel, and black, or what we call black—eyes that look black are usually a deep yellowish-brown when you look closely; it’s just the distance that makes them appear black, because the deep yellow-brown color contrasts so sharply with the white of the eye. There are also eyes that are so bright a hazel they seem almost yellow; finally, there are eyes that are definitely green. Some of these green eyes can be very beautiful, especially when they are often shaded by long, dark eyelashes; but while they may be stunning, they don’t necessarily indicate a good temperament.
Green eyes, although their praises are often sung in Spanish ballads, show deceit and coquetry. We sometimes see eyes which appear to be a combination of yellow, orange, and blue, the latter colour generally appearing in streaks over the whole surface of the iris, while the orange and yellow are set in flakes of unequal size around and at some distance apart; these eyes are indicative of originality, amounting, at times, to eccentricity. No commonplace person has this sort of eye; they show intellectuality, and, in most cases, literary ability.
Green eyes, even though their beauty is often celebrated in Spanish songs, can show deceit and flirtation. Sometimes, we come across eyes that look like a mix of yellow, orange, and blue, with the blue usually showing in streaks all over the iris, while the orange and yellow appear in uneven patches scattered around. These eyes suggest a unique personality, often bordering on eccentricity. No ordinary person has eyes like these; they indicate intelligence and, in many cases, a talent for writing.
There are eyes which are remarkable for being of, what might be said to be, no colour. The iris has only some shades of blue or pale grey, so feeble as to be almost white in some parts, and the shades of orange which intervene are so small that they can scarcely be distinguished from grey or white, notwithstanding the contrast of colours. The black of the pupil is, in these eyes, too marked, because the colour of the iris around it is not deep enough, so that in looking at them we seem to see only the pupil. These eyes are expressionless, for their glance is fixed and dead; they invariably belong to persons of the lymphatic temperament, and they indicate a listless and feeble disposition, incapable of enterprise and a cold and indolently selfish nature.
There are eyes that are striking for having what could be described as no color. The iris only has some shades of blue or light gray, so faint that in some areas it almost looks white, and the small hints of orange are so minimal they can hardly be told apart from gray or white, despite the color contrast. The black of the pupil stands out too much in these eyes because the color of the iris around it isn't deep enough, making it seem like we're only seeing the pupil. These eyes lack expression, as their gaze is fixed and lifeless; they typically belong to people with a lymphatic temperament, indicating a sluggish and weak disposition, unable to take initiative and embodying a cold, lazily selfish nature.
Blue eyes are more significant of tenderness and of a yieldingness of purpose than either brown, black, or grey eyes. There are occasionally to be met strong characters with this tint of eye, but then they will be found to have other indications in the rest of their physiognomy which correct the delicacy and yieldingness of this coloured eye. Blue-eyed people are not inconstant, like those of the hazel and yellow eyes, but they yield from affection.
Blue eyes are more representative of tenderness and a willingness to adapt than brown, black, or grey eyes. Occasionally, you’ll find strong personalities with blue eyes, but they often have other features in their appearance that balance the softness and flexibility of their eye color. People with blue eyes are not fickle like those with hazel or yellow eyes; instead, they are accommodating out of affection.
Angry, irritable persons have frequently eyes of a brownish tint, inclined to a greenish hue. Although the purely green eye of which I have spoken indicates deceit and coquetry, the propensity to greenish tints in the eyes is a sign of wisdom and courage. Very choleric persons, if they have blue eyes, have also certain tints of green in them and, when under the influence of anger, a sudden red light appears in them. Such eyes as these are generally found in connection with the sanguine, or, as it is sometimes called, choleric temperament; that is, in those persons who have been born under the double influence of Jupiter and Mars; but, when we see these red tints in the eyes, it would be a sign that, of the two planets presiding over this temperament, Mars was dominant.
Angry, irritable people often have eyes with a brownish tint that leans toward green. While the purely green eyes I mentioned earlier suggest deceit and flirtation, a tendency toward greenish shades in the eyes is actually a sign of wisdom and courage. Very hot-tempered individuals with blue eyes may also have some greenish tints, and when they get angry, a sudden red light can appear in their eyes. These types of eyes are usually associated with the sanguine, or sometimes referred to as choleric, temperament; that is, in people who are born under the combined influence of Jupiter and Mars. However, when we notice these red tints in their eyes, it indicates that Mars is more dominant among the two planets influencing this temperament.
Clear grey-blue eyes, with a calm steadfastness in their glance, are indicative of cheerfulness of disposition, of a serene temper and a constant nature. These eyes are peculiar to the Northern nations; one meets with them among the Swedes, and also sometimes amongst the Scotch. The blue eyes we see among the rare blondes of the South—that is, in Italy and Spain—always have eyes in which there are some greenish tints; and such eyes, though often called light blue, have none of the qualities of serenity and constancy which belong to the light blue eyes of the North. Neither must the pleasant light blue eye, with the honest glance, be confounded with another sort of eye of a pale blue, almost steel-coloured hue, which has a continually shifting sort of motion both of the eyelids and the pupils of the eyes. People with such eyes as these are to be avoided, as they are indicative of a deceitful and selfish nature. Very dark blue eyes, with something of the tint of the violet, show great power of affection and purity of mind, but not much intellectuality.
Clear grey-blue eyes, with a calm steadiness in their gaze, signal a cheerful personality, a serene temperament, and a stable nature. These eyes are typical of Northern countries; you find them in Swedes and sometimes in Scots. The blue eyes seen in the rare blondes of the South—like those in Italy and Spain—often have some greenish tones; and while these are sometimes called light blue, they lack the serenity and constancy inherent in the light blue eyes of the North. Additionally, the pleasant light blue eye, with its honest look, should not be confused with another kind of pale blue eye, one that’s almost steel-colored, which exhibits a constant shifting motion in both the eyelids and the pupils. Those with such eyes should be approached with caution, as they indicate a deceitful and selfish nature. Very dark blue eyes, with a hint of violet, display a great capacity for affection and clarity of mind, but not much intellect.
Grey eyes, of a somewhat greenish grey, with orange as well as blue in them, and which are of ever-varying tints, like the sea, are those which denote most intellectuality. They are especially indicative of the impulsive, impressionable temperament—a mixture of the sanguine and the bilious—which produces the poetic and artistic natures. The line—
Grey eyes, a mix of greenish grey with hints of orange and blue, constantly shifting in color like the sea, are a sign of high intellect. They especially reflect an impulsive, sensitive personality—a blend of optimistic and envious traits—that brings forth creative and artistic individuals. The line—
"The poet's eye, in a fine phrenzy rolling,"
"The poet's eye, in a brilliant frenzy spinning,"
does not suggest a blue, or even a black, so much as the changeful, ever-varying tinted, grey eye; and it is a fact that in England (where there are more varieties of tints in eyes than in any other country) the poets have almost always grey eyes. A biographer of Byron speaks of his "beautiful, changeful grey eyes, which deepened in colour when he was under the influence of tenderness and passion, and which glowed with a red light when he was angry." Shakespeare also had, we are told, grey eyes, and so had Sir Walter Scott; whilst Coleridge had eyes of a greenish grey. Among the artists, too, eyes of this colour abound.
does not suggest a blue, or even a black, but rather the shifting, ever-changing tinted grey eye; and it’s a fact that in England (where there are more shades of eye color than in any other country) the poets almost always have grey eyes. A biographer of Byron describes his "beautiful, changeful grey eyes, which deepened in color when he felt tenderness and passion, and which glowed with a red light when he was angry." We’re also told that Shakespeare had grey eyes, as did Sir Walter Scott; meanwhile, Coleridge had eyes of a greenish grey. Among artists, too, this eye color is common.
Black eyes, or what are considered such, are indicative of passionate ardour in love. Brown eyes, when not of the yellowish tint, but pure russet brown, show an affectionate disposition; the darker the brown—that is, the more they verge on to that deepest tint of brown which is seen in eyes we are in the habit of calling black—the more ardent and passionate is the power of affection. The brown eyes which do not appear black—that is, which are not dark enough to appear so—are the eyes of sweet, gentle, and unselfish natures, without the inconstancy of the light brown or yellow eyes—"golden eyes," as they were called by a lady novelist—and which are very little more to be trusted than the green eyes already spoken of. The maiden in Longfellow's Hyperion, of whom he says,
Black eyes, or what people consider as such, are a sign of intense passion in love. Brown eyes, when they’re not yellowish but a pure russet brown, suggest a caring nature; the darker the brown—meaning the closer they are to that deep brown color we usually call black—the more intense and passionate the affection can be. Brown eyes that don’t look black—so they aren’t dark enough to be mistaken for black—belong to sweet, gentle, and selfless personalities, lacking the unpredictability of light brown or yellow eyes—often referred to as "golden eyes" by a female novelist—and are hardly more reliable than the green eyes mentioned earlier. The maiden in Longfellow's Hyperion, of whom he says,
"She has two eyes so soft and brown,
"She has two eyes that are soft and brown,"
She looketh up, she looketh down;
She looks up, she looks down;
Beware, beware, she is fooling thee,"
Beware, beware, she is tricking you,"
must have had these light brown eyes.
must have had these light brown eyes.
Eyes which show no lines when in sorrow or laughter denote a passionless and unimpressionable nature. Eyes of a long almond shape, with thick-skinned eyelids which appear to cover half the pupil, are indicative of genius; if in conjunction the forehead is that which shows idealism, and has one deep perpendicular line between the eyebrows, which is indicative of originality of mind and which is generally to be seen in the forehead of distinguished writers and artists. It is very remarkable in all the portraits of Michael Angelo. The almond-shaped eye, however, even without this peculiar form of forehead, always means a susceptible, impressionable nature. Eyes which are large, open and very transparent and which sparkle with a rapid motion under well-defined eyelids, denote elegance in tastes, a somewhat susceptible temper and great interest in the opposite sex.
Eyes that don’t have any lines when someone is sad or happy reveal a lack of passion and an unresponsive nature. Long almond-shaped eyes with thick eyelids that seem to cover half the pupil indicate genius; if paired with a forehead that shows idealism and has a deep vertical line between the eyebrows, it suggests originality, which is often found on the foreheads of notable writers and artists. This is especially noticeable in the portraits of Michelangelo. However, the almond-shaped eye alone, even without this specific forehead shape, always indicates a sensitive and impressionable character. Large, open, and very clear eyes that sparkle quickly under well-defined eyelids show an appreciation for elegance, a somewhat sensitive temperament, and a strong interest in the opposite sex.
Eyes with weakly-marked eyebrows above them and with thinly-growing eyelashes which are completely without any upward curve, denote a feeble constitution and a melancholy disposition. These eyelashes are often seen in people who combine the lymphatic and melancholic temperaments—that is, in persons born under the combined influence of the two melancholy planets, Saturn and the Moon. The eyes of these people are either of a pale, colourless sort of blue, or of a dull black without any sparkle in them.
Eyes with faint eyebrows and thin straight eyelashes indicate a weak constitution and a sad disposition. These eyelashes are often found in people with a mix of lymphatic and melancholic temperaments—specifically, those born under the dual influence of the melancholy planets, Saturn and the Moon. The eyes of these individuals are usually a pale, washed-out blue or a dull black that lacks any brightness.
Want of eyelash, like want of eyebrows, shows a general want of force, both of body and intellect.
Lack of eyelashes, like lack of eyebrows, indicates a general lack of strength, both physically and mentally.
Strong, dark and short eyelashes show force of character and a strong and obstinate will.
Strong, dark, and short eyelashes reflect a strong personality and a determined will.
Eyes with sharply-defined angles, sinking at the corners, show subtlety of mind; the sharper the angle and the more it sinks, the greater the delicacy of perception it denotes; but when very much developed it shows also craftiness amounting to deceit. Well-opened eyes with smooth eyelids and a steady and somewhat fixed glance denote sincerity. Lines running along the eyelid from side to side and passing out upon the temples denote habitual laughter—a cheerful temperament, or, at any rate, one in which the sense of humour is strong.
Eyes with sharp angles that dip at the corners indicate a subtle mind; the sharper and deeper the angle, the more refined the perception it suggests. However, when this trait is highly pronounced, it can also indicate a level of craftiness that borders on deceit. Well-defined eyes with smooth eyelids and a steady, somewhat fixed gaze show sincerity. Lines stretching across the eyelid and extending to the temples suggest a tendency to laugh—a cheerful disposition, or at least, one that has a strong sense of humor.
We sometimes see (but it is rare) persons whose eyes are of different colours. For instance, one eye will be of a bluish-grey, whilst the other will be so flecked with orange or tawny yellow spots as to appear what might be called a brown eye. This peculiarity of having eyes of different colours is sometimes to be seen in dogs, and very often in cats of the Persian breed, or white cats, but it is very rare in human beings. An old Italian writer says that people having eyes of different colours are likely to become mad. Having, during the whole course of my life, only known two persons having this peculiarity, I do not feel qualified to pass an opinion as regards this indication. One of these persons certainly was mad on several points; and, when it is added that the other is the writer of this book, many of its readers may be inclined to think that the mediæval physiognomist's theory might very possibly be correct.
We occasionally see (though it's rare) people with eyes of different colors. For example, one eye might be bluish-grey while the other has orange or yellow spots, making it look brown. This unusual trait can sometimes be found in dogs and is quite common in Persian cats or white cats, but it's very uncommon in humans. An old Italian writer claimed that people with differently colored eyes are likely to go mad. Having only known two people with this trait in my life, I don’t feel qualified to comment on this belief. One of those individuals was indeed mad in several ways; and since the other is the author of this book, many readers might think that the medieval physiognomist's theory could very well be correct.
CHAPTER XXIX.
The Nose
We often see fine eyes in an otherwise ugly face, but rarely is a thoroughly beautiful nose found in a face which could be called ugly, for the nose is the keynote of the face, and in it lies the chief characteristic of the countenance. Beautiful eyes and beautiful lips have, it is true, more charm—it is the expression of the eyes and lips of those we love which we most remember in absence—but it is the nose which, more than any other feature, most affects the general character of the face. This will be seen if we try the experiment of drawing the head and face of any beautiful statue—say the Venus of Milo, for instance—and, while giving it all its fair proportions of brow and cheek and chin, we substitute a small turn-up nose, or, worse still, a flat or snub nose, for the noble yet softly gracious line of the nose in this most perfect head and how much we should lower the noble type of beauty this Venus presents! Of course no one in real life could be unattractive with such a brow and beautifully shaped eyes, to say nothing of the perfect lips and softly rounded lines of the chin; but the nobility of the face would be entirely lost by this alteration of the lines of the nose; whilst we might alter the beautiful lines of the eyes, narrow the brow, and even take from the softly voluptuous contour of lips and chin, yet by leaving untouched the perfect form of the nose we should still retain the dignity of expression which is so characteristic of this statue.
We often notice beautiful eyes on an otherwise unattractive face, but it’s rare to find a truly beautiful nose on a face considered ugly. The nose defines the face, holding its main characteristic. Beautiful eyes and lips certainly have more allure—it’s the expressions of the eyes and lips of those we love that stick with us when they’re not around—but the nose, more than any other feature, greatly influences the overall character of the face. This becomes clear if we try drawing the head and face of any stunning statue—take the Venus of Milo, for example. If we give it all the proper proportions of forehead, cheeks, and chin but swap in a small turned-up nose or, even worse, a flat or snub nose for the elegant, gently graceful line of the original nose, we would significantly downgrade the beautiful type that Venus represents! Of course, no one in real life could look unattractive with such a forehead and beautifully shaped eyes, not to mention the perfect lips and softly rounded chin. Yet, the nobility of the face would be completely lost by changing the nose’s lines. We could change the beautiful contours of the eyes, narrow the forehead, and even reshape the voluptuous lines of the lips and chin, but if we left the perfect shape of the nose intact, we would still maintain the dignity of expression characteristic of this statue.
A nose to be perfect should equal the length of the forehead; it may, when the forehead is exceptionally low, be even longer than the forehead (and in most of the beautiful antique statues it is so), but on no account should it be shorter than the brow. Viewed in front, the nose should be somewhat broader at its root—that is, where it starts from the brow—than below. The end of it should be neither hard nor fleshy, but it should be well defined, though neither very pointed nor very broad, for all extremes of forms in any of the features are bad. Viewed in profile, the distance from the line of the wing of the nose to its tip should only be one-third of the length of the nose. Thus, those noses which stand very much out from the face as they near the end of the nose, whilst they are low on the bridge and between the eyes, are out of proportion. Those having such noses are vivacious, but wanting in dignity and force of character. They are impressionable, inquisitive and inconstant.
A perfect nose should match the length of the forehead; if the forehead is particularly low, it can even be longer than the forehead (which is the case in many beautiful ancient statues), but it should never be shorter than the brow. When looking at it from the front, the nose should be a bit wider at the root—where it meets the brow—than it is lower down. The tip should not be too hard or too fleshy, but well-defined, avoiding extremes that make it either too pointed or too broad, as any extreme in features is unattractive. When viewed in profile, the distance from the line of the nose's wing to its tip should be about one-third of the nose's total length. Therefore, noses that protrude significantly from the face as they approach the tip, while being low on the bridge and between the eyes, are out of proportion. People with such noses tend to be lively, but lack dignity and strong character. They are impressionable, curious, and inconsistent.
The nostrils (from the different forms of which many indications are given) should be pointed above and rounded below. The sides of the nose at its root between the eyes should close well with the line of the eyebone (as one sees them invariably do in the antique statues), and should be at least half an inch in width. Perhaps a better rule of proportion—as regards the whole face—is that the width of the nose between the eyes should be exactly the length of the eye.
The nostrils (from which many indications can be drawn) should be pointed at the top and rounded at the bottom. The sides of the nose at its base between the eyes should align nicely with the brow line (as is consistently seen in ancient statues) and should be at least half an inch wide. A better rule of proportion concerning the entire face is that the width of the nose between the eyes should be exactly the length of the eye.
Noses which are arched from their starting-point between the eyes show capability of command, energy and force of character. It will be remembered that the Duke of Wellington—the Iron Duke—had this sort of nose. Of course, this form in excess (as it certainly was in his case), without the characteristics of self-control and other good points in the face, would not have the same indication. A very prominent nose, like the beak of a parrot, with a narrow brow and retreating chin, would give stupid obstinacy; but, in an otherwise good physiognomy, a prominent nose gives force, command and productive energy.
Noses that are curved from their starting point between the eyes indicate a strong sense of leadership, energy, and a powerful character. It’s worth noting that the Duke of Wellington—the Iron Duke—had this type of nose. Of course, if this shape is overly pronounced (as it definitely was in his case), and lacks signs of self-control and other positive traits in the face, it wouldn’t convey the same meaning. A very prominent nose, resembling a parrot's beak, combined with a narrow forehead and a receding chin, would suggest foolish stubbornness; however, in an otherwise appealing face, a prominent nose signifies strength, authority, and creative energy.
It cannot, however, be denied that one sometimes comes upon noses which are rather small in proportion to the rest of the face and which are so devoid of arch as to be almost concave in their line when seen in profile, in persons of fairly good understanding; but such noses belong rather to those who appreciate, than to those who produce, works of literature and art. The people having these noses, provided the brows show some intellectuality, will be found to enjoy the beautiful influences of works of the imagination, but they themselves possess little or no creative power.
It can’t be denied that sometimes you come across noses that are pretty small compared to the rest of the face and are so flat that they almost curve inward when viewed from the side, on people who are reasonably intelligent. However, such noses are more typical of those who appreciate art and literature than those who create it. People with these noses, if their brows show some signs of intelligence, tend to enjoy the beautiful effects of imaginative works, but they themselves have little to no creative talent.
Straight noses give indications between these two extremes; they may belong to persons of the creative, or simply appreciative, order of mind. The form of the head and brow and the line of the eyebrows would determine to which class they especially belong. Arched noses with broad backs denote force of character. Swift and Napoleon Bonaparte had noses of this type. This sort of nose, with an arch starting from the root, is seen in almost all the busts of the Roman emperors; it is, in fact, frequently called the "Roman nose," and is very typical of the race which was for so many ages dominant in Europe; whilst the beautiful straight nose (which we are accustomed to call Grecian, because it is seen in almost all the antique statues) is quite as indicative of the perception of beauty in art and literature and of the subtlety of mind which distinguished the Greeks. The creative force in the antique straight nose is given by its proportion to the rest of the face, for it is always larger in proportion to the brow, cheeks and jaws than the strongly-arched broad-bridged nose which we call Roman, and thus it is indicative of quite as much productive force as the arched Roman nose, with infinitely more delicacy of perception; a small straight nose shorter than the forehead and set in a large round face, shows timidity and foolishness and is the nose of an unintelligent person.
Straight noses indicate a balance between two extremes; they can belong to people who are creative or simply appreciative. The shape of the head and brow and the line of the eyebrows would determine to which category they primarily belong. Arched noses with broad backs show strong character. Swift and Napoleon Bonaparte had this type of nose. This type of nose, with an arch starting from the root, appears in almost all the busts of Roman emperors; it is often called the "Roman nose," and is very typical of the race that dominated Europe for many ages. Meanwhile, the beautiful straight nose (which we commonly refer to as Grecian, because it can be seen in almost all antique statues) also reflects a keen appreciation of beauty in art and literature, and the subtlety of mind that characterized the Greeks. The creative force in the antique straight nose is defined by its proportion to the rest of the face, as it is always larger in relation to the brow, cheeks, and jaws compared to the strongly-arched, broad-bridged Roman nose. Thus, it indicates as much creative power as the arched Roman nose, but with significantly greater delicacy of perception. A small straight nose that is shorter than the forehead and set in a large round face suggests timidity and foolishness, marking the nose of an unintelligent person.
High noses that are not broad-backed are often seen in the faces of men of letters, but a high thin-backed nose, which seems to start up in a sharp ridge when seen in profile, is more indicative of penetration and acuteness than force of mind. These noses have generally fine, sharp tips, with a downward curve; this is an indication of wit. Voltaire and Sterne had such noses; they are generally seen in combination with thin and flexible lips and a somewhat pointed chin. A nose which is bent downwards is also indicative of sadness of disposition, for it is one of the signatures of the melancholy planet Saturn; but wit may exist (in fact generally does so) with a somewhat sad temperament. Voltaire's wit is almost always cynical, and cynicism grows out of a want of hope, a want of belief in one's fellow-creatures; whilst in Sterne (the writer of the inimitable though now little-read work, Tristram Shandy) there is always, even in his brightest sallies, an under-current of pathetic sadness. People with this sort of nose are sarcastic, somewhat hypochondriacal and very often reserved and morose. If, with this form of nose, the nostrils are narrow and almost closed and the wings of the nose pinched, the indications are still more those given by the melancholy planet Saturn; the more elastic and freely moving the nostril with this form of nose, the more bright and the less sardonic the wit. A person with a broad Roman nose, having this violent downward curve over the mouth, is one to be avoided, for this combination denotes a secretly voluptuous temperament—a man or woman of strong passions hidden beneath a cold and reserved manner. Broad-backed fleshy noses, round and full at the tips, with intellectually good brows, show a genial temperament and a sense of humour. Without the good indications of the brow they would only show love of good cheer and a certain good-humoured carelessness.
High noses that aren't broad-backed are often found on the faces of intellectuals, but a high thin-backed nose, which seems to rise sharply when viewed from the side, suggests insight and sharp thinking rather than strength of mind. These noses typically have fine, pointed tips with a downward curve, indicating a sense of wit. Both Voltaire and Sterne had such noses; they often go along with thin and flexible lips and a somewhat pointed chin. A nose that curves downward can also signal a sad disposition since it’s linked to the melancholic planet Saturn; however, wit can exist (and generally does) alongside a somewhat gloomy temperament. Voltaire’s humor is usually cynical, which stems from a lack of hope and faith in humanity, while Sterne (the author of the unique but now rarely read work, Tristram Shandy) always carries an undertone of poignant sadness, even in his brightest moments. People with this type of nose tend to be sarcastic, somewhat hypochondriacal, and often reserved and gloomy. If this type of nose has narrow and nearly closed nostrils and pinched nostril wings, it further reinforces the traits associated with the melancholic planet Saturn; the more elastic and freely moving the nostrils are, the brighter and less sardonic the wit. A person with a broad Roman nose that sharply curves downward over the mouth should be approached with caution, as this combination suggests a hidden voluptuous temperament—someone with intense passions concealed beneath a cold and reserved exterior. Broad-backed fleshy noses, round and full at the tips, combined with intellectually pleasant brows, indicate a warm temperament and a sense of humor. Without the positive traits suggested by the brow, they would simply reflect a love for good times and a somewhat carefree attitude.
Snub-noses—that is, noses short in proportion to the brow and with round fleshy tips—are indicative of commonplace, somewhat coarse natures, especially if the nostrils are round and the bridge of the nose very low between the eyes.
Snub noses—that is, noses that are short compared to the forehead and have round, fleshy tips—are signs of ordinary, somewhat rough personalities, especially if the nostrils are round and the bridge of the nose is very low between the eyes.
What is called a turned-up nose shows vivacity of temperament, jealousy, talkativeness, impudence (growing out of a certain amount of self-esteem) and petulance.
A turned-up nose indicates a lively temperament, jealousy, a tendency to talk a lot, cheekiness (stemming from a bit of self-esteem), and irritability.
There is a sort of delicately turned-up nose which we often see in pretty women, and which, though it shows wilfulness and coquetry—things not uncommon in pretty women, since the song tells us—
There’s a kind of delicately turned-up nose that we often see in attractive women, and even though it shows a bit of willfulness and playfulness—qualities not rare in pretty women, as the song tells us—
"For oh! these charming women,
"For these charming women,"
They all have wills of their own"—
They all have their own wills.
is significant of delicate perceptions and a certain intuitive cleverness which is thoroughly feminine and, therefore, very attractive to men. These noses—which are especially the noses of charming women—are well raised at the root; in fact, have all the delicacy of line of a straight nose, except that the extreme tip has an upward curve. It must have been of one of these delicate and thoroughly feminine noses that Tennyson must have been thinking when he describes one of his heroines as having a nose—
is significant of delicate perceptions and a certain intuitive cleverness that is distinctly feminine and, therefore, very attractive to men. These noses—which are especially found on charming women—are well-defined at the bridge; in fact, they have all the delicacy of a straight nose, except that the very tip has an upward curve. Tennyson must have been thinking of one of these delicate and thoroughly feminine noses when he describes one of his heroines as having a nose—
"Tip-tilted like a flower."
"Leaning like a flower."
Flexible nostrils, which quiver under excitement, show an ardent, poetic, and sensitive temperament.
Flexible nostrils that quiver with excitement reveal a passionate, artistic, and sensitive personality.
Very open and flexible nostrils show ardour in love and if seen in conjunction with large, full and slowly-moving eyes and a full under lip, indicate a voluptuous and passionate nature.
Very open and flexible nostrils show passion in love, and when paired with large, full, slowly-moving eyes and a full bottom lip, they suggest a sensual and passionate personality.
Closed nostrils show melancholy, timidity and absence of hopefulness—a person who habitually sees everybody and everything en noir.
Closed nostrils indicate sadness, shyness, and a lack of optimism—a person who often sees everyone and everything in a negative light.
Round nostrils show animal instincts and a somewhat low type of individuality; they are generally seen in snub-noses, which of themselves give the same indication.
Round nostrils indicate animal instincts and a somewhat basic type of individuality; they are usually found in people with flat noses, which also suggest the same thing.
Noses which have on both sides many wrinkles, which become visible on the slightest motion and never entirely disappear, even in a state of complete rest, show cunning and sarcasm.
Noses that have many wrinkles on both sides, visible with the slightest movement and never fully gone, even when completely still, indicate cunning and sarcasm.
When the line (which, after extreme youth, is always more or less seen from the nose to the mouth) is very strongly marked, and descends at a great distance from the corners of the mouth to the chin, it evidences an anxious and melancholic nature.
When the line (which, after early youth, is usually visible from the nose to the mouth) is very deep and extends significantly from the corners of the mouth to the chin, it indicates a worried and sad disposition.
CHAPTER XXX.
THE MOUTH, TEETH, JAW, AND CHIN
A mouth to be beautiful should be in harmony as regards proportion with the rest of the features of the face; that is, it should be neither remarkably large nor remarkably small. Neither the upper nor the lower lip should project beyond the other when the mouth is closed. The lips should shut easily over the teeth, and in doing so should fall into a flowing line of curves without compression. The more the lips are endowed with motion and the more richly they are coloured, the finer and more delicate are the human passions they indicate.
A beautiful mouth should be in proportion with the other features of the face; it shouldn’t be too large or too small. The upper and lower lips shouldn’t stick out more than the other when the mouth is closed. The lips should close smoothly over the teeth, forming a flowing line of curves without any tightness. The more expressive the lips are and the richer their color, the more refined and delicate the human emotions they convey.
An excess of even good form is bad; thus if the full rich lines of a generous mouth are exaggerated, we have the indication of sensuality, whilst the finer susceptibilities shown by delicately moulded lips may, by a little excess towards thinness, give fastidiousness and even avarice.
An excess of even good traits is bad; so if the full, rich lines of a generous mouth are exaggerated, it suggests sensuality. On the other hand, the finer sensitivities displayed by delicately shaped lips can, if they lean a bit too much toward thinness, come off as picky and even greedy.
The middle-sized mouth, which combines strength with warmth of feeling, whilst it steers clear of coarseness, is what gives the best indications. Such a mouth shows courage, generosity, and affection.
The medium-sized mouth, which balances strength with warmth, while avoiding coarseness, provides the best signs. Such a mouth reflects courage, generosity, and affection.
A mild, somewhat overhanging upper lip generally signifies goodness, or rather kindliness of disposition; but if very much overhung it shows weakness of purpose and an irresolute, vacillating character and, where the under lip is small as well as retreating and the chin also small, it is an indication of imbecility.
A slightly protruding upper lip usually indicates a kind and gentle nature; however, if it protrudes excessively, it suggests a lack of determination and an indecisive, inconsistent character. Additionally, if the lower lip is both small and retracted, and the chin is also small, it can be a sign of weakness in intellect.
A mouth in which the lower lip projects shows prudence amounting to distrust and melancholy. We often see this form of mouth with the down-drooping nose; both are indications of the dominating influence of Saturn at the birth of the person possessing such a combination of features. If the under lip should be very full as well as projecting and droops in a flaccid manner without closing over the teeth when the lips are in repose, it is a sign of a sensual nature. Of course an intellectual brow and a firm and energetic form of nose would lessen the evil of such an indication, but there is always a tendency towards the grosser pleasures of the senses in a person with such a form of lips.
A mouth where the lower lip sticks out indicates a level of caution that borders on distrust and sadness. We often see this type of mouth alongside a nose that droops; both suggest that the person's birth was heavily influenced by Saturn. If the lower lip is both very full and protruding, and it hangs down loosely without covering the teeth when the lips are relaxed, it signals a sensual nature. Naturally, having an intellectual forehead and a strong, assertive nose can offset some of the negative implications of such a feature, but there's still a tendency toward more indulgent sensory pleasures in someone with this lip shape.
A mouth with lips habitually apart denotes eloquence, if the rest of the face gives intellectual indications; but if none of the signs of mental power are there, it would only signify a chattering person wanting in decision and promptness of action.
A mouth with lips often parted suggests eloquence, especially if the rest of the face shows signs of intelligence; but if there are no indications of mental strength, it would just indicate someone who chatters and lacks decisiveness and quickness in action.
A firmly closed mouth shows courage, fortitude and determination; even an habitually open mouth will be seen to close with a sort of forced compression when endurance is necessary. Everyone closes the mouth after saying, "I am resolved."
A tightly closed mouth shows courage, strength, and determination; even someone who usually talks a lot will clamp their mouth shut when they need to endure. Everyone shuts their mouth after saying, "I am determined."
A somewhat long mouth, with an upward curve at the corners and with thin and very flexible lips, indicates wit. Voltaire had this sort of mouth.
A somewhat long mouth, with an upward curve at the corners and thin, very flexible lips, suggests intelligence. Voltaire had that kind of mouth.
Full, flexible lips, with a hollow in the centre of the lower lip, and with the corners turning upwards, show a joyous, hospitable and rather materialistic temperament, with good spirits and sense of humour.
Full, flexible lips, with a dip in the center of the lower lip, and with the corners turning upward, indicate a cheerful, welcoming, and somewhat materialistic personality, along with a good sense of humor and a generally positive outlook.
A mouth with full lips, but in which one side of the lower lip is larger and fuller than the other, was said by the old writers to denote ardour in love and general sensuousness. It is one of the signatures of Venus.
A mouth with full lips, where one side of the lower lip is bigger and fuller than the other, was said by ancient writers to indicate passion in love and overall sensuality. It is considered one of the marks of Venus.
A wart just above the upper lip shows a coarse and cruel nature; a mole in the same place, love of the opposite sex.
A wart above the upper lip indicates a rough and harsh personality, while a mole in the same spot suggests a love for the opposite sex.
Of course, the shape and placing of the teeth are not without significance in the character given by the mouth. When the upper gum shows above the teeth directly the lips are open, it is a sign of a selfish and phlegmatic nature.
Of course, the shape and placement of the teeth are important in the character expressed by the mouth. When the upper gum shows above the teeth while the lips are open, it suggests a selfish and apathetic nature.
Short, small teeth are held by the old physiognomists to denote weakness and short life, whilst rather long teeth, if evenly set in the head, denote long life.
Short, small teeth are believed by old physiognomists to indicate weakness and a short lifespan, while somewhat long teeth, if they are evenly positioned in the mouth, suggest a longer life.
The more the teeth, in point of size, shape and arrangement, approach to those of the carnivorous animals, the more violent are the animal instincts in the person; whilst the more the human teeth in shape and position approach to those of the graminivorous animals, the more placid is the character.
The closer the teeth are in size, shape, and arrangement to those of carnivorous animals, the more aggressive the instincts in the person become. Conversely, the more human teeth resemble those of herbivorous animals in shape and position, the more calm the character.
White, medium-sized and evenly-set teeth, which are seen as soon as the mouth is open, but which are never exposed—that is, which do not at any time show the gums—are a sign of good and honest natures.
White, medium-sized, and evenly shaped teeth, visible as soon as the mouth opens but never exposed—that is, they never show the gums—are a sign of good and honest characters.
Projecting teeth show rapacity; small, retreating teeth, such as are rarely seen unless in laughter, show weakness and want of physical and moral courage. The lower teeth projecting and closing over the upper range are indicative of a harsh nature.
Projecting teeth suggest greed; small, receding teeth, which are only seen in smiles, indicate weakness and a lack of physical and moral bravery. Lower teeth that stick out and overlap the upper ones point to a harsh personality.
In most faces the mouth or the nose is the more prominent. Where the nose is the dominant feature, energy, command and force of willpower, combined (unless the mouth and eyes show great kindness) with selfishness, show themselves in the character. Where the mouth, jaw and chin are more prominent, the appetites and passions are strong.
In most faces, the mouth or the nose stands out more. When the nose is the main feature, qualities like energy, authority, and willpower are often present, mixed with a sense of selfishness, unless the mouth and eyes are very kind. When the mouth, jaw, and chin are more pronounced, it indicates strong appetites and passions.
Broad jaws, with a broad forehead, mean both force of intellect and force of animal passion. Byron had this combination of brow and jaw; but the lips, which were full and flexible and with upward-curving corners, redeemed the sensuality given by the jaws, and the intellectual qualities shown by the form of the brow were in excess of the indications of voluptuousness given by the lower part of the face.
Broad jaws and a wide forehead signify both intellectual strength and intense animal passion. Byron had this mix of features; however, his full, flexible lips with upward-curving corners balanced out the sensuality suggested by his jaws. The intellectual traits expressed by his brow were more pronounced than the signs of desire indicated by the lower part of his face.
A person who has the jaw much broader than the brow and head has strong passions and a weak intellect—the very worst possible combination.
A person with a jaw that's much wider than their forehead and head has intense emotions and a weak intellect—the worst combination possible.
When the jaws are massive and yet the head and brow are more so, we have a powerful character, who can exert all his intellectual powers on one subject—one who has the very valuable faculty of concentration.
When the jawline is strong but the head and brow are even stronger, we see a powerful personality who can focus all their mental energy on a single topic—someone who has the incredibly useful skill of concentration.
Where the jaws are much narrower than the head, we have a character where the sensual instincts are feeble, and where intellect is of a subtle and refined order. Wit is shown by this form of face, especially if the nose is delicately outlined, the tip pointed and somewhat drooping over the mouth.
Where the jaws are much narrower than the head, it indicates a personality where the sensual instincts are weak, and the intellect is subtle and refined. Wit is evident in this type of face, especially if the nose is finely shaped, with a pointed tip that slightly hangs over the mouth.
When the lips retreat on each side of the mouth and open into an oval form, it denotes a subtle intelligence, tact and refinement of nature.
When the lips pull back on each side of the mouth and form an oval shape, it indicates a subtle intelligence, tact, and a refined nature.
A sharp indentation immediately above the chin, between it and the lower lip, shows good understanding.
A noticeable dip just above the chin, between it and the lower lip, indicates good understanding.
A pointed chin is a sign of craftiness, wisdom, discretion and intuitive perception.
A pointed chin indicates cleverness, wisdom, caution, and keen intuition.
A soft, fat, double chin shows epicurism and love of sensual pleasures of all sorts; it also indicates an indolent temperament. We never see such chins in persons of an energetic, restless nature. Charles James Fox, who was excessively indolent, had this chin even in youth.
A soft, plump double chin reflects a love for fine food and all kinds of sensual pleasures; it also suggests a lazy personality. We never see such chins on people with an energetic, restless nature. Charles James Fox, who was very lazy, had this chin even when he was young.
A flat chin shows avarice and a cold, hard nature; a small chin indicates weakness, want of will-power and cowardice.
A flat chin indicates greed and a cold, harsh personality; a small chin suggests weakness, lack of determination, and cowardice.
A retreating chin is a sign of silliness and, if the brow is shallow, of imbecility.
A receding chin is a sign of foolishness, and if the forehead is low, it's a sign of stupidity.
Where the space between the nose and the red part of the lip is short and very sharply cut, it indicates refinement and delicacy of perception, but not much power—no force of intellect; where this space is unusually short, it denotes silliness and weakness of purpose. A rather long but not flat upper lip, especially where the serpentine line of the middle of the mouth is much defined and the middle of the lip droops to the lower lip and is very flexible, denotes an eloquent person. We see this form of upper lip in the bust of Demosthenes, the greatest of Grecian orators; in Cicero, whose eloquence was unsurpassed in his age; in Fox, whose powers of oratory were great; in the demagogue Wilkes, in Edmund Burke, in Lord Palmerston and numerous other orators.
Where the space between the nose and the red part of the lip is short and sharply defined, it indicates a refined and delicate perception, but not much power—no force of intellect; when this space is unusually short, it signifies silliness and a weak sense of purpose. A somewhat long but not flat upper lip, especially if the defined serpentine line in the middle of the mouth is prominent and the middle of the lip droops to the lower lip and is very flexible, indicates an eloquent person. We see this form of upper lip in the bust of Demosthenes, the greatest of Grecian orators; in Cicero, whose eloquence was unmatched in his time; in Fox, who had great oratorical skills; in the demagogue Wilkes, in Edmund Burke, in Lord Palmerston, and many other orators.
A very long upper lip, which is flat and which belongs to a straight and formless or too thick-lipped mouth, is a sign of a low and vicious type of character. Almost all the faces of great criminals have this defect, combined with massive jaws and high cheek-bones, which last defect is, both Lavater and Perneti (a great French writer on the subject of physiognomy) tell us, a sign of rapacity and egotism.
A very long upper lip that is flat and part of a straight, shapeless, or overly thick-lipped mouth suggests a low and vicious character. Almost all great criminals have this trait, along with strong jaws and high cheekbones, which both Lavater and Perneti (a notable French writer on physiognomy) say indicate greed and self-centeredness.
A round chin, with a dimple in it, denotes kindliness and benevolence, a tender and unselfish nature. In a very massive double chin the dimple increases the quality of love of sensual pleasures. A square and massive chin shows strong perseverance and determined will.
A round chin with a dimple suggests kindness and generosity, revealing a caring and selfless personality. A very prominent double chin with a dimple enhances the tendency toward sensory pleasures. A square and strong chin indicates solid perseverance and a determined will.
An old Italian writer says that "women with brown, hairy moles on the chin, especially if these excrescences are on the under part of the chin, are industrious, active and are good housewives"; they are also, he says, "very sanguine and given to love follies. They talk much and whilst they are easily excited to return a love which is offered them, they are not so readily prevailed upon to become indifferent. For this reason," he goes on, evidently speaking feelingly and probably therefore with personal experience of the matter, "they should be treated with circumspect, calm friendship and kept at a distance by a mildly cold dignity of demeanour." He gives no directions as to how this effective "demeanour" is to be arrived at, but at once passes on to another remark on the subject of moles, and tells us that "a mole upon the upper lip, especially if it is bristly, will be found in no person who is not defective in something essential." This is rather a wide way of putting the matter. Are people with this blemish morally, mentally, or physically deficient? Wanting in kissableness such a mouth might be and this, perhaps, where lips are concerned, is "something essential."
An old Italian writer says that "women with brown, hairy moles on the chin, especially if these growths are on the underside of the chin, are hardworking, active, and good homemakers"; they're also, he says, "very passionate and prone to romantic whims. They talk a lot, and while they're easily excited to reciprocate love that's offered to them, they're not as easily swayed to become indifferent. For this reason," he continues, clearly speaking from the heart and probably with personal experience, "they should be treated with careful, calm friendship and kept at a distance by a slightly cool demeanor." He doesn't provide guidance on how to achieve this effective "demeanor," but quickly moves on to another observation about moles, stating that "a mole on the upper lip, especially if it's bristly, will be found in no person who is not lacking in something essential." This is quite a broad way of putting it. Are people with this flaw morally, mentally, or physically deficient? A mouth like that might lack kissability, which could be considered, perhaps, where lips are concerned, something essential.
CHAPTER XXXI.
The Hair and the Ears
Black hair which is perfectly without any wave or curl and which lies in lank, lifeless masses, shows a melancholic disposition; a black beard which grows sparsely gives the same indication.
Black hair that is completely straight and lies flat in lifeless strands shows a sad attitude; a sparse black beard gives the same impression.
Black hair which is wavy or curling and very thick, shows force of affection and a certain ardour in love matters; so also does a thick and crisp-textured black beard and moustache.
Black hair that is wavy or curly and very thick indicates strong affection and a certain passion in romantic matters; the same goes for a thick, coarse-textured black beard and mustache.
The lank, thin and uncurling black hair is one of the signatures of Saturn alone; the crisp, curling and thickly-growing black hair is the combination of Venus and Saturn. The united influence of these two planets on a life gives force of character, for the warmth and impulse given by Venus is tempered by the distrust of Saturn into prudence; thus people with the crisp dark hair get the ardour, combined with prudence, which produces success in life.
The straight, thin, and unruly black hair is a hallmark of Saturn; the curly, thick black hair comes from the mix of Venus and Saturn. The combined influence of these two planets on someone's life creates a strong character because the warmth and energy from Venus are balanced by Saturn's caution, leading to wise decisions. Therefore, people with curly dark hair possess enthusiasm paired with prudence, which often leads to success in life.
Chestnut hair of a soft and silky texture and not very thick, gives romance of character. This is not the sort of hair which is ever seen on very commonplace, realistic persons. Men having this soft chestnut-coloured hair are somewhat effeminate in their tastes and are wanting in energy and decision. Both men and women having it are incapable of strong affection: they are attracted by the opposite sex, but they are more given to having a series of small interests than one strong love. If this hair is found in combination with the golden coloured eyes it is indicative of coquetry in the nature; if with pale blue-grey eyes we have languor and caprice—a sentimental and inconsistent person.
Chestnut hair that’s soft and silky but not very thick gives off a romantic vibe. This type of hair is rarely seen on ordinary, realistic people. Men with this soft chestnut hair tend to have more delicate tastes and lack energy and decisiveness. Both men and women with this hair are not capable of deep affection; they may be attracted to the opposite sex, but they usually prefer having a variety of minor interests rather than one intense love. If this hair is paired with golden-colored eyes, it suggests a flirtatious nature; if it’s with pale blue-grey eyes, it indicates someone who is dreamy and capricious—a sentimental and inconsistent person.
Bright golden hair of a rich deep colour and of a crisp and waving texture growing thickly on the head and somewhat low on the brow, shows an ardent, poetic and artistic temperament. It is the signature of the Sun. Such people are generally fond of music, painting, or poetry. Both men and women having this sort of hair are intuitive in their judgments; they do not reason about things, they feel them; they are a little quick of temper, that is, easily ruffled, but they are quickly appeased; they are gay and interest themselves in art, even if they are not artists themselves.
Bright golden hair with a rich, deep color and a crisp, wavy texture, growing thickly on the head and somewhat low on the forehead, indicates an enthusiastic, poetic, and artistic personality. It’s like a trademark of the Sun. People with this type of hair usually love music, painting, or poetry. Both men and women with this hair tend to be intuitive in their judgments; they don’t analyze things logically, they just feel them. They can be a bit quick-tempered, meaning they get upset easily, but they calm down just as fast. They are cheerful and take an interest in art, even if they’re not artists themselves.
Persons with red hair are ardent and vivacious, especially if, with it, they have hazel eyes, in which case they have a bright and quick intelligence, for reddish hair and bright brown eyes are the signature of Mercury. They have a great deal of natural facility for study and good memories, but they are selfish and rather cruel.
People with red hair are passionate and lively, especially if they also have hazel eyes, which suggests they possess a bright and quick intelligence, as reddish hair and bright brown eyes are signs of Mercury. They have a natural ability for studying and good memories, but they can be selfish and somewhat cruel.
Red hair, with blue eyes, shows the same warmth of character, but not so much intelligence, and if, with blue eyes and red hair, the eyebrows and eyelashes are white—as is often the case—it is an indication of a weak and capricious nature.
Red hair and blue eyes reflect a warm personality but not as much intelligence. If the eyebrows and eyelashes are white, which is often the case with red hair and blue eyes, it suggests a weak and fickle nature.
People with red-brown hair, which is very thick and redder over the ears and at the temples and on the beard than on the head, are courageous and hot-tempered. This coloured hair is the signature of the fiery planet Mars, and (unless the other indications in the face are widely different) shows activity and energy in all things. It augments the indications of force and power given by other features and in art gives sense of colour in painters—force of language and eloquence in poets—and power in musical composition.
People with red-brown hair, which is very thick and redder around the ears, at the temples, and in their beard than on their head, are brave and easily irritated. This hair color is a sign of the fiery planet Mars and (unless other features in the face are significantly different) indicates a high level of activity and energy in everything they do. It enhances the signs of strength and power shown by other features and provides a sense of color for painters, mastery of language and eloquence for poets, and strength in musical composition.
Hair of that colourless, fair colour which French writers call blond cendré, or ash-coloured, denotes persons of an indolent and dreamy temperament. It is the indication given by the dominant influence of the Moon at birth. Persons with this sort of hair, in combination with large blue-grey eyes, with fair, long, but straight eyelashes and very slightly-defined eyebrows of the same blonde colour and white, soft skin, are capricious, languid, imaginative and somewhat melancholic. The imaginative and excessively indolent Théophile Gautier, the French novelist, was of this type in combination with Venus, giving a sensuousness amounting to sensuality.
Hair of that colorless, light shade that French writers call blond cendré, or ash-colored, is a sign of an easy-going and dreamy personality. It reflects the strong influence of the Moon at birth. People with this type of hair, paired with large blue-grey eyes, long, straight eyelashes, and very faintly defined eyebrows of the same blonde hue, along with soft, fair skin, tend to be whimsical, lazy, imaginative, and a bit melancholic. The overly imaginative and laid-back Théophile Gautier, the French novelist, was an example of this type, enhanced by Venus, giving him a sensuality that bordered on sensual indulgence.
Women having this sort of colouring of skin and hair are romantic and devoted in a resigned, but not active spirit—that is, they are more generous in words than deeds, for they are incapable of exertion and still less of perseverance.
Women with this kind of skin and hair color are romantic and devoted in a resigned way, but not actively engaged—that is, they tend to be more generous with their words than their actions, as they struggle with effort and even more with perseverance.
Persons with soft, wavy brown hair are affectionate, gentle and loving. Their first instincts are always good and kind. They like society and are gracious in manners and, though they are not quite as indolent as those having the soft ash-coloured hair—indicative of the Moon's influence—they are still lovers of repose and elegant comfort.
People with soft, wavy brown hair are affectionate, gentle, and loving. Their instincts are always good and kind. They enjoy socializing and have gracious manners. While they may not be as idle as those with soft ash-colored hair—suggesting the Moon's influence—they still appreciate relaxation and elegant comfort.
People with this soft brown hair (which is one of the signatures of the planet Venus) are very open to the impressions of beauty and they abhor noise, discords and quarrels; men with this sort of hair, like those with pale golden hair, are somewhat effeminate and are easily moved to tears.
People with this soft brown hair (which is one of the trademarks of the planet Venus) are very receptive to beauty and strongly dislike noise, conflict, and arguments; men with this type of hair, like those with light golden hair, tend to be a bit more sensitive and can be easily brought to tears.
Large, fleshy ears (especially those which have the lobes of the ears red) show coarseness of nature and sensuality.
Large, soft ears (especially those with red lobes) indicate a rough nature and sensuality.
If the ears stand forward so as to show their entire form when the face is seen from the front, it denotes rapacity and cruelty.
If the ears stick out enough to reveal their full shape when looking at the face from the front, it suggests greed and cruelty.
Long-shaped but small ears indicate refinement; a very small ear, close to the head, shows delicacy of perception, refinement, but also timidity.
Long-shaped but small ears indicate sophistication; a very small ear, close to the head, suggests sensitivity, refinement, but also shyness.
The ears should be so placed as not to be higher than the eyebrow, or lower than the tip of the nose; if set in too sloping a direction they show timidity; if too upright, animal instincts, courage, amounting to cruelty, especially if they obtrude from the head.
The ears should be positioned so they are not higher than the eyebrow or lower than the tip of the nose; if they tilt too much upwards, they suggest timidity; if they stand too upright, they indicate animal instincts and a type of courage that can come off as cruelty, especially if they protrude from the head.
A thin ear shows delicacy and poetry of feeling; a thick ear the reverse.
A thin ear shows sensitivity and a poetic sense; a thick ear shows the opposite.
Middle-sized ears, rather close to the head, are the signature of Jupiter; large ears of Saturn; delicate, long-shaped ears of the Sun and also of Mercury, only those bearing the signature of Mercury are more coloured, whilst those of the Sun are pale.
Middle-sized ears, positioned fairly close to the head, are a trademark of Jupiter; large ears belong to Saturn; and delicate, elongated ears characterize both the Sun and Mercury, though Mercury's ears are more vibrant in color, while the Sun's ears are lighter in tone.
Very upright ears, standing forward, are the signature of Mars; small, round ears, delicately tinted pink and close to the head, show the influence of Venus; whilst middle-sized round ears, of a very pale colour, are indicative of persons born under the influence of the Moon.
Very upright ears that point forward are a trademark of Mars; small, round ears with a light pink hue that sit close to the head reflect the influence of Venus; while medium-sized round ears of a very light color indicate people born under the influence of the Moon.
CHAPTER XXXII.
THE SIGNS OF THE PLANETS ON THE FACE
Those born under Jupiter have fresh complexions, and large blue or grey eyes, with thick and well-formed eyelids; and their eyelashes are long; their hair—which is chestnut, or, if tending towards black, is a brown, not blue, black—and is crisp or curly. They generally have well-marked and somewhat arched eyebrows, and their noses straight, with a slight rise on them, and somewhat fleshy; their mouths are large, but with generous, curved and full lips, the upper lip projecting over the lower one; their teeth are large, and the two in front are generally longer than the rest; their cheeks are fleshy and firm; the cheek-bones are well defined, without being prominent; the chin is large, with a dimple in the centre of it; their ears are of medium size and lie somewhat close to the head. The men born under Jupiter have thick curly brown beards, but they get bald early in life.
Those born under Jupiter have fresh complexions and large blue or gray eyes, with thick and well-formed eyelids; their eyelashes are long. Their hair is chestnut, or if it's leaning towards black, it's a brown, not blue black, and it’s crisp or curly. They usually have well-defined and somewhat arched eyebrows, and their noses are straight with a slight rise and a bit fleshy. Their mouths are large, with generous, curved, and full lips, where the upper lip protrudes over the lower. Their teeth are large, with the two front ones generally longer than the others; their cheeks are fleshy and firm, and their cheekbones are well defined without being prominent. The chin is large, with a dimple in the center; their ears are of medium size and lie close to the head. Men born under Jupiter have thick curly brown beards, but they tend to go bald early in life.
Those born under the dominant influence of the melancholy planet Saturn have no colour in their cheeks and their skin is dark and of a yellow or leaden tint. It is seldom that anyone is born under the sole influence of one planet; the ugliness of the Saturnian type is much mitigated by the influence of Jupiter, and the union of Venus and Saturn often produces positive beauty of a serious and melancholic sort. Many of the strikingly beautiful Spanish faces show the combined influence of these two planets.
Those born under the strong influence of the melancholic planet Saturn have pale cheeks and their skin tends to be dark with a yellow or leaden hue. It’s rare for anyone to be born exclusively under the sole influence of one planet; the unattractiveness associated with the Saturnian type is often softened by the influence of Jupiter, and the combination of Venus and Saturn can create a certain kind of serious, melancholic beauty. Many of the particularly beautiful Spanish faces exhibit the combined influence of these two planets.
Those born under the dominant influence of the Sun have regular features and a soft skin of a yellowish tint, but with colour in the cheeks and lips. Their hair is of a red-gold tint; and their eyebrows are well defined, but not dark. Their eyes are of a golden brown or greenish grey, and are brilliant and well shaped; the eyelashes and eyebrows are a little darker than the hair, but not dark, and are traced in a long sweeping line extending to the temples. Their cheeks are well covered, without being plump; their jaws are a long oval and neither the cheek-bones nor the jaws are at all prominent. Their teeth are even, but of rather yellowish white; their mouths are neither large nor small, but well formed, with the lips meeting evenly, that is, neither the upper nor the lower lip projecting. Their ears are medium-sized, rather long in shape, lying close to the head and the lobes of them are fleshy and slightly coloured of a pinkish hue. The chin is rather prominent, round and well shaped, like those of the antique statues, but not fleshy. Those born under the influence of the Sun have frequently weak sight, especially if their birth has taken place during an eclipse.
People born under the strong influence of the Sun have well-defined features and smooth skin with a slight yellow tint, but with color in their cheeks and lips. Their hair is a red-gold shade, and their eyebrows are well-defined, though not dark. Their eyes are golden brown or greenish grey, brilliant and well-shaped; their eyelashes and eyebrows are a bit darker than their hair, but not too dark, and they follow a long sweeping line to their temples. Their cheeks are well-covered without being chubby; their jaws are long and oval, with neither the cheekbones nor the jaws being prominent. Their teeth are even but have a yellowish-white shade; their mouths are neither large nor small, but nicely shaped, with lips that meet evenly, meaning neither the upper nor the lower lip sticks out. Their ears are medium-sized, somewhat long, lie close to the head, and the lobes are fleshy with a slight pink hue. The chin is somewhat prominent, round, and well-shaped, resembling those of ancient statues, but not fleshy. People born under the Sun's influence often have weak eyesight, especially if they were born during an eclipse.
Those born under the influence of Mercury have long faces and delicate, mobile features. Their skin is fine, soft and honey-coloured, but changes in tint with every passing emotion, for those born under Mercury are of a nervous, vividly intuitive and highly excitable temperament. Their hair is of a reddish, not golden, brown (what is called auburn), very fine and supple. Their foreheads are high and prominent and their eyebrows, which are long and delicately traced, lie very low over the eyes and are very mobile, moving up and down with every emotion. The eyes of those born under this planet are somewhat sunken, of a hazel or dark grey colour; they move quickly and have a restless expression; the white of the eye is (like that of those born under Saturn) of a yellowish tint and the lids of the eyes are thin and do not droop at all over the eyes. Their noses are straight and long, with delicate nostrils; the tip of the nose is round rather than pointed and frequently has a small cleft or dimple, which is, however, only faintly perceptible in certain lights, at the extreme tip. They have delicate mouths which droop a little at the corners and the lips are thin, mobile and often a little apart; the upper lip is thicker and more projecting than the lower lip; the teeth are small and even. The chin is long, pointed and a little projecting at the lip. The head is oval in shape and full at the temples.
Those born under the influence of Mercury have long faces and delicate, expressive features. Their skin is fine, soft, and honey-colored, but changes tone with every passing emotion because those born under Mercury have a nervous, highly intuitive, and excitable temperament. Their hair is a reddish-brown (what’s called auburn), very fine and flexible. Their foreheads are high and prominent, and their eyebrows, which are long and delicately shaped, sit low over the eyes and are very mobile, moving up and down with each emotion. The eyes of those born under this planet are somewhat sunken, hazel or dark gray in color; they move quickly and have a restless look. The whites of their eyes are slightly yellowish, similar to those born under Saturn, and their eyelids are thin and don’t droop. Their noses are straight and long, with delicate nostrils; the tip of the nose is round rather than pointed and often has a small cleft or dimple that's only subtly visible in certain lights at the very tip. They have delicate mouths that droop slightly at the corners, and their lips are thin, flexible, and often a little apart; the upper lip is thicker and more protruding than the lower lip; the teeth are small and even. The chin is long, pointed, and slightly projecting at the lip. The head is oval and full at the temples.
Those born under the planet Mars have short, square-shaped, but small heads, with high foreheads on which the hair grows far back, leaving the forehead much exposed. Their faces are round, sometimes square at the lower part and their skin is hard and dry and of a red colour, especially about the ears, which are long-shaped, set straight rather high on the head and slightly projecting from it. Their eyebrows are short, sometimes stopping midway over the eyes, very bushy and lying close to the eyes. Between the eyebrows are several short upright wrinkles. The hair is of a red or sandy colour, coarse and very curly. The beards of men born under Mars are thick, short and of the same fiery colour as the hair. Their eyes are grey or red-brown and are large, round, very wide open and have a fierce and fixed glance; the white of the eye in those born under this fiery planet is often bloodshot. Their mouths are large, but the upper lip is thin and compressed; the lower lip is somewhat thicker than the upper lip. Their noses are short and aquiline, with dilated nostrils. Their chins are projecting and somewhat massive, for the jaw is strongly developed; the cheeks are somewhat hollow, and the cheek-bones very marked.
Those born under the planet Mars have small, square-shaped heads with high foreheads where the hair grows far back, leaving the forehead quite exposed. Their faces are round, sometimes square at the bottom, and their skin is tough, dry, and red, especially around the ears, which are long, set straight and high on the head, and slightly protruding. Their eyebrows are short, occasionally stopping midway over the eyes, very bushy, and close to the eyes. There are several short, upright wrinkles between their eyebrows. Their hair is red or sandy, coarse, and very curly. Men born under Mars have thick, short beards in the same fiery color as their hair. Their eyes are gray or red-brown, large, round, very wide open, and have a fierce, fixed gaze; the whites of their eyes are often bloodshot. Their mouths are large, but the upper lip is thin and pressed together, while the lower lip is somewhat thicker. Their noses are short and aquiline, with wide nostrils. Their chins stick out and are somewhat heavy, as the jaw is well-defined; their cheeks are somewhat hollow, and their cheekbones are very prominent.
Those born under the influence of the Moon have round-shaped heads, broad at the temples (showing ideality—the Moon gives imagination). The forehead is full over the eyebrows, but retreats at the top; it is broad and low. The complexion is pale, almost colourless and the skin is soft. Their hair is fine, soft, of a colourless fairness, no golden tint in it and it is never very thick. The faces of those born under the dominant influence of the Moon are large and round; the nose is (in proportion to the face) small and short and its tip is round rather than pointed. Their eyes are of the same colour as the hair, very lightly marked, but joining over the nose. Their mouths are small; but their lips, which are of a pale colour, are full and pouting and are rarely quite closed. Their teeth are large and often irregular. Their chins are round, fleshy and retreating. Their ears are also round, medium size, pale coloured, set in a very sloping direction and lying close to the head. If born during an eclipse of the Moon, those born under this influence are sometimes blind.
Those born under the influence of the Moon have round heads, wide at the temples (indicating idealism—the Moon inspires imagination). Their forehead is full above the eyebrows but tapers off at the top; it’s broad and low. The complexion is pale, nearly colorless, and the skin is soft. Their hair is fine and soft, lacking any golden tint, and it’s never very thick. People with a strong Moon influence have large, round faces; their noses are small and short compared to their faces, with round tips rather than pointed ones. Their eyes are the same color as their hair, lightly defined but connected over the nose. Their mouths are small, but their pale lips are full and pouty, rarely completely closed. Their teeth are large and often uneven. They have round, fleshy chins that recede. Their ears are also round, medium-sized, pale in color, set at a steep angle, and lie close to the head. Those born during a lunar eclipse may sometimes be blind.
People born under the influence of Venus have a great resemblance to those born under Jupiter, only their beauty is more feminine. They have the white and delicately-tinted skin of the Jupiterians, but it is still softer, finer and more transparent. They have round faces, the cheek-bones and the jaw-bones are not at all apparent; their cheeks are softly rounded and generally ornamented with dimples; their foreheads are a delicate oval, rather low and have delicate azure veins at the temples. The eyebrows of persons born under the influence of this beautiful planet are dark and beautifully marked in long sweeping but very delicate lines, but not meeting over the nose. Their hair is long, thick, soft, undulating and of a light brown colour. Their noses, which are broad at the root between the eyes, are straight and delicate, not at all pointed, but rather rounded at the tip;[20] the nostrils are round, but dilated and very flexible. Their eyes are large, clear, humid and somewhat projecting; the pupils are large in proportion to the white of the eye, which is limpid and of a clear, transparent, bluish white; their eyelids are well formed and blue veined. Their mouths are small and of a beautiful red colour; the lips are full, especially the lower one, the right side of which is slightly larger than the left. This is a particular Signature of Venus, as is also a small dimple near the corner of the mouth. The teeth are white, small, evenly set in coral-tinted gums and the chin is soft and round and has, like the chin of Jupiterians, a dimple in it.
People born under the influence of Venus closely resemble those born under Jupiter, but they have a more feminine beauty. They possess the fair, delicately-tinted skin of Jupiterians, though it's softer, finer, and more translucent. They have round faces where the cheekbones and jawline are quite subtle; their cheeks are gently rounded and often have dimples. Their foreheads are delicate ovals, rather low, with soft blue veins at the temples. The eyebrows of those influenced by this beautiful planet are dark and elegantly shaped in long, sweeping yet very fine lines, not connecting over the nose. Their hair is long, thick, soft, wavy, and light brown. Their noses are broad at the root between the eyes, straight and delicate, not pointed but rather rounded at the tip; the nostrils are round, but wide and very flexible. Their eyes are large, clear, moist, and slightly protruding; the pupils are large relative to the white of the eye, which is clear and a nice bluish white; their eyelids are well-shaped with blue veins. Their mouths are small and a lovely red; the lips are full, especially the lower one, the right side of which is a bit larger than the left. This is a distinctive trait of Venus, as is a small dimple near the corner of the mouth. Their teeth are white, small, evenly spaced in coral-tinted gums, and their chin is soft and round, with a dimple just like that of Jupiterians.
Although the signs just described are those given by each planet, as it rarely happens that anyone is born under the influence of one planet only, but generally of two or more, it is rarely that we see a face which gives the pure type of any one planet without admixture. It is for the physiognomist to examine and ascertain which is the dominant planet.
Although the signs just mentioned are those associated with each planet, it's unusual for someone to be born under the influence of just one planet; typically, they are influenced by two or more. Therefore, it's rare to see a face that perfectly represents the true type of any single planet without any mix. It's up to the physiognomist to examine and identify which planet is the most dominant.
The union of Saturn and Jupiter gives a pale skin without freshness, chestnut hair and eyes and a rather dark skin, the face a round oval and dark grey eyes.
The combination of Saturn and Jupiter leads to a pale complexion lacking vibrancy, chestnut hair and eyes, and a somewhat dark skin tone, with a round oval face and dark gray eyes.
The union of Venus with the Sun gives brilliant beauty, a beautiful complexion, hair of a golden brown or rich chestnut, full, bright brown eyes with long eyelashes, a delicately-formed nose and a beautiful mouth. People born under this junction have much charm of manner, but they are not very constant; for, although they have much tenderness, they are of the ardent artistic nature, which, from its very susceptibility, cannot be expected to be as constant as those who are less impressionable; they are people of quick rather than deep feelings; they love readily, but as readily forget.
The combination of Venus and the Sun creates striking beauty, with a lovely complexion, golden brown or rich chestnut hair, bright brown eyes with long lashes, a nicely shaped nose, and an attractive mouth. People born during this alignment have a lot of charm, but they're not very stable. Despite their tenderness, they have an intense artistic temperament that makes them less reliable than those who are not as sensitive; they tend to have quick, rather than deep, emotions. They fall in love easily but can just as easily forget.
"Women born under the double influence of Venus and the Sun," says an old Italian writer on the subject, are "loving, lovely and beloved."
"Women born under the combined influence of Venus and the Sun," says an old Italian writer on the subject, are "loving, beautiful, and cherished."
CHAPTER XXXIII.
ABOUT THE MOLES ON THE FACE AND HOW THEY RELATE TO THOSE ON THE BODY
All moles are the result of the influences of the planets, or of the sign of the zodiac rising at birth. The moles which are given by Saturn are black; those by Jupiter are of a purple-brown colour; those by the Sun, yellow; by Venus, light brown; Mercury, honey-coloured; by the Moon, of a bluish white.
All moles are a result of the influences of the planets or the zodiac sign rising at birth. Moles attributed to Saturn are black; those from Jupiter are a purple-brown color; those from the Sun are yellow; from Venus, light brown; from Mercury, honey-colored; and from the Moon, bluish-white.
A mole on the right side of the forehead, just beneath or on the line of Saturn (see plate) indicates another on the right side of the breast. This mole shows to a man, if yellow, that he will have good fortune in sowing, tilling the earth, or building; if red, he will have luck all through his life, by his courage and force of character; if black, his condition will be changeable; if the mole is purple, he will be advanced to be the head of his family. In a woman a mole in this position shows fortune by inheritance or legacies; but if black in colour she will not live long.
A mole on the right side of the forehead, either just below or aligned with the line of Saturn (see plate), indicates another mole on the right side of the chest. This mole suggests to a man that if it's yellow, he will have good luck in farming, cultivating the land, or building; if it's red, he will have luck throughout his life due to his bravery and strong character; if it's black, his situation will be unstable; if the mole is purple, he will rise to be the leader of his family. For a woman, a mole in this position signifies fortune through inheritance or legacies; however, if it’s black, she may not live long.
A mole on the left side of the forehead on the Line of Saturn indicates another on the left side of the back and shows to a man imprisonment and disaster; if honey-coloured, his trouble comes from women; if red, from quarrels with enemies; if black, he will be unfortunate all his life. To a woman it foretells that she will live out of her own country and if black she will be a widow.
A mole on the left side of the forehead along the Line of Saturn suggests another mole on the left side of the back and signifies imprisonment and disaster for a man; if it's honey-colored, his issues stem from women; if it's red, they arise from conflicts with enemies; if it's black, he'll face misfortune throughout his life. For a woman, it indicates she will live away from her home country, and if it's black, she will become a widow.
A mole in the middle of the forehead on the Line of Saturn shows another in the middle of the stomach and foretells to a man, if it should be black, that he will suffer much ill-fortune for the sake of women; if red, he will get some pleasure out of his troubles with them; and if yellow, he will rejoice through women; if of a pale bluish colour and raised, he will be much beloved of women. To a woman, of whatever colour it may appear, it indicates that she is of a very luxurious nature and will suffer from her own folly as regards men.
A mole in the middle of the forehead on the Line of Saturn indicates another one in the middle of the stomach and suggests to a man that if it’s black, he will face a lot of bad luck because of women; if it’s red, he will find some enjoyment in his troubles with them; and if it’s yellow, he will find joy through women. If it’s pale bluish and raised, he will be very loved by women. For a woman, regardless of its color, it signifies that she has a very indulgent nature and will suffer from her own mistakes when it comes to men.
A mole on the right side of the forehead on the Line of Jupiter shows another on the right side over the liver and indicates, to a man, good fortune in marriage, long life and large possessions; but if black, he will not be quite so lucky as regards marriage. To a woman it shows, whatever its colour, good fortune in all that concerns her.
A mole on the right side of the forehead on the Line of Jupiter indicates another on the right side above the liver, suggesting that for a man, this means good luck in marriage, a long life, and great wealth; however, if it's black, his luck in marriage won't be as strong. For a woman, regardless of the mole's color, it signifies good fortune in all aspects of her life.
A mole on the left side of the forehead on the Line of Jupiter shows another on the left side of the stomach and indicates, to a man, love of material enjoyments, especially if it be of a purple colour; if honey-coloured, he is not so sensual. To a woman such a mole shows her to be imprudent and quite regardless of her own honour.
A mole on the left side of the forehead, along the Line of Jupiter, signals another on the left side of the stomach and indicates, for a man, a love of material pleasures, especially if it's purple. If it’s honey-colored, he isn't as sensual. For a woman, such a mole suggests she is reckless and quite indifferent to her own reputation.
A mole in the middle of the Line of Jupiter shows another in the middle of the breast and indicates that a man is of a harsh nature; if red, he is furious in temper; if black, he is singularly unfortunate in all his undertakings; but if raised and of a bluish colour, he is less unlucky. To a woman it indicates that she is foolish, prattling and idle.
A mole in the center of the Line of Jupiter suggests that a man has a harsh personality; if it's red, he has a bad temper; if it's black, he tends to be particularly unfortunate in everything he does; but if it's raised and bluish, he's less unlucky. For a woman, it indicates that she is silly, talkative, and lazy.
A mole on the right side of the Line of Mars shows another on the right arm and indicates, if red, military distinction; if honey-coloured, good fortune with horses and other cattle; if black, danger from four-footed beasts; if much raised and somewhat red, it shows good fortune in all things relating to fire. To a woman this mole shows a rich husband, full of kindness and complacency.
A mole on the right side of the Line of Mars indicates another on the right arm and signifies, if red, military honor; if honey-colored, good luck with horses and other livestock; if black, a threat from four-legged animals; if raised and slightly red, it suggests good fortune in everything related to fire. For a woman, this mole indicates a wealthy husband who is kind and agreeable.
A mole on the left side of the Line of Mars indicates another on the left arm, and shows a man to be of a quarrelsome nature; if black, he is treacherous and loses much by four-footed beasts and by horse-racing; if purple or yellow, he is involved in quarrels about women. Such a mole, whatever its colour, shows a woman to be very unfortunate in her love affairs, and likely to be betrayed by her female friends.
A mole on the left side of the Line of Mars suggests another on the left arm, indicating that a man tends to be argumentative; if it's black, he is deceitful and suffers losses because of animals and horse racing; if it's purple or yellow, he gets into fights over women. For a woman, any color mole signifies she is likely to have bad luck in love and may be betrayed by her female friends.
A mole in the middle of the Line of Mars indicates another on the left side of the belly; if red, the man is likely to be guilty of manslaughter and if any other colour he is sensual. To a woman this mole shows vanity and, if black, she is likely to be the cause of the death of some friend, but more by mischance than by design.
A mole in the middle of the Line of Mars suggests there's another on the left side of the belly; if it's red, the man is likely guilty of manslaughter, and if it's any other color, he tends to be sensual. For a woman, this mole indicates vanity, and if it's black, she may be the cause of a friend's death, more by accident than by intention.
A mole on the right side of the forehead on the Line of the Sun indicates another on the right breast and intimates, to a man, of whatever colour but black, riches and honours; if black, his good fortune will not be so great and will come, not from his own merits, but from the exertions of friends. To a woman it shows an affluence of the goods of fortune; but if black she will have to be very subservient to her husband.
A mole on the right side of the forehead, on the Line of the Sun, suggests there’s another mole on the right breast and indicates that a man, regardless of his skin color except for black, will obtain wealth and honor; if he’s black, his good fortune won’t be as significant and will come not from his own efforts, but through the actions of friends. For a woman, it signifies a lot of material wealth; however, if she’s black, she will need to be quite submissive to her husband.
A mole near the right ear shows another on the right side of the belly, not low down and signifies, to a man, a blow on the head, some accident to that ear, whereby he may lose his hearing; if black, these evils are the more to be apprehended. To a woman it shows the loss of those things she most values.
A mole near the right ear indicates another mole on the right side of the belly, not too low down, and for a man, it suggests a blow to the head or an accident to that ear, which could lead to hearing loss; if it’s black, these dangers are even more likely. For a woman, it indicates the loss of things she values most.
A mole on the left ear shows another on the left side, low down on the belly. This mole indicates to a man persecution from enemies. If it be of a red colour, that he will go near to committing murder by reason of women; if black, or even honey-coloured, it is still of evil indication and shows quarrels and violent death. To a woman, let it be of whatsoever colour, it shows that she will be the cause of death to someone; let her, therefore, shun to meddle with poison.
A mole on the left ear signifies another mole on the left side, low on the belly. This mole suggests that a man will face persecution from enemies. If it's red, it indicates he’s likely to commit murder because of women; if it's black or even honey-colored, it still signifies bad outcomes and suggests disputes and violent death. For a woman, regardless of its color, it indicates she will be the cause of someone's death; therefore, she should avoid handling poison.
A mole on the right cheek shows another on the right hip and indicates, to a man, that he will have great charm of manner towards women, and be much beloved by them; this, whatever its colour. To a woman also it shows happy marriage and that she will be vehemently beloved.
A mole on the right cheek indicates another on the right hip and suggests to a man that he will have great charm towards women and be well-liked by them, regardless of its color. For a woman, it signals a joyful marriage and that she will be deeply loved.
A mole on the left cheek shows another on the left hip and indicates, to a man, a wandering existence and short life; if black, he dies by violence. To a woman it threatens sharp and hard fortune, especially in love matters.
A mole on the left cheek indicates another on the left hip and suggests, for a man, a restless life and a short lifespan; if it's black, he dies violently. For a woman, it warns of a tough and challenging fate, particularly in love.
A mole on the right side or corner of the mouth shows another at the right side of the lower part of the spine and shows, to a man, that he shall much increase his wealth by reason of his own sagacity; but if honey-coloured, his good fortune will come by women. To a woman such a mole shows she will abound in wealth and be vehemently beloved; if black in colour, with all these advantages, she will yet suffer from the scandal of envious women friends.
A mole on the right side or corner of the mouth indicates another mole on the right side of the lower back and suggests that a man will significantly increase his wealth due to his own cleverness; however, if it's honey-colored, he will gain his good fortune through women. For a woman, such a mole indicates that she will be wealthy and deeply loved; but if it's black, despite these benefits, she will still face gossip from envious female friends.
A mole on the left side of the mouth indicates another on the left side of the base of the spine and shows, to a man, that he will be entangled with a woman he cannot marry, and have illegitimate children. To a woman it shows a likelihood of the same disgrace.
A mole on the left side of the mouth suggests there’s another one on the left side of the base of the spine and indicates, for a man, that he will become involved with a woman he cannot marry and will have illegitimate children. For a woman, it suggests a similar risk of disgrace.
A mole in the middle of the upper lip shows another on the lowest part of the body and indicates, to a man, that he will be miserable from various perils, but above all from women. To a woman this mole shows sickness and weakness from internal diseases.
A mole in the center of the upper lip signifies another one on the lowest part of the body and indicates to a man that he will suffer from various dangers, especially from women. For a woman, this mole indicates illness and weakness due to internal diseases.
A mole beneath the middle of the under lip shows another on the knee and indicates, to a man, that he will undertake long and perilous journeys, by reason of which he shall see many strange countries; if honey-coloured, he will gain wealth from strangers and marry a rich, foreign wife. Such a mole shows a woman to be thoughtless and likely to marry a foreigner and live much out of her own country.
A mole in the middle of the lower lip, along with one on the knee, suggests to a man that he will go on long and dangerous journeys, which will allow him to see many unusual places. If the mole is honey-colored, he will accumulate wealth from foreigners and marry a wealthy, foreign partner. For a woman, such a mole indicates that she may be careless and is likely to marry someone from another country, resulting in her spending a lot of time away from her homeland.
A mole upon the middle of the chin shows another upon the right foot and indicates, to a man, that he shall have good fortune through women. To a woman happy marriage, but worry for her children.
A mole in the center of the chin suggests another on the right foot and means, for a man, that he will have good luck thanks to women. For a woman, it means a happy marriage, but concern for her children.
A mole on the right side of the chin shows another on the right haunch and indicates, to the man, that he will be of great intellectual capacity; if black, he will be a searcher in occult matters. In a woman it shows good fortune, happy marriage and long life, whatsoever may be its colour.
A mole on the right side of the chin reflects another on the right hip and suggests to the man that he will have significant intellectual abilities; if it's black, he will explore hidden knowledge. In a woman, it signifies good luck, a happy marriage, and a long life, regardless of its color.
A mole on the left side of the chin shows another on the left haunch and indicates, to a man, inconstant fortune, much worry of mind and bodily discomfort. In a woman it shows ill-health and, if of a pale bluish colour, danger by water.
A mole on the left side of the chin shows another on the left hip and indicates, for a man, unstable fortune, a lot of mental stress, and physical discomfort. For a woman, it signifies poor health and, if it's a pale bluish color, danger related to water.
CHAPTER XXXIV.
ABOUT THE MOLES THAT DON'T HAVE MATCHING MOLES ON THE FACE
A mole on the right side of the throat shows to a man great wit but short life, whatever may be its colour. To a woman it indicates a reasonably happy life, but danger and pain from childbirth.
A mole on the right side of the throat suggests that a man has great intelligence but a short life, regardless of its color. For a woman, it indicates a fairly happy life, but risks and suffering from childbirth.
A mole on the left side of the throat threatens a man with dangerous falls from horses or from high places. To a woman the same and, should the mole be of a pale colour, danger by water.
A mole on the left side of the throat puts a man at risk for serious falls from horses or high places. For a woman, it's the same, and if the mole is light in color, there’s also a danger related to water.
A mole at the nape of the neck indicates to either man or woman great danger of untimely death by water.
A mole at the back of the neck signals that both men and women face a significant risk of dying unexpectedly by drowning.
A mole in the midst of the throat—that is, on the gullet—shows to a man much danger of death by strangulation or hanging. To a woman peril in sickness and, if the mole should be black in colour, she dies.
A mole in the throat—meaning on the gullet—indicates a significant risk of death by strangulation or hanging for a man. For a woman, it suggests danger from illness, and if the mole is black, it could lead to her death.
A mole immediately under the right breast shows to a man that he will be lucky in agriculture. To a woman that she shall receive inheritance from the dead; if black, her father is killed by accident.
A mole located just under the right breast indicates to a man that he will have good luck in farming. For a woman, it means she will inherit from someone who has passed away; if the mole is black, it signifies that her father died in an accident.
A mole under the left breast shows a man to be of a malignant nature and furious of temper, but strong in love. To a woman it indicates great constancy and suffering by reason of that constancy.
A mole under the left breast indicates that a man is malicious and quick-tempered, yet deeply loving. For a woman, it signifies strong loyalty and the pain that comes from that loyalty.
A mole on the knee, whether left or right, predicts, to either man or woman, long and various journeys. Such persons will marry entirely for their own fancy, probably foreigners, and will be very fortunate in their marriages.
A mole on the knee, whether it's on the left or right, suggests that both men and women will have long and varied journeys. Those with this mole will likely marry for love, probably to someone from another country, and will be very lucky in their marriages.
A mole on the calf of the right leg shows to a man that by his own ingenuity and learning he shall attain a high position; if black, he will receive some sorrow from women; but if the mole should appear raised he marries a lovely person—has only one wife and lives happily. To a woman it shows a fortunate, good and rich husband and that she will have many children and live long.
A mole on the calf of the right leg indicates to a man that through his own cleverness and knowledge, he will reach a high status; if it’s black, he will face some grief from women; but if the mole is raised, he will marry a beautiful person—have only one wife and live a happy life. For a woman, it signifies a fortunate, good, and wealthy husband, and that she will have many children and live a long life.
A mole on the lowest part of the body shows to a man that he is of a very luxurious nature and that he shall be enriched by marriage. A woman having this mole is rather sensuous, but—on the whole—faithful to her husband.
A mole on the lower part of the body indicates to a man that he has a very indulgent nature and that he will gain wealth through marriage. A woman with this mole tends to be quite sensual, but overall, she is loyal to her husband.
A mole on the right shoulder shows a man to be fortunate in his undertakings; if red, he has a large fortune with his wife. To a woman it indicates a marriage above her expectations; but if black, she buries her first husband and marries again.
A mole on the right shoulder indicates that a man will have good luck in his ventures; if it's red, he will have great wealth with his wife. For a woman, it signifies a marriage that exceeds her expectations; however, if it's black, she will lose her first husband and marry again.
A mole on the right foot shows to a man that he will be clever in acquiring foreign languages and that he will be a great student of occult matters. To a woman it promises a fortunate and happy, long life; if black, this good fortune is somewhat chequered with troubles.
A mole on the right foot indicates that a man will be smart at learning foreign languages and will be a serious student of mysterious subjects. For a woman, it suggests a fortunate and happy long life; if the mole is black, this good fortune may come with some troubles.
A mole on the left foot denotes a man to be rash and of an evil and vagabond disposition. To a woman it shows much care and trouble and, if black, danger in travelling.
A mole on the left foot indicates that a man is reckless and has a bad, wandering nature. For a woman, it suggests she will face a lot of worries and, if the mole is black, it signifies danger while traveling.
If the second toe in a foot should stretch out much beyond the great toe, it shows, to either man or woman, riches and a happy and prosperous life.
If the second toe on a foot extends far beyond the big toe, it indicates, for both men and women, wealth and a happy, successful life.
A mole on the left shoulder predicts to a man much worry in money matters. To a woman it shows a life of continual anxiety and humiliation by reason of her own vanity. If black in colour, she suffers some serious disgrace from her own conduct.
A mole on the left shoulder suggests that a man will experience a lot of stress related to money. For a woman, it indicates a life filled with ongoing anxiety and embarrassment due to her own vanity. If the mole is black, she will face serious shame because of her behavior.
A mole on the lower part of the neck on the right side near the shoulder shows a man to be very covetous. To a woman it indicates that she will be beloved of princes or great personages far above her in rank.
A mole on the lower part of the neck on the right side near the shoulder suggests that a man is very greedy. For a woman, it means she will be loved by princes or important people who are much higher in status than she is.
A mole on the neck near the left shoulder indicates to either man or woman disgrace from evil practices.
A mole on the neck near the left shoulder signifies disgrace from bad behavior for both men and women.
CHAPTER XXXV.
ABOUT THE MARKS INDICATED AT BIRTH BY THE ZODIAC SIGNS
By a knowledge of the signature given by the signs of the zodiac, when rising at birth, we may sometimes ascertain the hour of nativity, or, at any rate, go near enough to it to be able to work out the horoscope after a fashion, supposing the exact date to be impossible of attainment.
By understanding the signature provided by the zodiac signs at the time of birth, we can sometimes determine the time of birth or at least get close enough to create a horoscope in a way, assuming the exact date is unattainable.
A person born when the first part of the sign Aries is rising will have a small raised mole amongst the hairs of the head; if the second part of the sign happened to be rising at the birth, the mark or mole would be raised in the form of a pea or wart and would be seen on the forehead; if the third part of the sign arose at birth, the mark would appear below the mouth, or towards the chin. Those persons having these marks of Aries on any of the parts described will generally be found to have the mark of Mars in the lowest part of the body, also in the form of a raised mole or wart.
A person born when the first part of the Aries sign is rising will have a small raised mole among the hair on their head; if the second part of the sign was rising at birth, the mark or mole would appear raised like a pea or wart and would be noticeable on the forehead; if the third part of the sign was prominent at birth, the mark would show up below the mouth or near the chin. Those who have these Aries marks in the mentioned areas are typically found to have a mark of Mars in the lower part of the body, also appearing as a raised mole or wart.
When Taurus is rising at a birth, the native bears a mark in the front of the throat, sometimes in the form of a raspberry or red-coloured mole, which mark is always ill in its effects. Should the second part of the sign Taurus have been rising at the nativity, the person will have the mark at the side of the throat. If the third, the same mark will appear on the nape of the neck, but then it will be more raised than the two former moles.
When Taurus is on the rise at birth, the person has a mark on the front of their throat, sometimes resembling a raspberry or a red mole, which is always considered unfortunate. If the second part of the Taurus sign was rising at birth, the mark will be on the side of the throat. If the third part was rising, the same mark will show up on the back of the neck, but it will be more raised than the previous two moles.
Those born under Gemini have their marks in the arms. If the first part of the sign arose at birth, they bear its mark on the right arm, near the shoulder; if the second, on the same part of the left arm and if the third part of the sign arises at birth, the native bears the mark on the right arm, but below the elbow and generally near the wrist.
People born under Gemini have marks on their arms. If the first part of the sign appears at birth, they have a mark on their right arm, close to the shoulder; if the second part appears, it’s on the same spot on the left arm. If the third part of the sign appears at birth, the person will have the mark on their right arm, but below the elbow, usually near the wrist.
When the sign Cancer is in the ascendant, the mark is on the upper part of the right breast in the form of a flower or a hare's foot, of a whitish colour, and commonly having a hair or two springing from it. In the older days this mark was supposed to be an evidence of witchcraft in a woman and many poor creatures have lost their lives for this. Those born under the second part of the sign Cancer have the mark lower down on the breast and when the third part of Cancer is rising at a birth, the sign is nearly under the breast.
When Cancer is rising, the mark appears on the upper part of the right breast, shaped like a flower or a hare's foot, usually whitish and often with a hair or two growing from it. In the past, this mark was thought to indicate witchcraft in women, and many unfortunate souls lost their lives because of this belief. Those born under the second segment of Cancer have the mark lower on the breast, and when the third segment of Cancer is ascendant at birth, the mark is almost directly under the breast.
When Leo is in the ascendant at birth, the sign is on the left breast and, in the same manner, if the sign appears high up on the breast it indicates that the first part of the sign was ascending; if near the middle, the second; and if on one side, towards the left armpit, the third part of the sign must have been ascending at birth.
When Leo is rising at birth, the sign is positioned on the left side of the chest. Similarly, if the sign is located high on the chest, it shows that the first part of the sign was rising; if it's around the middle, the second part; and if it's towards the left armpit, then the third part of the sign must have been rising at birth.
In nativities under Virgo the mark is on the upper part of the stomach, that is, between the two breasts, when the first part of the sign ascends; those born when the second part is rising have the mark near the navel; and those when the third part is rising quite low down on the stomach. Those that are thus marked are very inconstant. The moles given by Virgo are flat, and of a reddish colour.
In people born under Virgo, the mark appears on the upper part of the stomach, that is, between the breasts, when the first part of the sign is rising; those born when the second part is ascending have the mark near the navel; and those born when the third part is rising have it quite low on the stomach. Those with these markings tend to be very unpredictable. The moles associated with Virgo are flat and reddish in color.
When Libra is in the ascendant, the marks are raised like warts, and are small, soft, and hairy; when the first part of the sign is rising the mark is near the loins; when the second, towards the centre of the stomach and the third part of the sign throws the mark to quite the lower part of the body.
When Libra is on the rise, the marks appear like warts, and they are small, soft, and hairy; when the first part of the sign is rising, the mark is near the lower back; when the second part is rising, it's around the middle of the stomach, and the third part of the sign moves the mark down to the lower part of the body.
Those born under Sagittarius have the mark of the sign in the thighs and these moles are raised like bulbs and are very big. When the first part of the sign is rising, the mark is on the right thigh; when the second part is rising, on the left thigh and those who have the third part of Sagittarius rising at their birth are so marked on the right haunch.
Those born under Sagittarius have a distinctive mark on their thighs, with raised moles that are bulbous and quite large. When the first part of the sign is ascending, the mark appears on the right thigh; when the second part is ascending, it appears on the left thigh. Those who have the third part of Sagittarius rising at their birth have the mark on their right hip.
Those born under Capricornus have the marks on the knees, which marks are quite flat. When the first part is rising, the mark is on the right knee; when the second, on the left, and when the third, the mole is under the knee.
Those born under Capricorn have marks on their knees, which are quite flat. When the first part rises, the mark is on the right knee; in the second part, it's on the left, and in the third part, the mole is under the knee.
It will be remembered that the sign Aquarius governs the legs; therefore those who are born with this sign ascending have the mark of it (which is a long-shaped mole) on the right leg (this mark shows extreme inconstancy); when the sign Scorpio is rising at birth there is a dark mole on the belly showing ill fortune.
It will be remembered that the sign Aquarius governs the legs; therefore, those who are born with this sign ascending have a long-shaped mole on the right leg (this mark indicates extreme inconstancy); when the sign Scorpio is rising at birth, there is a dark mole on the belly indicating bad luck.
The sign Pisces, or the Fishes, governs the feet; therefore those who have this sign in their ascendant are marked on the feet. Those born under the first part have the marks (which are ordinary flat moles) on the right foot; those under the second, on the left; and those on the third, on the soles of the feet or on the heels. These last are called the Royal marks; they are large moles inclining to red, and those who are marked in those places are assured of honours and dignities.
The sign Pisces, or the Fishes, is associated with the feet; therefore, those with this sign as their ascendant have noticeable features on their feet. Those born in the first part have marks (which are typically flat moles) on their right foot; those in the second part have them on the left; and those in the third part have them on the soles or heels of their feet. The last type are referred to as the Royal marks; they are large moles that tend to be reddish, and individuals marked in those areas are guaranteed to achieve honors and dignities.

Alfridary for a Diurnal Nativity.
Alfridary for a Nocturnal Nativity.
To face Chapter XXXVI.
Alfridary for a Day Birth.
Alfridary for a Night Birth.
To face Chapter XXXVI.
CHAPTER XXXVI.
ABOUT ALFRIDARIES
This word is taken from the Greek and refers to the certain time or number of years of the several planets which, in those years, dispense their benevolence or malignity according to their natures.
This word comes from Greek and refers to the specific time or number of years of the different planets that, during those years, release their kindness or negativity based on their characteristics.
It will be observed from the plate at the beginning of this chapter, that each of the planets has his Alfridary, one after the other—and in this table will be seen the number of years in which each planet more particularly governs the life.
It can be seen from the illustration at the start of this chapter that each of the planets has its Alfridary, one after another—and in this table, you can find the number of years during which each planet primarily influences life.
In all diurnal nativities the Sun begins the first Alfridary, and has seven years of government; Venus succeeds, having seven years of Alfridary; then Mercury, who has seven years of government. After him the Moon rules the existence for seven years; then Saturn for the same number; Jupiter succeeds him for seven years; afterwards Mars dominates the existence for seven years; after which the Dragon's Head and Dragon's Tail influence the life for three years; and then the Sun has five more years of government, when the life probably ends.
In all daily births, the Sun starts the first phase of influence, ruling for seven years; then Venus takes over, also for seven years; next is Mercury, who rules for seven years. After him, the Moon governs for seven years; then Saturn for the same amount of time; Jupiter follows for seven years; then Mars takes charge for seven years; after that, the Dragon's Head and Dragon's Tail impact life for three years; finally, the Sun has another five years of rule, after which life likely ends.
Those that are born in the night have their first Alfridaric years from the Moon, which are seven, followed by those of Saturn, who has seven years; after him Mars is dominant for seven years; then the Sun for the same number of years; succeeded by Venus and Mercury, each only seven years.
Those born at night experience their first Alfridaric years influenced by the Moon, lasting seven years, followed by seven years under Saturn; after that, Mars takes charge for seven years; then comes the Sun for another seven years; and finally, Venus and Mercury each have their seven years.
The years of an Alfridary are eighty-two—namely, the Moon, seven; Saturn, seven; Jupiter, seven; Mars, seven; the Sun, seven; Venus, seven; Mercury, seven; the Dragon's Head, three; the Dragon's Tail, two. These two last have their Alfridaric years separate from the others, and they are those which exceed the seventy years of life, which are weak and feeble. For these signs are not (as we have seen) planets, but only symbols of a place in the zodiac representing the Moon's north and south nodes.
The years of an Alfridary total eighty-two—specifically: the Moon, seven; Saturn, seven; Jupiter, seven; Mars, seven; the Sun, seven; Venus, seven; Mercury, seven; the Dragon's Head, three; and the Dragon's Tail, two. The last two have their Alfridaric years counted separately from the others, and they represent the years that go beyond the typical seventy years of life, which are considered weak and fragile. These signs are not (as we've noted) planets, but merely symbols indicating positions in the zodiac that represent the Moon's north and south nodes.
It will be noticed in these tables that, after the years of seventy-five, the Sun in a diurnal nativity, and the Moon in a nocturnal nativity, take up again their government, as at the beginning of the life. These tables are interesting, as shadowing forth the dates of the events of the subject's life.
It will be noticed in these tables that, after the age of seventy-five, the Sun in a daytime birth chart, and the Moon in a nighttime birth chart, regain their influence, just like at the start of life. These tables are intriguing, as they highlight the significant dates of the person's life.
Those born under the Sun marry early, whilst those in whose nativity the Moon is powerful, generally marry rather late than early. In either nativity, when Saturn comes up, sorrows by death, sickness and loss of money may be expected; whilst, when Mars is powerful, evils of a strong and sudden nature appear, such as accidents, sudden deaths, quarrels and contentions of a vexatious character.
Those born under the Sun tend to get married young, while those for whom the Moon has a strong influence usually marry later in life. In both cases, when Saturn is prominent, you can expect difficulties such as death, illness, and financial losses; however, when Mars is strong, serious and sudden troubles arise, including accidents, unexpected deaths, and conflicts that are annoying and troublesome.
Those born under the Moon have very often serious and passionate loves quite late in life; this is accounted for in some measure by the fact that Venus has seven years of government in a nocturnal nativity from the age of fifty to fifty-seven. The age of forty-four, in a diurnal nativity, would be likely to bring about some misfortune during that year of the native's life, both the infortunes, Saturn and Mars, being then powerful. The same thing occurs in a nocturnal nativity at the age of thirteen, from which age up to twenty there is not much good fortune; it will be remembered that the latter part of the life of a person born at night is generally much happier and altogether more fortunate than the earlier years of existence.
People born under the Moon often experience intense and passionate love later in life. This is partly because Venus influences their life from age fifty to fifty-seven in a nocturnal birth. For those born in the daytime, turning forty-four could bring some misfortune that year, as both Saturn and Mars are strong during that time. Similarly, for nocturnal births, the age of thirteen marks the beginning of a period up to twenty filled with challenges. It's noteworthy that the latter part of a night-born person's life tends to be much happier and more fortunate than their earlier years.
CHAPTER XXXVII.
ABOUT THE MYSTICAL WHEEL OF PYTHAGORAS AND HOW TO USE IT
This mystical figure is copied from a work in old French on Chiromancy and Geomancy, compiled by the Sieur de Peruchio, and published at Paris in 1657.
This mystical figure is taken from a work in old French on Chiromancy and Geomancy, created by the Sieur de Peruchio, and published in Paris in 1657.
Arithmancy, or divination by numbers, on which the working of this figure depends, was much practised in various ways during the Middle Ages; and much confidence appears to have been placed in this wheel of Pythagoras, which resolves questions by a species of sortilegy by numbers, in which the result depends upon the unfettered agency of the mind and will, or the serious intent to know any difficult thing. The wheel is said by the old-world writers to be able "to resolve all questions on all matters upon the result of which the querent desires information, whether of the past, present, or future."
Arithmancy, or predicting using numbers, which this figure relies on, was widely practiced in various ways during the Middle Ages. A lot of trust seems to have been placed in this wheel of Pythagoras, which answers questions through a kind of numerical divination, where the outcome depends on the free will of the mind and the serious desire to uncover any difficult matter. According to ancient writers, the wheel is said to "resolve all questions about anything the inquirer seeks to know, whether about the past, present, or future."
Concerning the method of working it, the Sieur de Peruchio gives the following explanations:—
Concerning how to work it, the Sieur de Peruchio provides the following explanations:—
The wheel, it will be perceived, is divided into four equal parts, the upper part of which contains the numbers which are fortunate, and the lower half those which are unfortunate. Around the wheel are seen the letters of the Alphabet, above which are placed certain corresponding numbers, which are required in the calculations.
The wheel, as you can see, is split into four equal sections. The top section has the lucky numbers, while the bottom half has the unlucky ones. Surrounding the wheel are the letters of the Alphabet, with specific corresponding numbers above them that are needed for the calculations.
The following table gives the numbers to be chosen by chance (as will be explained further on) in working the questions:—
The following table lists the numbers to be randomly selected (as will be explained later) when working on the questions:—
1 | 11 | 22 | 28 | 29 |
6 | 2 | 12 | 23 | 30 |
15 | 7 | 3 | 13 | 24 |
19 | 16 | 8 | 4 | 14 |
25 | 20 | 17 | 9 | 5 |
27 | 26 | 21 | 18 | 10 |
The inquirer, whilst thinking earnestly upon the matter he wishes resolved by the wheel, must choose a number out of the above Table.
The inquirer, while thinking earnestly about the issue he wants to resolve with the wheel, must pick a number from the table above.
This is better done with the eyes closed, and the number pricked out with a pin, so that there may be no premeditation in the choice. To this number, thus chosen, the inquirer must add the number answering to the first letter of his first name, which number is seen in the wheel itself where the numbers are above the letters of the alphabet. To this number must be added the number of the day of the week on which the question is asked and of the planet ruling that day. Then add all these numbers together and divide the sum by 30 as often as it can be done. Then look for that number which is the remainder in the inner circle of the wheel; observing in what part of the wheel it falls should there happen to be no remainder, then the number 30 must be looked for. If the question to be propounded should be whether anything about to be undertaken will succeed or not, should the number fall in the upper part of the wheel the matter will have a happy issue; but if, on the contrary, the number appears on the lower part of the wheel the thing in question will not be a success. In any question where time is concerned as, for instance, as regarding how long or how short shall be the matter in hand it must be borne in mind that the numbers in the right half of the wheel represent long time—that is, that the event about which the question is asked will be some time before it comes to pass; whilst those in the left half of the wheel signify short time—and so, whether for good or evil, shall the business quickly or slowly come to pass.
This is better done with your eyes closed, and you should poke out a number with a pin to avoid any premeditation in your choice. To this chosen number, you must add the number that corresponds to the first letter of your first name, which you can find on the wheel where the numbers are positioned above the letters of the alphabet. Then, add the number of the day of the week when the question is asked and the number of the planet that rules that day. After that, sum all these numbers and divide the total by 30 as many times as possible. Look for the remainder in the inner circle of the wheel; if there is no remainder, then you should look for the number 30. If you're asking whether something you're about to undertake will succeed or not, if the number falls in the upper part of the wheel, it will have a positive outcome. However, if the number appears in the lower part of the wheel, the outcome will not be successful. For any questions related to time, like how long or short something will take, keep in mind that the numbers in the right half of the wheel represent a long time—meaning the event will take a while to happen—while those in the left half indicate a short time, so, whether good or bad, the situation will occur quickly or slowly.
All questions are thus to be asked but one, and that is, whether a sick person shall recover or die; in which case, after proceeding to add the numbers of the Christian name, the day of the week and the planet, the number representing the Moon's age on the day the question is asked must also be added; for example, if a person whose name is Veronica—asks on a Wednesday, 20th day of the Moon, if a sick friend should live or die, and chooses from the Table the number of 23, the matter would be worked thus:—
All questions should be asked except for one, which is whether a sick person will recover or die. In this case, after adding the numbers from the person's Christian name, the day of the week, and the planet, you must also include the number that represents the Moon's age on the day the question is asked. For example, if someone named Veronica asks on a Wednesday, the 20th day of the Moon, whether a sick friend will live or die and picks the number 23 from the Table, the calculation would go like this:—
Number chosen | 23 |
Number answering to the letter V | 9 |
Number answering to Wednesday | 102 |
Number answering to the planet Mercury | 114 |
Number of the age of the Moon | 20 |
268 |
This, divided by 30, leaves 28 remainder, which will be found to fall in the unfortunate part of the wheel, showing that her friend will not recover.
This, divided by 30, leaves a remainder of 28, which will fall in the unfortunate part of the wheel, indicating that her friend will not recover.
The following table of the mystical numbers representing the planets, and also those belonging to the days of the week which each planet governs, is of much importance in working the wheel:—
The following table of the mystical numbers representing the planets, and also those associated with the days of the week that each planet governs, is very important for working the wheel:—
Planets. | Days of the week. | |||
![]() |
Saturn | 55 | Saturday | 45 |
![]() |
Jupiter | 78 | Thursday | 31 |
![]() |
Mars | 39 | Tuesday | 52 |
![]() |
Sun | 34 | Sunday | 106 |
![]() |
Venus | 45 | Friday | 68 |
![]() |
Mercury | 114 | Wednesday | 102 |
![]() |
Moon | 45 | Monday | 52 |
These several numbers attributed to the days of the week, as well as those of the planet ruling the day, are of very ancient origin and are, probably, as well as the wheel itself, a relic of former traditional foreknowledge by lots and numbers.
These numbers associated with the days of the week, along with those of the planet that governs each day, have very ancient roots and are likely, just like the wheel itself, remnants of an earlier traditional understanding of fortune through lots and numbers.
There are certain days, however, which are evil days, on which no question should be asked of the wheel of Pythagoras. These days are as follows:—
There are certain days, however, that are bad days, on which no questions should be asked of the wheel of Pythagoras. These days are as follows:—
- Of January, the 3rd, 4th, 5th, 9th and 11th.
- Of February, the 7th, 13th, 17th and 19th.
- Of March, the 13th, 15th and 16th.
- Of April, the 5th and 14th.
- Of May, the 8th and 14th.
- June has but one ill day, which is the 6th.
- July has two, the 16th and the 19th.
- August has also only two, the 8th and 16th.
- September has three, the 1st, 15th and 16th.
- October has only one ill day, which is the 16th.
- November has two, the 15th and 16th.
- December has three, the 6th, 7th and 11th.
This is a very old tradition, and in mediæval ages these days were universally shunned as "ruled by evil influences." In conclusion, those consulting the wheel of Pythagoras are advised not to ask more than one question on the same day and to refrain from all gibing, sporting, or jesting, and—above all—from all unbelief whilst making use of this mystical wheel in order to know the truth.
This is a very old tradition, and in medieval times, these days were widely avoided as "controlled by evil influences." In conclusion, those using the wheel of Pythagoras are advised not to ask more than one question in a single day and to avoid all mocking, joking, or teasing, and—most importantly—to steer clear of any disbelief while using this mystical wheel to uncover the truth.
ENVOY.
Messenger.
Go—little book—and teach the present age something of the wisdom bequeathed us by the Past.
Go—little book—and share the knowledge from the Past with the present generation.
Footnotes
- [1]
- The ambient means the heavens when spoken of in a general manner.
- [2]
- Saturn, Mercury and the Moon.
- [3]
- Aries is always opposite to Libra; Taurus to Scorpio; and so on of all the rest, as shown by the table given (p. 11).
- [4]
- The foregoing chapter explains this term.
- [5]
- The Chaldees averred that when Saturn was powerful in a nativity the person then born was "mystical and confederate in secrecy."
- [6]
- This animal has been probably assigned to him by reason of its sagacity and extreme fidelity--constancy in feeling being one of the attributes given by the planet Saturn when well-dignified.
- [7]
- Zadkiel's and Raphael's are both good; the following figure is worked after the Ephemeris of the latter.
- [8]
- The nebulous mass in the body of the Crab.
- [9]
- Hyleg is the word used for that body or point which is the giver of life.
- [10]
- This was the case at the birth of George the Third of England; at that of the Emperor Paul of Russia; Maria, Queen of Portugal; Charles the Second, King of Spain; and Murad the Fifth, Sultan of Turkey; and all these sovereigns, as is well known, became insane.
- [11]
- At Admiral Nelson's birth Mars was rising in the sign Scorpio.
- [12]
- Probably vivisectionists.
- [13]
- These aspects can all be judged from the Ephemeris of the year of birth.
- [14]
- And these secondary directions being so much easier to calculate, students are advised to follow the ancient methods in this as in all else relating to this old-world study.
- [15]
- Translated from a Hebrew manuscript found near Cairo in 1836 at the time of the removal of the obelisk to France.
- [16]
- Adda-Nari, Nature--that is, the deity known under the name of Isis by the Egyptians.
- [17]
- The date of this event would be determined by the place where the separation line crosses the Line of Fate.
- [18]
- If the Sun is one of the dominant planets, the Line of Heart broken under the Mount of the Sun shows serious physical affection of the heart; if this sign is on both hands it is fatal.
- [19]
- If the Head Line it placed very low, then the date where it crosses the Saturnian Line would be 30, and if the Heart Line is proportionately low the date where it crosses the Saturnian would be 45 years.
- [20]
- The noses of those born under Venus are frequently slightly upturned at the tip; they are never bent downwards over the lips.
Download ePUB
If you like this ebook, consider a donation!